Arts Curriculum PDF

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
ECONOMICS
CURRICULUM
MICRO ECONOMICS - I
PAPER - 1 (SEMESTER I)
COURSE CONTENT
1.Introduction: (lectures : 10) Economics and the problem of scarcity and choice; production possibility frontier; methodology of economics: positive and normative economics. Micro economics and macroeconomics. 2.Supply and demand: (lectures : 17) Markets and the price system; the law of supply and the market supply curve; the law of demand and the market demand curve; market equilibrium price and quantity; impact of changes in supply and demand on market equilibrium. Engel's curve: exceptions to the law of demand. 3.Consumer choice and the theory of demand: (lectures : 26) Utility cardinal & ordinal; total utility; marginal utility; consumer equilibrium and equi-marginal Utility; derivation of demand curve of an individual consumer: consumer's surplus; indifference Curve approach : features; income and substitution effects of price changes; derivation of individual demand curve using indifference curve approach. Derivation of the market demand curve. 4.Elasticity of demand: (lectures : 15) The concept of price elasticity of demand - elastic and inelastic; measurement of price elasticity: Point, arc & total expenditure method; determinants of price elasticity of demand. Other demand Elasticity measures: income elasticity of demand; cross elasticity of demand. 5.Elasticity of supply : (lectures : 7) The concept and measurement of price elasticity of supply; determinants of price elasticity of supply.
SMT. PARVATIBAI CHOWGULE COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCE
ECONOMICS
CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROPSECTUS
2009-2010
REFERENCES
Gauld, J.P. and P.L. Edward (1996) Microeconomic Theory, Richard Irwin, Homewood. Hendersen J. and R.E. Quandt. (1980) Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical Approach, McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Hyman, David N. (1997): Microeconomics, Irwin, Chicago. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1990): Modern Microeconomics, Macmillan, London. Lipsey, R.G. & C. Harbury (1992) First Principles of Economics, ELBS, London. Lipsey, R.G. (1989): An Introduction to Positive Economics, ELBS, London. Lipsey, R.G. and K.A. Chrystal, (1999): Principles of Economics, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Mansfield, K. (1997): Microeconomics, W.W.Norton and Co. New York. Salvatore, D. (1992) Theory and Problems of Microeconomics Theory, Schaum's Outline Series, McGraw Hill, New York. Samuelson, Paul A. & Nordhaus. William D.(1998): Economics, McGraw Hill, New York Tucker, Irvin B. ( 2000): Economics for Today, South-Western College Publishing, Cincinnati, Ohio, Varian, H.R. (2000): Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach, East West Press, New Delhi.
MICRO ECONOMICS - II
PAPER - I1 (SEMESTER II)
COURSE CONTENT
1.Production : (Lectures : 20) Production function; isoquants - marginal rate of technical substitution the input-output relationship; short run versus long run; production in the short run; the law of returns: law of diminishing marginal returns; returns to scale (increasing decreasing and constant returns) total, marginal and average product; average and marginal product of variable inputs; 2.Cost: (Lectures : 15) Concepts :opportunity cost; explicit and implicit costs; variable costs. Fixed costs, total costs; short run cost curves; marginal and average cost curves; relationship between total cost and total product curves. Long run cost curves: lac, lmc. Factors underlying the shape of long run average cost curves; economies of scale - internal and external.
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
3.Market Structure: (Lectures : 30) Firm and industry ; goals of the firm - profit, sales; stakeholder approach to the firm . Normal and super-normal profit. Perfect competition: characteristics; short-run profit maximization and shortrun loss minimization; short-run and long-run supply curves. Monopoly: characteristics; price and output decisions; price discrimination; comparing monopoly and perfect competition; control of monopoly. Monopolistic competition: characteristic; role of advertisement; price and output decisions; comparing monopolistic competition and perfect competition; oligopoly: characteristics; price and output decisions- kinked demand curve. 4.Factor Pricing: (Lectures : 10) Marginal productivity and factor prices: determination of factor prices by demand and supply.
REFERENCES
Gauld, J.P. and P.L. Edward (1996) Microeconomic Theory, Richard Irwin, Homewood. Hendersen J. and R.E. Quandt. (1980) Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical Approach, McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Hyman, David N. (1997): Microeconomics, Irwin, Chicago. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1990): Modern Microeconomics, Macmillan, London. Lipsey, R.G. & C. Harbury (1992) First Principles of Economics, ELBS, London. Lipsey, R.G. (1989): An Introduction to Positive Economics, ELBS, London. Lipsey, R.G. and K.A. Chrystal, (1999): Principles of Economics, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Mansfield, K. (1997): Microeconomics, W.W.Norton and Co. New York. Salvatore, D. (1992) Theory and Problems of Microeconomics Theory, Schaum's Outline Series, McGraw Hill, New York. Samuelson, Paul A. & Nordhaus. William D.(1998): Economics, McGraw Hill, New York Tucker, Irvin B. ( 2000): Economics for Today, South-Western College Publishing, Cincinnati, Ohio, Varian, H.R. (2000): Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach, East West Press, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
(FOUNDATION COURSE)
ELEMENTS OF ECONOMIC LEGISLATION

PAPER I
FC ECO PAPER - I
COURSE CONTENT
1. Economics and Law (5 lectures) Interrelationships; meaning and importance of economic laws. 2. Consumer Protection Act, 1986 (18 lectures) Purpose, salient features, organisational set-up; grievance redressal mechanism. 3. Competition Act, 2002 (16 lectures) Purpose; salient features; complaint; procedures for redressal. 4. Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (20 lectures) Purpose; general procedures; provisions pertaining to foreign currency accounts; restrictions on dealings in foreign currency and securities; non-restricted and restricted current account transactions; capital account transactions; acquisition and transfer of immovable property in and outside india; penalties under fema. 5. Essential Commodities Act, 1955 (16 lectures) Purpose; scope; penalties and prosecution; repeals and savings.
REFERENCES
Datey ,V. S. (2006), Students Guide to Economic Laws, Taxman, New Delhi. Granstrand, Ove (edited)(2003), Law and Intellectual Property: Seeking Strategies for Research and Teaching in a Developing Field, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston. Gopalakrishnan K.C. (2002), Legal Economics (Interactional Dimensions- Economics and Law), Eastern Book Company, Lucknow http//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Law_and_Economics Medema, Steven G.; Mercuro, Nicholas (1998), Economics and the Law: From Posner to PostModernism, Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey. Oppenheimer, Margaret; Mercuro Nicholas (2005), Law and Economics: Alternative Economic Approaches to Legal and Regulatory Issues, M. E. Sharpe, Armonk, New York. Reddy, G. B. (2002), Law of Consumer Protection in India, Gogia Law Agency, Hyderabad.
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
Taxman (2006), Economic Laws, Taxman Allied Services, New Delhi. Wadehra ,B. L. (2003), Intellectual Property Law Handbook: Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyrights, Design & Geographical Indications, Universal Law Publishing Co. Delhi.
(FOUNDATION COURSE)
ELEMENTS OF ECONOMIC LEGISLATION

PAPER II
FC ECO PAPER - II
COURSE CONTENT
1. Intellectual Property Rights (5 lectures) Importance; intellectual property rights and world trade organization. 2. Copyrights Act, 1957 (20 lectures) Purpose; ownership of copyrights; rights of owners and rights of others; registration of copyrights and its infringement; remedies under copyrights act. 3.Patents Act, 1970 (20 lectures) Background; concept of patent; procedural aspects of filing of patents; procedure after filing of patents; other provisions of the act. 4. Design Act, 2000 (5 lectures) Purpose; salient features; protection of design. 5.Trade Marks Act, 1999 and Geographical Indications of Goods Act, 1999 (25 lectures) Purpose of TMA; registration of trade marks; prohibition of registration; procedure of registration; effects of registration; infringement; passing of action. Features of geographical indication of goods act.
REFERENCES
Datey, V. S. (2006), Students Guide to Economic Laws, Taxman, New Delhi. Granstrand, Ove (edited)(2003), Law and Intellectual Property: Seeking Strategies for Research and Teaching in a Developing Field, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston. Gopalakrishnan K.C. (2002), Legal Economics (Interactional Dimensions -Economics and Laws), Eastern Book Company, Lucknow http//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Law_and_Economics Medema, Steven G.; Mercuro, Nicholas (1998), Economics and the Law: From Posner to PostModernism, Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
Oppenheimer, Margaret; Mercuro Nicholas (2005), Law and Economics: Alternative Economic Approaches to Legal and Regulatory Issues, M. E. Sharpe, Armonk, New York. Reddy ,G. B. (2002), Law of Consumer Protection in India, Gogia Law Agency, Hyderabad. Taxman (2006), Economic Laws, Taxman Allied Services, New Delhi. Wadehra, B. L. (2003), Intellectual Property Law Handbook: Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyrights, Design & Geographical Indications, Universal Law Publishing Co. Delhi.
(FOUNDATION COURSE)
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT - PAPER I

FC ECO PAPER - III
COURSE CONTENT
1.Entrepreneur (7 lectures) Entrepreneurship and enterprise; achievement motive; need for and characteristics of entrepreneurship; role and functions of entrepreneurs. 2.Types of Businesses and Industries (5 lectures) Extraction, manufacturing and services; demand-based and resources-based; import-substitution and export-promotion businesses. 3. Identification and Evaluation of Business Opportunities (10 lectures) Porter's five forces analysis (market structure analysis); the swot technique: analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats. 4. Market Surveys and Feasibility Studies (10 lectures) Choice of technology, plant and equipment. 5. Venturing Methods (12 lectures) Ownership patterns; legal requirements pertaining to the setting up of business. 6. Financial Incentives and Promotional Schemes of the Government of India and Government of Goa. (5 lectures) 7. Financial Procedures (15 lectures ) Funds and funding; institutions and entrepreneurship support systems. 8. Sickness in Small Scale Industries and Remedial Measures (3 lectures) 9. Purpose and Components of a Business Plan / Project Report (8 lectures)
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
REFERENCES
Adam, Everette (1997),Production and Operations Management, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi Baker, Michael J. (1996), Marketing: An Introductory Text, Macmillan, London. Colombo Plan Staff College for Technical Education, Manila (1999): Entrepreneurship Development, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Chandra, Prasana (1995) ,Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation & Review, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Davies,M. M.; Aquilano N. J.; Chase R. B. (1999), Fundamentals of Operations Management, Irwin-McGraw Hill, Boston. Dessai, Vasant (1996), Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Himalaya, Mumbai. Government of Goa, Daman and Diu (Law and Judiciary Department): The Goa, Daman and Diu Shops and Establishments Act,1973. Horngren, Charles (1997) ,Cost Accounting- A Managerial Emphasis, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi. Kuriloff ,A. H.; Hemphill J. M. (1988), Starting and Managing the Small Business, McGraw Hill, New York. Kazmi, Azhar (1997), Business Policy, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Kotler, Philip (1997), Marketing Management, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi Kossek, Ellen Ernst; Block Richard N. (2000), Managing Human Resources in the 21st Century: From Core Concepts to Strategic Choice, South-Western College Publishing, USA Kanka , S. S. (2005), Entrepreneurship Development, S. Chand, New Delhi Mishra, S. K. (2002), Labour and Industrial Law, Allahabad Law agency, Faridabad (Haryana). Patel, J. B.; Modi S. S. (1995) , A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification and Selection, Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India, Ahmedabad. Pandey, I. M. (1998), Management Accounting, Vikas, New Delhi. Pandey,G. N. (1995), A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship, Vikas, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
(FOUNDATION COURSE)
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT - PAPER II

FC ECO PAPER - IV
COURSE CONTENT
1. Costs, Price and Profits (15 lectures) Analysis of costs and costing strategies; market structures and pricing strategies; cost-volumeprofit analysis. 2. Books of Accounts (4 lectures) Financial statements and funds flow analysis. 3. Elements of Marketing and Sales Management: (15 lectures) Marketing channels; marketing mix and role of advertising; nature of the product/service and market strategies. 4. Management of Plant and Equipment; Management of Materials; Inventory Control Strategies. (6 lectures) 5. Management of Human Resources (10 lectures) Importance and scope of human resources management. 6. Important provisions of Shops and Establishments Act; Factories Act; Sale of Goods Act (10 lectures) 7. Taxation and Entrepreneurship ( 7 lectures ) Income tax; value added tax ( sales tax, central excise); customs duties. 8. Coping with Uncertainty; Stress Management and Positive Reinforcement. (5 lectures) 9. Social Responsibility of Business and Business Ethics (3 lectures)
REFERENCES
Adam, Everette (1997), Production and Operations Management, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi Baker, Michael J. (1996), Marketing: An Introductory Text, Macmillan, London. Colombo Plan Staff College for Technical Education, Manila (1999): Entrepreneurship Development, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Chandra, Prasana (1995), Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation & Review, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
Davies M. M.; Aquilano N. J.; Chase R. B. (1999), Fundamentals of Operations Management, Irwin-McGraw Hill, Boston. Dessai, Vasant (1996), Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Himalaya, Mumbai. Government of Goa, Daman and Diu (Law and Judiciary Department): The Goa, Daman and Diu Shops and Establishments Act,1973. Horngren, Charles (1997), Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi. Kuriloff ,A. H.; Hemphill J. M. (1988), Starting and Managing the Small Business, McGraw Hill, New York. Kazmi, Azhar (1997), Business Policy, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Kotler, Philip (1997), Marketing Management, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi Kossek, Ellen Ernst; Block Richard N. (2000), Managing Human Resources in the 21st Century: From Core Concepts to strategic Choice, South-Western College Publishing, USA Kanka ,S. S. (2005), Entrepreneurship Development, S. Chand, New Delhi Mishra, S. K. (2002), Labour and Industrial Law, Allahabad Law agency, Faridabad (Haryana). Patel, J. B.; Modi S. S. (1995), A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification and Selection, Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India, Ahmedabad. Pandey, I. M. (1998), Management Accounting, Vikas, New Delhi. Pandey,G. N. (1995), A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship, Vikas, New Delhi.
DEMOGRAPHY AND POPULATION STUDIES

PAPER I
FC ECO PAPER - V
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction: (12 Lectures) Nature, scope and importance of demography, relation of demography with other social sciences, demography and population studies. Demographic analysis: some basic concepts. Demographic data - nature, methods and sources of data collection. 2. Determinants of Population Change: (15 lectures) Fertility: concepts and measures of fertility. Factors affecting fertility. Factors affecting fertility in developed and developing countries. Differential fertility - concept and causes. Mortality: concepts and measures of mortality, sex and age differentials in mortality. Infant mortality. Causes of death. Global HIV / aids epidemic.
ECONOMICS
2009-2010
Concept of morbidity. Migration: terms and concepts, measures, determinants and consequences. 3. Population Distribution: (10 Lectures) Population distribution by geographic areas: concepts, terms and measures of population distribution. Factors affecting distribution. World population distribution. population distribution by residence: rural - urban population, factors affecting rural - urban population distribution.urbanization :concepts, terms and measures. 4. Population Structure and Characteristics: (10 Lectures) Need for study of population structure: age and sex structure, sex ratio in developed and developing countries, factors affecting sex ratio. Age structure of various populations of the world . Problem of aging of populations. Factors determining age structure. Effects of migration on age structure. Marital status - literacy and educational attainment - religion. 5. Population Growth and Economic Development: (8 Lectures) Positive & negative effects of population growth on economic development., population and development issues in less developed economies. 6. Theories of Population: (12 Lectures) Malthusian theory of population, criticisms and applicability. Optimum theory of population. Its superiority over malthusian theory, criticisms, biological theories of population. Social and economic theories of population. The theory of demographic transition. 7. Population Policies: (8 Lectures) Mortality influencing policies. Migration influencing policies. Fertility influencing policies.
REFERENCES
Ahmad, Noina Sharma (1997), Demographic Transition, Rawat Publications, New Delhi Alfred Savvy, (1974) General Theory of Population, Nethuen & Co Ltd, London. Bhende & Kanitkar (1982) Principles of Population Studies , Himalaya Publishing Home, Mumbai. Bhende A.A & Tara Kanitkar (2004), Principles of Population Studies, Himalaya Publishing House Christopher Wilson, (1985) Dictionary of Demography, Blackwell reference, UK COX, PR (1993) Demography, Fifth edition. Universal Book Stall, New Delhi Hans Raj, (1998) Fundamentals of Demography Population Studies with Specific reference to India, Surjeet Publicaions, Delhi. Jhingan, Bhatt B.K & J.N. Desai. (2003) Demography, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd. Delhi.
ECONOMICS
10
2009-2010
Pande G.C. (1990) Principles of Demography, Anmol Publications, New Delhi Patnak & Ram(1998), Technique of Demographic analysis, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. Prestan, Heuveline, Guillot, (2003) Demography, Blackwell Publishers, UK Shrivastava O.S. (1995) Demography and Population Studies, Vitens Publishing House Pvt Ltd., New Delhi. Youkey D, (1985) Demography: Study of Human Population, St Martins Press, New York
DEMOGRAPHY AND POPULATION STUDIES

PAPER II
FC ECO PAPER - VI
COURSE CONTENT
1. DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES IN INDIA (8 Lectures) Development of demography in india, relevance of demographic studies in india, scope for population research in india. Sources of demographic data in india.;census, registration, sample surveys. Errors in demographic data. 2. GROWTH AND DISTRIBUTION OF INDIA'S POPULATION (10 Lectures) Size and growth of india's population, state wise distribution, population density, causes of population growth, future projections, urban - rural population in india, growth of urban population, characteristics of urban population, causes of urbanization in india. 3. INDIA'S POPULATION STRUCTURE AND CHARACTERISTICS (7 Lectures) Sex structure, age structure, occupational structure, marital status literacy- religion in indiaqualitative aspects of india's population. 4. FERTILITY IN INDIA (8 lectures) Birth rates in india. Methods of estimation. Causes of high birth rate. Age specific fertility rate fertility and family size in india - differential fertility - differential fertility in india -age specific fertility rate index- fertility in urban-rural areas- education and fertility - economic status and fertility -caste and fertility- net reproduction rate - some important facts about fertility in indiafactors effecting fertility future outlook. 5. MORTALITY IN INDIA (8 lectures) History of data collection in india - declining death rate of mothers and children in indiaexpectation of life at birth- regional variations in death rate- age specific death rate- infant mortality-infant mortality rate in indiaexpectation of life at birth- expectation of life in states death rate by cause- steps in checking mortality rate. Future outlook- sterility in india. 6. MIGRATION IN INDIA (6 lectures) Migration from and to other countries, Internal migration, Rural-Urban migration in India, Marriage migration, Life-time Migration , Migration by Age , Reasons for Migration.
ECONOMICS
11
2009-2010
7. POPULATION AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA (6 lectures) Effects of population growth on Indian Economy. Population change and environmental impact in India. 8. FAMILY PLANNING IN INDIA (5 lectures) Meaning, need, history and appraisal over the planning period - Suggestions for improvement 9. POPULATION POLICY IN INDIA (5 lectures) Government policy to control population growth. - India's population policy, 2000 objectives ,feautes, critical evaluation . Population policy in the Ninth and Tenth Plan 10. POPULATION OF GOA (1961 ONWARDS) (12 lectures) Growth, distribution; Structure and Characteristics
REFERENCES
Agarwala S.N.& U.P. Sinha (1991) India's Population Problems, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi Agarwal A.N. (latest edition) Indian Economy, Wishwa Prakashan, Delhi Ahmad, Noina Sharma (1997), Demographic Transition, Rawat Publications, New Delhi Alfred Savvy, (1974) General Theory of Population, Nethuen & Co Ltd, London. Bhende A.A & Tara Kanitkar (2004), Principles of Population Studies, Himalaya Publishing House Census of India, 1991 & 2001 Datta R. and K.P.M Sundaram (latest edition) Indian Economy, S. Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi Government of India Publication, New Delhi Hans Raj, (1998) Fundamentals of Demography Population Studies with Specific reference to India, Surjeet Publicaions, Delhi. Jhingam, Bhatt B.K & J.N. Desai. (2003) Demography, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd. Delhi. Kumar Arun (2000) , Dimensions of population growth and its social implications. Institute for sustainable development & Anant Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Pande G.C. (1990) Principles of Demography, Anmol Publications, New Delhi Shrivastava O.S. (1995) Demography and Population Studies, Vitens Publishing House Pvt Ltd., New Delhi. National Family Health Survey, International Institute of Population Sciences, Chembur, Mumbai Census of Goa (Population Tables ), various years.
ECONOMICS
12
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
ENGLISH
CURRICULUM
COMPULSORY & MAJOR ENGLISH PAPERS

SEMESTER I & II
Semester I Semester II Semester I Semester II SPOKEN ENGLISH WRITTEN ENGLISH English Major : INTRODUCTION TO POETRY AND DRAMA English Major : INTRODUCTION TO FICTION
SEMESTER I - English Compulsory - SPOKEN ENGLISH

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To listen to, understand and convey information. 2. To listen to and respond appropriately to the contributions of others. 3. To understand, order and present facts, ideas and opinions. 4. To articulate experience and express what is thought, felt and imagined. 5. To communicate clearly and fluently. 6. To use grammatically correct language. 7. To use register appropriate to audience and context.
ENGLISH
13
2009-2010
LEARNING OUTCOMES
By the end of the term the student should be able to: 1. Describe a visual or an object 2. Explain and give cause and effect 3. Narrate an experience with descriptive detail 4. Provide relevant information 5. Use alternatives to slang 6. Take an active part in group discussion 7. Elicit and show respect for the views of others 8. Disagree, argue and use persuasive speech in appropriate language
EQUIPMENT
1. A recording room - sound proofed, without classroom furniture, preferably air conditioned. Colleges that have the facility of a media room or room for audio - visual instruction could utilize the facility. Recording with ceiling fans/standing fans causes continuous disturbance in the recorded cassette/CD. 2. Recording equipment - To start with at least 6 tape recorders with empty tapes or recording equipment that can be added on to computers. 3. A large screen television with a cable connection. 4. A TV tuner card. 5. A DVD player 6. The library or AV room has to be updated by purchase of books with CD-Roms and on - line training facilities some of which are listed at the end of this syllabus. 7. An LCD projector with its own separate computer. ( a lap - top always gives better LCD resolution. ) 8. 5 computers to begin with so that students can use the interactive software and CD-Roms to practice on their own and access on - line training. 9. A language laboratory with at least 20 seats within 3 years.
ENGLISH
14
2009-2010
COURSE CONTENT
5 lectures of 45 minutes each week = 3 hrs 45 minutes. 70/75 lectures in the term * Note - Colleges may find it practical to explore the idea of having two Spoken English lectures together at least twice a week as it involves movement of students to a hall/ AV room and setting up of audio-visual aids.
TOPICS TO BE COVERED
Pronunciation and Enunciation:(Vowels and Consonants and their types) Diction, intonation, phrasing, pausing, emphasis, stress, inflection. Grammar, vocabulary and alternatives to slang Conversation skills : eg. interviews, chat show 'host-guest' situation Presentation skills Discussion skills : leading and participating. Active listening skills Asking and answering questions Requests and explanations Persuasion and Negotiation Expressing opinions Giving and getting advice Cross - cultural communication There are also skills of Summary Chairing Sustained explanation Keeping to task
METHODS
Topics to be taught using interactive teaching and the workshop method. It is a good idea to ask students to make a list of the different purposes for talk. Some of these purposes are to: explain explore discuss describe analyze argue narrate imagine persuade
WE synthesize in discussion and argument, evaluate in exploring and persuasion and create in narration and imagining.
ENGLISH
15
2009-2010
A NOTE ON LISTENING The whole point of speaking and listening is that it should be interactive. Person A speaks, Person B listens, understands, considers and answers: 'This is so, isn't it.' - Yes, but.'. Perhaps we should call these skills 'Listening - Thinking - Speaking'. This is the process by which things get done, by which people think through a problem and find a solution. Some listening is passive. It looks as if it is to some purpose, but the listener may be thinking, "If I look as if I am attentive, then perhaps nobody will challenge me to speak.' It's better than looking dreamily round the room or talking to oneself, but it does not prove anything about the quality of listening. That can only be done if the listener makes a response, such as: summing up previous contributions and moving the discussion on; answering points from a speaker; supporting speakers who have lost the drift of their arguments; revisiting what has already been said, but in other words; acting as note-taker and clarifying what has been written; asking questions after a talk/ video clip/movie/documentary and engaging in a discussion. Hence if there is no listening, there is no speaking. A student giving a talk must engage in conversation with his listeners at the end. ( except perhaps at the end of term exams.) However, questions alone may not reveal a high level of listening. The list given above includes some challenging listening and speaking skills. It follows that reading aloud may not be counted as a speaking and listening activity, although the talk that might precede a reading is valid. It also follows that reading from a script or speaking from memory is not speaking and listening either. STARTING FROM THE BEGINNING : Do my students need practice in speaking and listening? They have enough to talk already! Maybe so, but there is a difference between informal talk and sustained task completion. Try using some of these exercises just to be sure of the levels you are dealing with in a class. You are looking for clarity, confidence, a minimum of preparation and talking strictly without notes. 1. Give directions from college to..wherever. 2. Telephone someone to say that you cannot make an appointment and ask for another date. 3. Go to a shop and explain that an article they repaired still doesn't work. 4. Explain a particular function on a computer to a novice. 5. Entertain a visitor to the college for five minutes until the principal is free. 6. Explain to you teacher/Principal why you did something extremely silly, and apologise. 7. Give a two - minute talk to the class and answer questions. 8. Bring an article into school and persuade someone to but it. ( Check these activities 1 to 8 against the list of objectives and learning outcomes to see what sorts of practice they give. What levels of ability might each activity demonstrate? Remember that any one activity may be applied to several skills and may touch on others). THE SECRET of speaking and listening, or listening - thinking - and speaking, is to do plenty of it. If you teach informally you would have better control of the situation when no one is at the back or the front and there is no opportunity to hide behind the furniture. If students understand that talk is an essential part of English, they will probably settle down to the activity more easily.
ENGLISH
16
2009-2010
Often group work could be incorporated by dividing the class into groups of about 5-7 so that nobody is discouraged from speaking. Effective speaking and listening in small groups - teacher circulates, gives occasional prompts but doesn't normally join in. Body language must indicate respect and interest and students then become confident in our presence. Occasional use of Indianisms are fine as long as they are not very frequent and do not hamper good communication, and are in fact, only used to enhance effective communication. If asked the student is expected to know the alternate phrase in formal/standard English. Eg: "..and the tu - tu mei - mei has already begun". - Barkha Dutt on NDTV. i.e "..and the blame game has already begun". PROCESS TALK - Process talk is a timed and disciplined period of discussion, monitored by the teacher. Through process talk students learn about topics and their linguistic skills are challenged as they do not speak from notes. The actual aim of process talk is that it is a stepping stone to writing and therefore cannot be assessed. However, it is an invaluable tool for practice in spoken English. Though much of the talk may be halting or disjointed, some students will make their best contributions under these conditions. The bigger the class more may opt out, but the active, sustained participation of a few may be a good way to introduce the Spoken English course at the beginning of the term. The teacher should sum up what has happened at the end of the class. E.g. The topic is 'Elephants'. A video is shown first National Geographic. (A video contains a vast amount of information and it is unlikely that students remember the same bits.) Then a search engine presented three interesting and informative sites on the internet: a) www.pbs.org/wnet/nature/elephants - it was accessible, easy to navigate and provided a number of resources. These included: 'life of the elephant', 'tale of the trunk' and 'poaching problems'. There was a long list of links and a bibliography. b) Another good site was www.elephants.com - an article on how elephants began, with a link to global news and an up-to-date series of news links. c) www.nczooeletrack.org/diary/loomis-diary/index.html was less immediately useful, but offered a worthwhile and entertaining series of diary entries. DEBATES AND GROUP DISCUSSIONS You may wish to have students respond to worldwide or local matters that are controversial. In the first session, they could amass arguments for and against and decide where they stand individually. This could lead to a mini debate which could be presented to the class by one of the groups. The issues could be those currently being discussed in the newspapers or magazines. Local issues are often good to use since they may provoke more argument and are often easier to understand. If they touch on moral issues, the argument will be better. Here are three workshop examples that have worked. The first two are set in Bombay, the last one in Goa. * A young girl was refused an essential kidney operation because she had taken drugs. The story was in the newspapers. Participants red the article to discover the reasons for the decision and discuss the practical and moral issues.
ENGLISH
17
2009-2010
* A student was expelled from school because of a long and unruly hairstyle which was against the school rules. His influential parents were very angry and spoke to the press. Participants discussed the actions of the school and whether they were necessary. ( in recent times we have read of so many cases of children being meted out physical punishment at the hands of teachers in other states. Students would have definite opinions about this and will be eager to talk on the subject. ) * There was a shocking case of senseless bad driving which killed a popular young man. Participants discussed their reactions and the problems of young drivers who have recently passed their tests. EXAMPLES OF GROUP TALK MEDIA I: Students analyze and evaluate the reporting of an incident or issue in more than one newspaper.( e.g.Navhind & Herald; Times Of India & The Indian Express or The Hindu ) they examine the factual reporting, the extent to which the news is made dramatic, sad or happy, the differences in language, the headlines, the amount of detail given, and so on End result : analytical / critical MEDIA 2: Students plan and design a sales campaign for an item such as crocodile meat, a currently unfashionable garment, or a new type of mobile phone. They decide on how it is to be marketed, the consumers to be targeted, the message by which it will be sold, the content of commercials and the design of the newspaper and magazine ads. There is an oral report to the class with a layout of visuals or audio-visual plan is they wish. There is an oral presentation to the class. End result : informative / persuasive PROBLEM SOLVING: Students decide on a group of people, for example, the blind or the arthritic, whom they could help by designing some object that would make some daily jobs easier. Students could actually ask the blind or the arthritic. Institutions that care for such people are often happy to talk to students who care. Egs: gardening tools for the blind and easy to use door handles for the arthritic. Students could discuss, formulate a proposal, design and present their ideas. End result : Informative / explanatory Brainstorming This can be used to apply the mind to any problem. The rule is that no suggestion however silly is to be rejected. ROLE PLAYS: Students are given five minutes to look at a card explaining a role - play situation and think about what they are going to say. The situations are imaginary but perfectly normal and natural situations. Students play their own age and are not expected to act. They are not expected to deal with unrealistic problems! Although it is a role play the student does not necessarily have to pretend to be someone else though the teacher probably will. For instance, the teacher might play the role of a parent and the student's task could be to try to persuade mom/dad to sanction a large sum of money so that he/she could go on a holiday with friends. SOLO WORK: A valid part of a varied program of speaking and listening. Careers today may depend on the ability to stand up to train a group of new workers, to give a presentation in front of managers, or to persuade customers to buy gimmicky machines. Sometimes there are prestigious public - speaking or debating competitions entered by perhaps a few of your students. Use the opportunity to train in front of the whole class. Ask the class for feedback. Some students speak with interest and enthusiasm about their work/experiences/hobbies/holidays and perhaps the English department is the best place for debriefing.
ENGLISH
18
2009-2010
It is also a good exercise to get students to re-teach a lesson they have recently had in another subject, or a new lesson in History or Psychology orany subject. It gives the Others an opportunity to ask questions. Beware: the rest of the class may sometimes know the lesson better than their 'teachers'. You can substitute the word 'presentation' for talk. Students can learn to use the overhead projector or computerized presentation techniques. Presentations can be given in pairs. PROBLEMS DURING GROUP WORK: The time problem is helped if you accept that most speaking and listening is not solo work but is done in pairs and small groups. Noise - 'By all means do speaking and listening, but I don't want to hear a sound!' Not everyone is involved. Some groups not working well - pecking order. Some groups - briefest of answers. Unkindness to others whose comments they regard as silly. SOLUTIONS THERE WILL ALWAYS BE NOISE. Tactfully ensure that the loudest and busiest are not always in charge. Talk to the most active about a possible role in encouraging and bringing out the shy members of the group. Keep topics open - never closed. Put someone who is adept at opening a discussion into a group to help others. Ensure that it is understood that everyone should be respected for what they say. You can argue but not so the original speaker feels a fool. BE TOUGH ON THIS. MATERIAL THE TEACHER CARRIES INTO THE CLASS ROOM SHOULD BE GLEANED FROM : Newspapers Documentaries (either shown to the class or seen at home and discussed) Video clippings ( eg: Language in use , Cambridge ELT 4 VCD's ) Events - news or cultural ( eg: Carnival, Shigmo, festivals, election campaigns, sports, current affairs NDTV/ BBC - issues discussed on ' Hard Talk', 'We The People', 'The Big Fight' Films and cinema
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Semester End Examination [ SEE ] CIA - To be completed by the last week of September. Group discussion/ debate \Role Play (Students to be divided into groups of 5. The teacher may choose any two tasks per group. ) Semester End Examination [SEE ] 20 Marks 80 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks 80 Marks
ENGLISH
19
2009-2010
2 - part exam. i) A taped conversation between two students to be handed in. 30 marks - 10/12 topics provided by the panel of paper setters. - chosen by students. - recording facility to be provided by the college. - topics will be sent by board of paper setters in the last week of September. - topics will be kept confidential by chief conductor of exams in each college. - topics to be released not more than 48 hrs in advance. - candidates will be examined and assessed according to criteria agreed upon. -within each criterion point descriptors will be clearly laid down. Time : 5 Minutes ii) An Individual Oral Presentation50 marks - topics sent by panel of paper setters. - topics to be put up on notice boards at least one month in advance. - topics to be sent to the colleges by the first week of September. - Optional use of audio-visual aids. Eg: charts, maps, graphs. Flow charts etc. These may be on a computer screen, mounted on an easel or brought in and hung on a chart stand . etc. - candidates will be examined on the following criteria content - 20 marks fluency - 10 marks vocabulary - 10 marks structure - 10 marks - within each criteria, point descriptors will be clearly agreed upon. - setting up and use of all aids should be strictly within the time allotted. Time: 8-10 minutes.
GRADE DESCRIPTIONS FOR GROUP ACTIVITY- 2 TASKS

(10 marks each) CIA 10 marks each task Mark Band 1 9-10 marks Can argue ideas and opinions in persuasive detail without dominating the rest of the group; adept at acting as group leader; usefully refers back to previous points; always looking to suggest new approaches and to move forward; listens sympathetically and considers the views of others fully. Mark Band 2 7-8 marks Can argue ideas and opinions soundly but may at times overshadow other members of the group; is capable of leading the group but with only partial assurance; refers back to previous points soundly but not entirely successfully; recognises the need to suggest new approaches but implements this only partially; listens with a degree of sympathy for others views but has a tendency to interrupt at times.
ENGLISH
20
2009-2010
Mark Band 3 5-6 marks Frequent but generally brief contributions are made; generally accepts a position of group member rather than facilitator/leader; makes occasional reference to previous points; may help to support new approaches but rarely initiates them; listens carefully and responds briefly but appropriately to others. Mark Band 4 3-4 marks Brief and infrequent contributions are made; plays a limited part in the group; cannot utilise previous points; follows the general drift of the discussion but struggles to support new approaches; listens inconsistently and may even drift away from the discussion. Mark Band 5 1-2 marks Makes only one or two contributions or may offer mostly inappropriate contributions; plays no real role in group membership; is largely ignorant of previous points; does not offer support for new approaches; may appear to listen but shows little evidence of listening. Mark Band 6 0 marks Fails to meet the above criteria.
GRADE DESCRIPTIONS FOR PAIR-BASED ACTIVITY

(30 marks) For this task, marks for each category (Speaking, Listening) should be arrived at. SPEAKING 15 MARKS Mark Band I 13- 15 marks Extends the subject matter and elicits responses from the listener; speaks on equal terms with the listener. Employs a wide range of language devices accurately and sometimes eloquently Mark Band 2 10- 12 marks Subject matter is organized and expressed competently; attempts to speak on equal terms with the listener but with a varying degree of success. Employs a good range of language devices soundly. Mark Band 3 7- 9 marks Deals with the subject matter adequately; the listener is generally but not always prominent. Language devices are used safely. Mark Band 4 4 - 6 marks There is evidence of some sequencing of ideas relating to the subject matter but only inconsistently so; accepts that the listener is in full control of the conversation. Limited employment of language devices with some inaccuracy.
ENGLISH
21
2009-2010
Mark Band 5 1 - 3 marks Simple facts and ideas are expressed with generally unsuccessful attempts at organization; is barely capable of engaging in a two-way conversation. Not able to employ language devices or devices employed with serious error. Mark Band 6 0 marks Fails to meet the above criteria. LISTENING- 15 MARKS Mark Band I 13-15 marks Responds fully to questions and develops prompts; deals confidently and sometimes enthusiastically with alterations in the direction of the conversation. Mark Band 2 10-12 marks Responds appropriately and in some detail to questions and prompts; deals appropriately with most of the alterations in the directions of the conversation. Mark Band 3 7-9 marks Responds to questions adequately but deals less effectively with prompts; alterations in the direction of the conversation are occasionally dealt with. Mark Band 4 4-6 marks Provides limited response to the questions and struggles with developing prompts; tends to maintain the direction of the conversation. Mark Band 5 1 - 3 marks Responds simply or is unable to respond to questions or prompts; cannot recognize alterations in the direction of the conversation. Mark Band 6 0 marks Fails to meet the above criteria.
ENGLISH
22
2009-2010
INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY 50 MARKS

MARK CONTENT & STRUCTURE (OUT OF 30)
The student demonstrates ability to use a variety of structures accurately and consistently. There may be errors when sophistication is attempted, but the examiner is convinced that the student is confidently in control of the structures used. Full & well organized content.
VOCABULARY (OUT OF 30)

The student shows enough command of vocabulary to respond with some precision. Shades of meaning are achieved and some sophisticated information/ ideas are communicated. There will be only the occasional misuse of vocabulary.
FLUENCY (OUT OF 30)

The student shows sustained ability to maintain a conversation and to contribute at some length. The student can respond to change in direction of the conversation and perhaps initiate new topics. Pronunciation and intonation are appropriate, with only the occasional slip.
25 - 29 Or 9-10
20 - 24 Or 7-8
There may be mostly simple structures, but some more complex sentences will be attempted successfully. There will be some errors but these will not impede communication. Sound use of content.
The student has a sufficient range of vocabulary to convey information and ideas but there is lack of precision. Vocabulary is not wide or varied.
The student responds relevantly to questions and at a length which makes frequent prompting unnecessary. Stress and intonation patterns are generally accurate. Little effort is required by the listener.
15 19 or 5-6
The student will be uneasy and error-prone when venturing beyond simple structures. However, simple accuracy will often be achieved and communication will be maintained. Adequate use of content.
Vocabulary conveys simple ideas and information clearly but lacks precision. There is some searching for words and hesitation when going beyond simplicity.
The student makes a real attempt to respond to questions. S/he may need frequent prompting and will tend to offer one sentence at a time, but keeps conversation going. Some noticeable inaccuracy of stress and intonation, but unlikely to impede communication.
10 14 or 3-4
Responses will usually be single words or very simple sentences with errors. Error will tend to blur but not obscure communication. Content is thin or inconsistently used.
Vocabulary will sometimes be inadequate to convey even simple ideas and there will be frequent pauses.
Responses tend to be brief and widely spaced. The candidate has to be encouraged to go beyond the single word response. Stress and intonation inaccuracy causes some communication difficulty, but candidate can usually be understood by a sympathetic listener.
59 or 1-2
Single word responses will be the norm and attempts at structured sentences will rarely achieve communication. However, some attempt at a response will be made at points during the interview. Content is mostly undeveloped and/ or very thin.
Enough English words are known to convey occasional snippets of information, but conversation will be very limited and confused.
Responses are so brief and imprecise that little is communicated. Use of single words is the norm, and there will be long gaps. Stress and intonation patterns cause difficulty for even the most sympathetic listener. Repetition is necessary to achieve communication.
0 -5 or 0
Completely limited/no attempt at a response.
Completely limited/no attempt at a response.
No response/inaccuracy of stress and intonation prevents communication even after several repetitions.
ENGLISH
23
2009-2010
BIBLIOGRAPHY
ENGLISH VOCABULARY, PRONUNCIATION AND GRAMMAR
English Pronunciation in UseHancock (Book+ 4 Audio Cassettes Pack) 0- 521-54772-5 or (Book+ 4 Audio CD's Pack ) .. 0-52154771-7 Better English Pronunciation O' Connor (Book + Cassettes Set ) . 0 521-78964 8 Murphy's English Grammar Raymond Murphy ( Book + CD ROM ) 0 521 61663-8 Cambridge Language In Use series . St of 4 VCD's Cambridge English Pronouncing Dictionary, 16th edition Jones (Book with CD ROM ) . 0 521-60062-6 All of the above can be ordered from Foundation Books Pvt.Ltd. www.foundationbooksindia.com ( Their books/colleges catalogue has an exhaustive list of books in English Grammar, Pronunciation, Vocabulary, Remedial work, writing speaking, listening ) Plot No. 80 Service Industries, Shirvane, Sector 1, Nerul, Navi Mumbai-400706. Tel: 27709172,27713810. Fax: 27709173. email: cupbang@cupind.com Online Resource The homepage of NATE ( National Association Of Teaching English) while a national British association, has many resources which are in effect international. SERIES English Writing Frames Copiable books and accompanying CD-ROM'S to support weaker and middle ability students. Could be used in used in conjunction with any language/Communication skills course. A systematic resource, with step by- step practical exercises and photocopiable frames to practice with. English Writing Frames: Genre by Neild, J (edition 2000) This is available as a book and disk pack ISBN: 184136975 English Writing Frames: Style and Purpose by Neild, J (edition 2000) - also book and disk pack ISBN: 1841636983 Pubd by Folens Publishing Limited, Unit 20, Apex Business Centre, Boscombe Road, Dunstable, Bedfordshire, LU5 4RL ,U.K www.folens .com
ENGLISH
24
2009-2010
Heinemann English Programme- a thematically arranged four part series. Teacher resource files accompany the set. Authors : Seely, J& Kitshen, D ISBN: 0435103520 0435103547 0435103563 0435103466 Publisher: Heinemann, Harcourt Education Ltd, Halley Court, Jordan Hill, Oxford, OX2 8EJ, U.K. www.heinemann.co.uk SPEAKING AND LISTENING BY JONES, R -with accompanying cassette ISBN: 0719546699 Publisher : Johm Murray, Hodder Murray, 338 Euston Road, London, NW1 3BH UK. www.johnmurray.co.uk NEW HODDER ENGLISH This is a series of three books. Teachers can find a variety of accessible material to simulate speaking and listening activities as well as writing. NEW HODDER ENGLISH BY HACKMAN, S; SCOTT, P & HOWE, A (edition 2001) 1ISBN 034077536X 2ISBN 0340775378 3ISBN 0340775386 Publisher Hodder & Stoughton Education, Hodder Deadline, 338 Euston Road, London, NW1 3bh, UK www.hodderheadline.co.uk SPEAKING ENGLISH EFFECTIVELY BY KRISHNA MOHAN AND N. P. SINGH Macmillan India Ltd ISBN: 0333925521 Cambridge Language In Use Set of 4 graded VCD's ON LINE TRAINING AND PRACTICE Clarity Language Consultants Ltd UK Office : PO Box 625, Godalming, GU7 1ZR, UK Tel: + 44 (0) 8451305627 Fax: + 44 (0) 8451305647 HK Office : PO Box 1763, Sai Kung, Hong Kong Tel: +852 27911787 Fax: + 852 27916484 Young India Films 1 F, Lakshmi Bhawan, 609, Mount Road, Chennai 600006 email: yif@vsnl.com www.younindiafilms.com Tel: +044 28295693, 28294160 28293640 Fax: + 044 28292065, 28295303 Mob : 0981022551, 09841056109
ENGLISH
25
2009-2010
SPOKEN ENGLISH
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] Role Play - topics to be given 10 minutes before the commencement of the exam. marks) Time: 5 minutes 1) The Assessors role: Your friend Your Role : Yourself Your Task : You have very strong views about how animals should be treated, which are very different from your friend's. You are in a fast food caf. You friend has walked in carrying a brand - new expensive snake - skin handbag/ leather coat and has ordered a double beef burger. You are wearing jute sandals and are carrying a cloth bag and have ordered a veg burger. OR 2) The Assessors Role: A new neighbor who has three very noisy and naughty children. Your Role : The owner of a house in a quiet street. Your Task : You are having very real problems with your neighbor. You cannot concentrate during the day on things you want to do and your neighbors noisy children sleep very late at night keeping you awake. You are working in your garden and a ball came over the fence and hit you on the head. The children started yelling and screaming for you to throw the ball back. Instead you go over to see their parent to discuss the whole matter. OR 3) Choose any one topic that you are passionate about: - A book you have read recently - A film or play you have seen recently that affected you a great deal - A member of your family, singer, actor, scientist, historical figure who fascinates you - Travel - Football or cricket - Fashion - School - College - Mobile phones 20 marks (10
ENGLISH
26
2009-2010
Debate/ Group Discussion - Groups of 5 through lots for GD Groups of six for debate. Time: 10 minutes
(10 marks)
1) The Government of Goa should ban on all kinds of plastic bags. OR 2) Fees charged for college education must be increased so that students of higher education can be provided better facilities, innovative courses and quality teachers.
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION [SEE ]

marks I - Pair based activity a recording of which should be submitted to the examiner 30 marks Time: 5 minutes Allow students to choose their partners. Recording facility to be provided by the college. Students may choose to record privately. Topics to be released 48hrs in advance.
80
1) You are in an interviewer - interviewee situation on a popular FM Radio Station. The guest speaker is an aerobics instructor and a keep- fit fanatic who is 62 years old. The interviewer agrees on the wisdom of an active life and a sensible diet but is himself/herself fond of junk food and likes nothing better than staying in bed as late as possible. OR 2) Have a discussion on hobbies with a new boy/girl who has just joined your college , with whom you are try to make friends. II - Individual talk/ Presentation Time: 8-10 minutes 50 marks
Topics to be displayed on the notice board at least a month in advance of the exam. Exam to be conducted over a period of three days before the commencement of the written papers. ( similar to the manner in which science practicasl are conducted.) Dates should be sent by the university. Topics ( should be such that there is possibility of using audio visual aids/ mounted boards/slides/charts/ maps/graphs if the candidate wishes to do so.) The use of language and image in advertising. Festivals of India Folk media of Goa Indian Mythology Flora and Fauna of Goa
ENGLISH
27
2009-2010
WRITTEN ENGLISH
SEMESTER II - ENGLISH COMPULSORY COURSE OBJECTIVES
The main objectives are: a) to enable students to identify main points in an unseen text of an expository, descriptive and narrative nature b) to develop students' ability to deduce meaning of unfamiliar words c) to equip students with the ability to skim and scan for specific information.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
WRITING SKILLS By the end of the semester the students should be able to, from an unseen text of an expository/ descriptive/ narrative nature, to: 1)Identify: a) the main points and b) relationships through lexical markers or cohesion devices 2) Deduce the meaning of unfamiliar words 3) Recognize text organization. (eg. Sequence of tenses, sequence of ideas ) 4) Skim for gist and scan for specific information. 5) Prepare notes of an unseen text in a format of their choice. 6) Interpret details and express ideas coherently. 7) Acquire accuracy in different kinds of writing - descriptive, narrative, expository, argumentative, persuasive. 8)Prepare a CV and write a job application. 9)Write in formal and informal styles. 10)Write any kind of composition like diary writing, dialogues, interviews, summarizing. 11)Narrate incidents, real and imaginary with descriptive details and in sequence. 12) Condense ideas where brevity is of essence. 13) Recognize key performance words in a question that determines the nature of an answer. 14)Compose and answer keeping ion view length and relationship between ideas as required by key question words. 15) Reviewing skills editing an answer before submission 16) Time management in an examination.
ENGLISH
28
2009-2010
COURSE CONTENT
1 Teaching of grammar should be incorporated in an incidental way 2. Composition - Any kind of composition like diary writing, interviews, dialogues story. 3. Creative writing - on current themes, social issues, environment, art and culture. 4. Note - making/ note taking from written material. 5. Comprehension. 6. Writing a job application and preparing a CV. 7. Paragraph writing. 8. Report writing. Recommended Text - English Through Reading - Book 1 by Bhaskar and Prabhu. Published by Macmillan India. * Note: The text could be used for note - making and comprehension.
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Semester End Examination [SEE ] CIA - 20 marks A . The teacher will announce the topics for the written assignment well in advance. Students will be asked to bring points to class. Visual aids may be carried. The assignment is to be written in class. The topics may be on current themes as discussed in the media. e.g. Sports, social issues, politics, environment ,art and culture,. 10 marks B. The teacher will teach the following topics in class interviews and diary writing. The teacher will test the students on any one of the above topics as class assignment. 5 Marks C.Summarising- Listening Comprehension. The teacher will read a passage / essay of a high difficulty level. Students will be asked to summarise. ( Batches have to be made in case the number is large) 5 Marks 20 marks. 80 marks.
ENGLISH
29
2009-2010
Semester End Examination (SEE) QI Short answer questions on various areas of grammar are to be tested. 1 Concord of gender and number 2 Active and passive voice 3 Conjunctions 4 Prepositions 5 Comparison of adjectives 6 Pronouns 7 Articles 8 Punctuation. Situational approach may be adopted in testing grammar. QII One unseen passage for comprehension with questions including both objective and subjective types. Of these, at least one each should be interpretative, inferential, vocabulary/syntax based QIII One unseen passage for note - making. No outline should be provided QIV Letter writing - Job application and preparation of CV. QV Report writing QVI Paragraph writing
80 Marks 15 marks
15 marks 15 marks 15 marks 10 marks 10 marks
WRITTEN
ENGLISH
20 Marks 10 marks
MODEL QUESTION PAPER - SEMESTER II

Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] A)Written Assignment ( essay ) For the written assignment in class, the teacher will give marks for Language and Style Content Relevance Connectedness of substance Originality 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks
ENGLISH
30
2009-2010
The above written assignment may comprise of topics related to current themes as discussed in the media. Eg. Sports, social issues, politics, environment, art and culture. Examples : * Commonwealth Games * Avian flu * Crime and Judiciary in India B)Written Assignment in Diary Writing/ Dialogue Writing/ Interview marks The students may be given written assignments in diary writing ( of one week duration ), dialogue writing or interviews . It will be a class assignment. Example: 1. You had participated in the NSS camp which lasted for a week. Make an entry of your experiences ( of one week duration ) in your diary. 2. You have applied for the post of a receptionist in a five star hotel. You are called for an interview. Write down the interview in dialogue form. For the written assignment in class the teacher will give marks for: layout and format content1 mark connectedness of substance1 mark grammar and vocabulary spellings 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark 5
C. Summarizing & Listening Comprehension 5 marks The teacher will read any passage / essay three times. The passage should not be longer than approx. 200 words or one page. The students will be asked to summerize. For this class assignment the teacher will give marks for: Grasping (comprehension), selection of important points 2 marks Writing (composition)- presentation of the material in a coherent and stylistically pleasing form
2 marks
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION [SEE]

Time 2 hrs. 1)Change the following passage into indirect speech. Marks 80 2 marks
The stranger said, " Can you please tell me the shortest way to the railway station?" " Yes," I said " Do you want to spend the night in one of the retiring rooms? " " No," replied the stranger. " I only want to check up on my reservation". 2)Rewrite the following passage as two sentences, using appropriate relative pronouns. 2 marks
ENGLISH
31
2009-2010
The Shah was pleased to hear the story. The shepherd had related it to him. He now realised the truth. The governor was really the humblest and most faithful man in the land. He had suspected the governor of dishonesty. 3) Insert articles wherever necessary. 2 marks
Once upon ___ time there lived ___ miser. He was __ very rich man and he grew __ oranges and ___ apples. He sold them in ____ market. One day I asked him for ___ apple. He said, " I can't give you ___ apple, but I'll sell you ___ apple." " Then give me __ orange," I said. He put ___ fruit in his bag and walked off down ___ road. 4) Punctuate the following passage as two sentences. 2 marks
father mary cried holding out a golden rose I went to pick you some roses but look at this they are yellow and hard and their sweet scent is gone 5) Fill in the blanks with either for or since. 2 marks
I have lived in Goa ___ 1980. Before that my father was stationed in Srinagar ____ four years. He has not visited Srinagar ___ his transfer here. However, I have been visiting Srinagar regularly ___ the few years. 6) Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions. 2 marks
I often find him absorbed ____ thought. He inspires respect ___ his friends. Even his enemies admit that he is endowed ____ rare talents. He promised not to do anything repugnant ___ the wishes of his parents. 7) Change the voice. Atul did not speak a word. He was taken to the hospital by his friends. 8) Give the superlative degree of comparison. Very few countries are as rich as Britain. II. Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions below it. [ comprehension passage with questions set below.] 15 marks III. Make a note on the following passage. No outline 15 marks 1 mark 2 marks.
ENGLISH
32
2009-2010
IV. The Navhind Times dated 23rd March , 2006 advertised a vacancy for the post of an assistant teacher in English in a reputed school in Goa. You are Sneha/ Suresh Parab from Borda, Margao. 15 marks a)Write a letter of application addressed to the Navhind Times, Box No 1422. b)Write the CV to be attached to the letter V. Prepare a report on the slums and unauthorized structures in the vicinity of your college. The report is for the use of the N.S.S. Unit. Make recommendations and give suggestions. 10 marks VI. Write a paragraph of about a 100 words on any one of the following: 10 marks a)Any one common proverb to be set by the paper setter. E.g. Honesty is the best policy. b)A theme e.g. The importance of reading.
INTRODUCTION TO POETRY AND DRAMA

SEMESTER I OBJECTIVES AND LEARNING OUTCOMES :
By the end of the year the learner should be able to: 1. (a) recognize and define a few important forms of poetry such as sonnet, ode, ballad, elegy. (b) know and identify the following: (i) Rhyme, rhythm and metre. (ii)Pause and overflow (c) understand and appreciate the literal sense of a poem ,form, imagery, tone, atmosphere, special devices, symbolic meaning if any. 2. (a) recognize and appreciate the various elements of drama such as: (I) plot (ii) character (iii) dialogue (iv) setting (v) theme (vi)act- scene division (b) understand two major forms of drama tragedy and comedy.
ENGLISH
33
2009-2010
COURSE MATERIAL
1. Poetry : Sonnet : Shakespeare - When to the Sessions My Mistress's Eyes Milton Ode : Shelley Keats - When I Consider - Ode to the West Wind -Ode to a Nightingale - Ode on a Grecian Urn - Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard - Mending Wall - Easter 1916 - The Unknown Citizen - Snake - Hawk Roosting - Dream Deferred - Mirror
Elegy : Gray Others : Frost Yeats Auden Lawrence Ted Hughes
Langston Hughes Sylvia Plath
{from Five Centuries of Poetry edited by C. N. Ramchandran and Radha Achar , Macmillan ) 2. Drama : The Merchant of Venice A Doll's House - William Shakespeare Henrik Ibsen
LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS

A Glossary of Literary Terms M. H. Abrams An Introduction to the Study of Literature W.H. Hudson Introduction to Literature S.M. Schreiber English Literature R.J. Rees Background to the study of English Literature for Indian Students -Prasad B
ENGLISH
34
2009-2010
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] 1. Students should present seminar papers on text based topics . 2. Home assignment on aspects of poetry and drama. Semester End Examination [ SEE ] Pattern of the question paper: Q. 1: Objective type of questions - to be answered on the question paper in 20 minutes Q. 2. : Poetry Q 3 : The Merchant of Venice 20 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks 80 Marks
20 Marks 15 Marks 15 Marks 15 Marks
Q 4. : A Doll's House Q.5. Questions on formal aspects of poetry and drama .( No textual questions to be included.) The students should attempt 2 short notes out of 5.
15 Marks

MODEL QUESTION PAPER - SEMESTER I
DURATION:2 HOURS TOTAL MARKS: 80 INSTRUCTIONS: 1.Part A consists of question I only and it should be answered on the question paper itself, in the space provided. 2. Part A should be submitted within 20 minutes of the commencement of the paper. 3.Part B should be answered on the answer booklet and submitted separately.
ENGLISH
35
2009-2010
PART A
SIGN OF SUPERVISOR MARKS SUBJECTS TITLE CLASS SEAT NUMBER MARKS OBTAINED & SIGN OF THE EXAMINER
20 I-Show your acquaintance with the following passages in Not more than 3-4 lines: 1.I am not cruel, only truthfulThe eye of a little god, four-cornered. 2.Thousands at his bidding speed And post o'er land and ocean without rest: They also serve who only stand and wait. 3.A pound of man's flesh taken from a man Is not so estimable, profitable neither, As flesh of muttons, beefs or goats. 4.Exactly as before, I was your little skylark, your Doll, which you would in future treat with doubly Gentle care, because it was so brittle and fragile. 5.Alack, what heinous sin is it in me To be ashamed to be my father's child! 6.The quality of mercy is not strained, It droppeth as the gentle rain from heaven Upon the place beneath: it is twice blest: It blesseth him that gives and him that takes. 7.Never to see my children either-never again. Never! Never! Oh! The icy black watersThe bottomless depths- If only it were over! 3 marks
3 marks
3 marks
3 marks 3 marks
3 marks
2 marks
ENGLISH
36
2009-2010

PART B
DURATION: 1 HOUR 40 MINUTES All questions carry equal marks. II- a) Discuss Shelley's optimism as seen in 'Ode to the West Wind.' OR b) Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: i)Sensuous element in Keats' poetry. ii)Yeats' attitude to Irish rebellion. 'iii)Hawk Roosting' as a comment on human society. iv)My Mistress' Eyes. III-a) Discuss A Doll's House as a modern tragedy. OR b) Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: i)Dramatic irony in A Doll's House ii)The theme of marriage in A Doll's House iii)The masquerade ball. iv)Nora. IV- a) Discuss The Merchant of Venice as a romantic comedy. marks OR b) Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: i)The trial scene. ii)Shylock- a figure of power and dignity. iii)Portia- the most perfect Shakespearean heroine. iv)The ring episode. V) Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: i)Sonnet as a literary form. ii)Important features of elegy. iii)Essential features of tragedy. iv)Elements of drama. 15 marks 15 Marks: 60
15 marks 15 marks
ENGLISH
37
2009-2010
INTRODUCTION TO FICTION
SEMESTER II
OBJECTIVES AND LEARNING OUTCOMES :
By the end of the semester the learner should be able to: . (a) understand the different forms of the novel as a genre - (epistolary; picaresque; social; Gothic; historical; bildungsroman; stream of consciousness) (b) understand the various element of fiction such as plot; character; theme; characterization; thought ; setting; point of view; narrative technique.
COURSE MATERIAL
1.Pride And Prejudice - Jane Austen 2.The Guide - R.K.Narayan 3.Images : A Handbook Of Stories - Edited By M.M.Lukose - Published by Macmillan
LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS

A Glossary of Literary Terms - M. H. Abrams An Introduction to the Study of Literature - W.H. Hudson Introduction to Literature - S.M. Schreiber English Literature - R.J. Rees Background to the Study of English Literature for Indian Students - Prasad B. Introduction To The Short Story An Anthology - Rocco Fumento
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] 1. Students should present seminar papers on text - based topics . 20 marks 10 marks 10 marks 80 marks
2. Home assignment on different aspects of fiction Semester End Examination [SEE ]
ENGLISH
38
2009-2010
PATTERN OF THE QUESTION PAPER: Q. 1. Objective type of questions to be answered on the question paper in twenty minutes. (covering all the prescribed texts) O.2. Pride And Prejudice Q.3. The Guide Q.4. Images Q.5. Questions on formal aspects of fiction (No textual questions to be included.) The students should attempt 2 short notes out of 5 .
20 marks 15 Marks 15 Marks 15 Marks
15 Marks
MODEL QUESTION PAPER - SEMESTER II
DURATION: 2 HOURS INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Part A consists of question I only and it should be answered on the question paper itself, in the space provided. 2. Part A should be submitted within 20 minutes of the commencement of the paper. 3. Part B should be answered on the answer booklet provided and, submitted separately. TOTAL MARKS: 80
PART A
SIGN OF SUPERVISOR
MARKS
SUBJECTS TITLE
CLASS
SEAT NUMBER
MARKS OBTAINED & SIGN OF THE EXAMINER
20
ENGLISH
39
2009-2010
I. Show your acquaintance with the following passages in not more than 3-4 lines: 1. A little drop was still in the broken end of the tube, and he drank that to make sure. 2. 'Don't cut yet. I am still within hearing. Please wait till I am gone farther.' 3. It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune must be in want of a wife. 4. The passage of years from youth to decay, but the heart remaining ever fresh- like lotus on a pond. When she indicated the lotus with her fingers, you could almost hear the ripple of water around it! 5. " I want to get out here too- but I want to complete my work; and I am here for that. You are free to go and do what you please." 6. " as a child I was taught what was right, but I was not taught to correct my temper. I was given good principles, but left to follow them in pride and conceit." 7. The Guide (Include Extract) 3 marks 3 marks
3 marks
3 marks
3 marks
3 marks 2 marks
SEMESTER II
PART B
DURATION: 1 HOUR 40 MINUTES II. a) Comment on the portrayal of the poor in the stories from Images. OR b) Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: marks i)The character of the old refugee. ii)The title 'The Two Gentlemen of Verona.' iii)The chase of the anarchist by the bacteriologist. iv) Role of luck in 'Luck.' MARKS: 60
15
ENGLISH
40
2009-2010
III. a) Pride and Prejudice contains a serious criticism of life expressed in terms of comedy: Discuss. OR b) Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: i)The title Pride and Prejudice. ii)Jane Austen's style. iii)Irony and humour in Pride and Prejudice. iv)Darcy. IV.a) R. K. Narayan possesses a rare psychological insight into human mind and characters: Discuss with reference to The Guide. OR b) Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: i)Ironical situations in The Guide. ii)The narrative technique of The Guide. iii)Moral significance of the novel. iv)Rosie. V. Write short notes on ANY TWO of the following: marks i)Types of short stories. ii)Types of novels. iii)Character portrayal in a short story. iv)Elements of a novel.
15 marks
15 marks
15
ENGLISH
41
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
FRENCH
CURRICULUM
Prescribed Text: A votre service (French for Hotel and Tourism Industry)
OBJECTIVE:
A functional approach for beginners in the French language to communicate in everyday situations related to the hotel and tourism industry. The study of the French language both oral and written is seen through a practical point of view encouraging basic exchanges in the Indian context with French natives speakers.
FRENCH (OPTIONAL) - SEMESTER I

Topic I a.Savoir faire- saluer, remettre/montrer quelque chose, remercier b.Grammaire- voil + adj. + nom, adjectifs possessifs c.Situations- hotel, reception Topic II a.Savoir faire- se presenter, accueillir b.Grammaire- le present-tre,+ nom proper + adj. poss. + profession, s'appeler (present) + nom proper, prep. + nom c.Situations- aroport, hotel, reception, restaurant. Topic III a.Savoir faire- Accueillir, gerer un problme de communication b.Grammaire- present-avoir+ nom , + quell + nom, c'est + adj. , est-ce que + sujet, pouvoir (present) + verbe inf. c.Situations- agence de voyage, hotel, reception, bureau de change, site touriatique. Topic IV a.Savoir faire- Accueillir, attribuer une chambre b.Grammaire- cond. present- vouloir,+ nom , pouvoir + nom, pour+ indication de dure, il y a + nom, chiffres c.Situations- hotel, reception, bar/restaurant, agence de voyage
FRENCH
42
2009-2010
Topic V a.Savoir faire- Accueillir, donner un prix b.Grammaire- pour+ ind. De quantit, combien de + dure, quel est+ prix present-parler, rester, vouloir c.Situations- magasin, hotel, reception, bureau de change, agence de voyage Topic VI a.Savoir faire- Faire rgler des formalits b.Grammaire- le,+ nom + de +nom, combien + sujet + verbe, nombres , appeller (present) , pour+ but. Adj poss. Mas. Fm. Sing. Plu. c.Situations- hotel, reception, restaurant, bureau de change Topic VII Dossier de traduction (unseen) Franais-anglais, Anglais-franais Topic VIII Dossier de composition Lettre, dialogue, essais, questions gnrales
SEMESTER II
Topic I a.Savoir faire- grer un problRme , s'excuser b.Grammaire- sujet + ne + verbe + pas + nom c.Situations- hotel, reception, chambre , site touristique, restaurant Topic II a.Savoir faire- placer, prendre une commande b.Grammaire- le present et le future proche -prendre , de+ nom c.Situations- hotel, reception, restaurant, agence de voyage Topic III a.Savoir faire- prendre une commande, dcrire des plats, conseiller des plats b.Grammaire- Qu'est-ce que, sujet + vous + verbe, passcomp. Choisir, pas du tout, un peu, assez, trs, aussi c.Situations- restaurant, agence de voyage Topic IV a.Savoir faire- prendre une commande b.Grammaire- tre, avoir, pouvoir, visiter (future simple) , en comme + nom c.Situations- restaurant, site touristique Topic V a.Savoir faire- dcrire des vins, comparer b.Grammaire- Comparatif, superlatif, prendre -future simple, comment + verbe + nom c. Situations- restaurant, agence de voyage, magasin
FRENCH
43
2009-2010
Topic VI a.Savoir faire- faire rgler une addition, une note, une facture b.Grammaire- le/ la/ les/ pronoms complement, par + nom c.Situations- hotel, reception, magasin, agence de voyage, restaurant, site touristique Topic VII Dossier de traduction (unseen) Franais-anglais, Anglais-franais Topic VIII Dossier de composition Lettre, dialogue, essais, questions gnrales
SYLLABUS OF F.Y.B.A. (ELECTIVE) PAPER-I

Text Prescribed :Panorama-1-Mthode de franais
SEMESTER I
Topic I Comprendre et s'exprimer--faire connaissance,utiliser les formules de politesse,demander quelquechose-rpondre une demande,acheter,inviter et rpondre une invitation,parler de ses gouts et de ses prfrences TopicII Dcouvrir-les franais et les indiens dans leur vie quotidienne-personnalits et lieux clbres en France et en Inde-loisirs et spectacles. TopicIII Grammaire des leons 1-2-3 Topic IV Comprendre et s,exprimer---demander et donner des informations sur l'emploi du temps ,la biographie,la carrire professionnelle-situer dans le temps et dans l'espace-s'orienter-exprimer l'accord ou le dsaccord ,le doute ou la certitudeTopic V Dcouvrirune famille dans ses activits quotidiennes et sa vie professionelle-trois grandes villes Marseille,Toulouse Lille-faire comparer avec des villes en Inde-les ftes et les clbrations en France et en Inde Topic VI Grammaire des leons 4-5-6
FRENCH
44
2009-2010
Topic VII Comprendre et s'exprimerraconter des vnements passes-rdiger une lettre ou une carte postale-parler des personnes(description physique et caractre)-savoir se comporter dans un restaurant-parler du temps qu'il fait Topic VIII Dcouvrirquelques aspects de l'aventure et du voyage-une region l'Auvergne-les franais et la nourriture le prix des choses et les revenues en France et en Inde-quelques changements dans la vie Topic IX Grammaire des leons 7-8-9
SEMESTER II
Topic I Comprendre et s'exprimer ---demander des renseignementsfaire face des situations d'urgencemanifester sa volont-interdire-demander une autorisation-conseiller-rassurerexprimer un droulement temporal-utiliser les pronoms complements parler du travail,de l'entreprise,realizations technologiques modernes Topic II Dcouvrirla vie de l'entreprise-le tlphone et le Minitel-les technologie et de la communication-les programmes de recherches europens-quelques realizations technologiques et culturelles rcentescomparer avec l'Inde Topic III Grammaire des leons 10-11-12 Topic IV Comprendre et exprimer---parler du future-faire des projets-rdiger une lettre administrativedemander une autorisation-permettre-interdire-dcrire acheter un vtement-dcrire acheter ou louer un logement-utiliser les pronoms de quantit-rapporter des paroles TopicV Dcouvrir-le systme ducatif franais et indien-la mode-le logement-personnage de l'histoire comparaison avec l'Inde-Paris TopicVI Grammaire des leons 13-14-15 Topic VII Comprendre et s'exprimercomparer des personnes ,des objets-rechercher des informations dans les texts-exprimer une volont-exprimer des sentiments en utilisant le subjonctif-caractriser et mettre en valeur par la proposition relative convaincre un interlocuteur
FRENCH
45
2009-2010
TopicVIII Dcouvrir---- travers la publicit les rves et les idaux des franais et des indiens-la presse et la tlvision TopicIX Grammaire des leons 16-17-18
FRENCH (ELECTIVE)
MODEL PAPER - SEMESTER I & II
Duration : 3 hoursTotal 80 marks Instructions : 1)Figures to the right indicate full marks 2)All answers must be written in French QI. A)Faites selon les indications entre parenthses. (10) i)Qui est-ce? C'est Maria Dolores. -------une trangre? Oui,-------espagnole.(Compltez avec "C'est",et " Elle est") ii) Vous ---------John?-Vous--------o il habite?(Compltez avec "savoir" et "connatre). iii)Sarah habite -------Etats-Unis,-------New York.(Compltez avec des prepositions). iv) Je suis professeur.(Trouvez la question pour cette rponse) v) Il parle -------soeur,je parle -------parents.(Compltez avec les adjectives possessifs) vi)----homme entre dans----glise.(Compltez avec les adjectives dmonstratifs) vii) Vous avez vu quelque chose? Non,-------------(Compltez avec la rponse) viii) Tu veux---caf? Non,merci,je n'aime pas ----caf.(Compltez avec des articles) ix)Ce jour l,Margot (sortir) 2 heures.C'(tre) une belle journe.(Mettez les verbes au pass compose ou l'imparfait) x) Elle aime raconteur des histories drles.Elle est--------(Caractrisez-la par un adjectif) B)Compltez avec le mot qui convient i)Pour entrer l'universit,un tudiant doit avoir le-----ii) Lille est une ville du----de la France. iii) ----est un peintre impressionniste. iv) On offer du muguet pour le---v) -----a t le roi de France de 1643 1715. QII) A.Racontez vos gots et vos preferences. B) Dcrivez trois ftes de France. (05)
(10) (10)
FRENCH
46
2009-2010
QIII) A. M.Rao interroge son voisin,M.D'Sa sur ses activits du week-end pass.Redigez le dialogue. (08) B. Dans une lettre un(e) ami(e),dcrivez la vue que vous avez de la fentre de votre maison. (07) QIV.. A.M. et Mme Brunot vont dans un restaurant.Ils commandent et choisissent des plats,demandement et paient l'addition.Redigez le dialogue. (08) B. Racontez en details ce que vous faites pendant les vacances. (07) QV. A. Renaud invite Margot un spectacle.Margot s'excuse.Rdigez les deux lettres. (08) B.Faites le portrait d'un personnage clbre de votre pays. (07)
FRENCH OPTIONAL
Duration : 3 hoursTotal Marks : 80 Instructions : 1)Figures to the right indicate full marks 2)All answers must be written in French A. 1) Nommez la plus importante chane d'htels de luxe d'origine franaise. 2) Il accueille les clients la rception. Il est _____________________ 3) Quelle est la taxe principale affiche l'entre d'un htel en France ? 4) Qui est un porteur ? __________________________________________________________________ 5) ACCOR offre une gamme complte de ________________ avec ses htels. __________________________________________________________________ 6) Est-ce que la chambre est _______________ (climatise/ conditionne) ? 7) Retrouvez les mots : a) degiu, b) harcfufue __________________________________________________________________ (10)
FRENCH
47
2009-2010
8) Mettez en ordre : aider/je/vous/est-ce que/peux __________________________________________________________________ 9) Donnez le nom de la famille le plus rpandu en France. __________________________________________________________________ 10) Qu'est-ce qu'on rpondu a un client qui remercie ? __________________________________________________________________ B Faites selon les indications : 1) Votre guide_______Amir. (S'appeler) 2) Monsieur Simon prsente _____ passeport volontairement. (Remplissez avec un adjectif possessif.) 3) Le numro de sa chambre est 124. (Posez la question) ________________________________________________________________ 4) Il est vgtarien. (Mettez au pluriel) __________________________________________________________________ 5)Les personnes ges restent allergiques la climatisation. (Rcrivez avec le contraire du mot soulign.) II. Lisez le dialogue suivant et puis rpondez aux questions : Le serveur : Bonjour Mademoiselle, une table pour une personne ? La cliente : Oui, s'il vous plat. Le serveur : Je vous apporte la carte immdiatement. La cliente : Ce n'est pas la peine, je voudrais juste le plat du jour. Le serveur : Je suis dsol, il n'y en a plus. Voici notre carte. La cliente : Je vais prendre des raviolis au basilic. Le serveur : Je regrette, il n'y en a pas aujourd'hui. La cliente : Eh bien donnez-moi un loup grill. Le serveur : Vraiment, je suis confus, notre barbecue lectrique n'est pas encore allum. Prenez le filet au poivre vert, il est trs tendre. La cliente : Non, je ne mange jamais de buf ! Bon, qu'est-ce qui vous reste? Le serveur : Euh, je ne sais pas trop, je vais demander au patron. La cliente : Vous ne savez rien alors, vous tes nouveau ici ? Le serveur : Non mademoiselle. Vous savez, il n'y a personne en cuisine ce midi. Notre cuisiner est malade et c'est sa femme qui fait la cuisine. Je vous prsente toutes nos excuses pour ce dsagrment. La cliente : Ce n'est pas grave, donnez-moi un jambon-beurre. Le serveur : Tout de suite, Mademoiselle. Merci de votre comprhension. (5)
FRENCH
48
2009-2010
A 1)Qu'est-ce que la cliente demande au serveur ? 2)Qu'est-ce que la cliente veut manger ? 3)Pourquoi la cliente ne peut pas manger de poisson ? 4)Pourquoi le serveur ne peut pas rpondre aux questions ? B 1)Mettez le verbe regretter au prsent et la premire personne du pluriel 2)Mettez Elle boit de l'eau la forme ngative. III.A. crivez une lettre votre ami (e) pour lui dcrire comment vous avez pass 3 jours l'htel Frantour Paris Chteau Landon. B. crivez environ 80 mots sur un des sujets suivants : a)Les touristes franais en Inde Ou b)Les htels en France IV.A. M.Jacques Dupr veut passer deux nuits dans un htel Paris. Il tlphone l'htel pour faire sa rservation. Rdigez le dialogue. B. Rpondez aux questions suivantes : (10 pour choix) 1.Donnez deux exemples des noms qui peuvent tre utiliss comme prnoms et comme noms de famille. 2.Nommez deux chanes d'htels en France. 3. quoi sert un ascenseur? 4.Nommez deux montagnes en France. 5.Nommez deux rgions de France. 6.Donnez des noms de deux htels avec trois toiles en France. 7.O est-ce que le Taj Mahal est situ en Inde ? 8.Nommez un styliste de l'origine goanaise. 9.Quel est le jour de l'indpendance en Inde ? 10.Qu'est-ce que c'est La tour de la France ? 11.Nommez deux crivains indiens. 12.O est-ce que la Tour Eiffel de Paris est situ? V.A. Traduisez en franais : 1.Welcome to India. 2.Can you please repeat the question? 3.Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. 4.Can I help you? 5.Here is your coffee. 6.Thank you, sir. 7.Here is your passport. 8.Good evening, do you speak French? 9.Good morning, is my car here? 10. Room no.4 is air-conditioned.
(8)
(2)
(5) (10)
(10) (10)
(10)
FRENCH
49
2009-2010
B. Traduisez en anglais: 1.Ils veulent rester deux nuits. 2.M. et Mme. Henri ont une rservation 3.L'htel a une piscine. 4.Nous parlons franais. 5.Est-ce que vous avez mes billets ? 6.Merci de votre comprhension. 7.Les personnes ges restent allergiques la climatisation. 8.Cet tablissement est un htel 5 toiles. 9.C'est un htel de luxe et trs cher. 10.Quels sont les endroits touristiques Goa ? F.Y.B.A Q.I. A. Objective questions B. Grammar Q.II.A. Comprehension B. Grammar (based on the passage) Q.III A. Letter B. Composition (any one) Q.IV A. Dialogue B. General questions (any 10) Q.V A. Translation (English to French B. Translation (French to English) Total Marks:
(10)
Marks 10 05 08 02 05 10 10 10 10 ( 05) 75
FRENCH ELECTIVE
Duration : 3 hoursTotal Marks : 80 Instructions : 1)Figures to the right indicate full marks 4)All answers must be written in French QI. A)Faites selon les indications entre parenthses. i)Qui est-ce? C'est Maria Dolores. -------une trangre? Oui,-------espagnole.(Compltez avec "C'est",et " Elle est") (10)
FRENCH
50
2009-2010
ii) Vous ---------John?-Vous--------o il habite?(Compltez avec "savoir" et "connatre). iii)Sarah habite -------Etats-Unis,-------New York.(Compltez avec des prepositions). iv) Je suis professeur.(Trouvez la question pour cette rponse) v) Il parle -------soeur,je parle -------parents.(Compltez avec les adjectives possessifs) vi)----homme entre dans----glise.(Compltez avec les adjectives dmonstratifs) vii) Vous avez vu quelque chose? Non,-------------(Compltez avec la rponse) viii) Tu veux---caf? Non,merci,je n'aime pas ----caf.(Compltez avec des articles) ix)Ce jour l,Margot (sortir) 2 heures.C'(tre) une belle journe.(Mettez les verbes au pass compose ou l'imparfait) x) Elle aime raconteur des histories drles.Elle est--------(Caractrisez-la par un adjectif) B)Compltez avec le mot qui convient i)Pour entrer l'universit,un tudiant doit avoir le-----ii) Lille est une ville du----de la France. iii) ----est un peintre impressionniste. iv) On offer du muguet pour le---v) -----a t le roi de France de 1643 1715. QII) A.Racontez vos gots et vos preferences. B) Dcrivez trois ftes de France. (05)
(10) (10)
QIII) A.M.Rao interroge son voisin,M.D'Sa sur ses activits du week-end pass.Redigez le dialogue. (08) B. Dans une lettre un(e) ami(e),dcrivez la vue que vous avez de la fentre de votre maison. (07) QIV.. A. M. et Mme Brunot vont dans un restaurant.Ils commandent et choisissent des plats,demandement et paient l'addition.Redigez le dialogue. B. Racontez en details ce que vous faites pendant les vacances. QV. A. Renaud invite Margot un spectacle.Margot s'excuse.Rdigez les deux lettres. (08) B.Faites le portrait d'un personnage clbre de votre pays. (07)
(08) (07)
FRENCH
51
2009-2010
FRENCH OPTIONAL
MODEL PAPER - SEMESTER I& II
Duration : 3 hoursTotal Marks : 80 Instructions : 1)Figures to the right indicate full marks 2)All answers must be written in French A. 1) Nommez la plus importante chane d'htels de luxe d'origine franaise. 2) Il accueille les clients la rception. Il est _____________________ 3) Quelle est la taxe principale affiche l'entre d'un htel en France ? 4) Qui est un porteur ? __________________________________________________________________ 5) ACCOR offre une gamme complte de ________________ avec ses htels. __________________________________________________________________ 6) Est-ce que la chambre est _______________ (climatise/ conditionne) ? 7) Retrouvez les mots : a) degiu, b) harcfufue __________________________________________________________________ 8) Mettez en ordre : aider/je/vous/est-ce que/peux __________________________________________________________________ 9) Donnez le nom de la famille le plus rpandu en France. __________________________________________________________________ 10) Qu'est-ce qu'on rpondu a un client qui remercie ? __________________________________________________________________ B Faites selon les indications : 1) Votre guide_______Amir. (S'appeler) 2) Monsieur Simon prsente _____ passeport volontairement. (Remplissez avec un adjectif possessif.) (5) (10)
FRENCH
52
2009-2010
3) Le numro de sa chambre est 124. (Posez la question) ________________________________________________________________ 4) Il est vgtarien. (Mettez au pluriel) __________________________________________________________________ 6)Les personnes ges restent allergiques la climatisation. (Rcrivez avec le contraire du mot soulign.) II. Lisez le dialogue suivant et puis rpondez aux questions : Le serveur : Bonjour Mademoiselle, une table pour une personne ? La cliente : Oui, s'il vous plat. Le serveur : Je vous apporte la carte immdiatement. La cliente : Ce n'est pas la peine, je voudrais juste le plat du jour. Le serveur : Je suis dsol, il n'y en a plus. Voici notre carte. La cliente : Je vais prendre des raviolis au basilic. Le serveur : Je regrette, il n'y en a pas aujourd'hui. La cliente : Eh bien donnez-moi un loup grill. Le serveur : Vraiment, je suis confus, notre barbecue lectrique n'est pas encore allum. Prenez le filet au poivre vert, il est trs tendre. La cliente : Non, je ne mange jamais de buf ! Bon, qu'est-ce qui vous reste? Le serveur : Euh, je ne sais pas trop, je vais demander au patron. La cliente : Vous ne savez rien alors, vous tes nouveau ici ? Le serveur : Non mademoiselle. Vous savez, il n'y a personne en cuisine ce midi. Notre cuisiner est malade et c'est sa femme qui fait la cuisine. Je vous prsente toutes nos excuses pour ce dsagrment. La cliente : Ce n'est pas grave, donnez-moi un jambon-beurre. Le serveur : Tout de suite, Mademoiselle. Merci de votre comprhension. A 5)Qu'est-ce que la cliente demande au serveur ? 6)Qu'est-ce que la cliente veut manger ? 7)Pourquoi la cliente ne peut pas manger de poisson ? 8)Pourquoi le serveur ne peut pas rpondre aux questions ? B 3)Mettez le verbe regretter au prsent et la premire personne du pluriel 4)Mettez Elle boit de l'eau la forme ngative. III.A. crivez une lettre votre ami (e) pour lui dcrire comment vous avez pass 3 jours l'htel Frantour Paris Chteau Landon. B. crivez environ 80 mots sur un des sujets suivants : c)Les touristes franais en Inde Ou d)Les htels en France (8)
(2)
(5) (10)
FRENCH
53
2009-2010
IV .A. M.Jacques Dupr veut passer deux nuits dans un htel Paris. Il tlphone l'htel pour faire sa rservation. Rdigez le dialogue. B. Rpondez aux questions suivantes : (10 pour choix) 13.Donnez deux exemples des noms qui peuvent tre utiliss comme prnoms et comme noms de famille. 14.Nommez deux chanes d'htels en France. 15. quoi sert un ascenseur? 16.Nommez deux montagnes en France. 17.Nommez deux rgions de France. 18.Donnez des noms de deux htels avec trois toiles en France. 19.O est-ce que le Taj Mahal est situ en Inde ? 20.Nommez un styliste de l'origine goanaise. 21.Quel est le jour de l'indpendance en Inde ? 22.Qu'est-ce que c'est La tour de la France ? 23.Nommez deux crivains indiens. 24.O est-ce que la Tour Eiffel de Paris est situ? V.A. Traduisez en franais : 11.Welcome to India. 12.Can you please repeat the question? 13.Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. 14.Can I help you? 15.Here is your coffee. 16.Thank you, sir. 17.Here is your passport. 18.Good evening, do you speak French? 19.Good morning, is my car here? 20. Room no.4 is air-conditioned. B. Traduisez en anglais: 11.Ils veulent rester deux nuits. 12.M. et Mme. Henri ont une rservation 13.L'htel a une piscine. 14.Nous parlons franais. 15.Est-ce que vous avez mes billets ? 16.Merci de votre comprhension. 17.Les personnes ges restent allergiques la climatisation. 18.Cet tablissement est un htel 5 toiles. 19.C'est un htel de luxe et trs cher. 20.Quels sont les endroits touristiques Goa ?
(10) (10)
(10)
(10)
FRENCH
54
2009-2010
i)FYBA Paper I (Optional)- Textbook- En Echanges (Revised Edition) Internal assessment: 20 marks Oral Examination Reading- 5 Comprehension-5 Spoken Expression-10 SEMESTER END EXAMINATION: 80 MARKS
QUESTION NO.
TYPE
MARKS ALLOTTED
Q.I
OBJECTIVE
20
Q.II
UNSEEN COMPREHENSION
15
Q.III
GRAMMAR
15
Q.IV
A: COMPOSITION B: CREATIVE WRITING
15
Q.V
GENERAL QUESTIONS
15
TOTAL
80
FRENCH
55
2009-2010
ii)FYBA Paper I (Elective)- Textbook- Panorama 1 Internal assessment: 20 marks Oral Examination Reading- 5 Comprehension-5 Spoken Expression-10 SEMESTER END EXAMINATION: 80 MARKS
QUESTION NO.
TYPE
MARKS ALLOTTED
Q.I
OBJECTIVE
20
Q.II
WRITTEN EXPRESSION (EXERCISE) WRITTEN EXPRESSION (EXERCISE) WRITTEN EXPRESSION (EXERCISE) WRITTEN EXPRESSION (EXERCISE)
15
Q.III
15
Q.IV
15
Q.V
15
TOTAL
80
FRENCH
56
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
GEOGRAPHY
CURRICULUM
INTRODUCTION TO MANS PHYSICAL WORLD

(GP-01)
SEMESTER I OBJECTIVE:
This introductory paper is intended to acquaint the students with distinctiveness of Geography as a field of learning. The philosophy of the subject is to be taught in order to develop a keen interest in the subject and to pursue it for higher studies.
COURSE CONTENT
1. EVOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHY AS A DISCIPLINE, DEFINITION, MEANING, NATURE AND SCOPE OF GEOGRAPHY: (8 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Geography as interdisciplinary science recent trends in geography. Major divisions of geography: 1. General v/s regional 2. Physical v/s human geography, regional and systematic geography. Geographical perspective; imperatives for the future; career opportunities for geographer. 2. MAJOR THEMES AND SUB-THEMES: (10 lectures) ( marks weight age - 3+12) Geography as a study of man and environment relationship; ecology and ecosystem; environmental determinism, possibilism, neo-determinism (stop and go determinism) 3. THE UNIVERSE, GALAXIES, STARS, THEORIES OF ORIGIN OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM AND THE EARTH (NEBULAR, TIDAL, BINARY STAR, (COPPLER) OF EARTH & MOON: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) i.e. Rotation, Revolution, Eclipse, Phases of Moon
GEOGRAPHY
57
2009-2010
4. DOMAINS OF GEOGRAPHY: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Meaning and definition of lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere. LITHOSPHERE: Distribution of oceans and continents. Scheme of endogenic and exogenic forces. Orders of relief - i, ii, iii. Types of mountains, plateaus and plains. Ocean relief: continental shelf, slope, deep sea plain and trenches. Soils: formation of soil, soil profile, factors affecting soil profile, classification of soils. 5. ATMOSPHERE: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Weather and Climatic elements, Insolation, Electromagnetic spectrum, factors affecting insolation. Temporal and Spatial distribution, Pressure belts and planetary wind systems. HYDROSPHERE: Hydrological cycle, evaporation, condensation and precipitation, types of rainfall and distribution of water: ground and surface. * Weightage: C.I.A: 15 + E.S.E: 60 Total= 75.
INSTRUCTIONS
1.Every candidate shall complete the laboratory course prescribed by the University entering all the experiment exercise in the laboratory journal, which shall be produced at the time of Practical Examination along with a certificate signed both by the course Teacher and the Head of the Department of Geography of the concerned college to the effect that he/she has completed the prescribed course in a satisfactory manner. 2.A batch shall consist of not more than 20 students. 3.Workload - one lab session of 2 hrs (i.e. 3 lectures per week per batch). 4.The duration of practical exam: 3 hrs carrying 50 marks. 5.Practical examination is to be conducted at the end of Semester prior to the Theory (exam)
REFERENCES
Gopal Singh : Map works and practical Geography Singh and Kanaujia : Elements of Practical Geography Monkhouse F. J. : Maps and Diagrams
GEOGRAPHY
58
2009-2010
Raise: Principles of Cartography Mishra R. P. and Ramesh : Fundamentals of Cartography
RESOURCE GEOGRAPHY OF GOA (FC-01)

SEMESTER I OBJECTIVE:
The main objective of the papers is to orient the students of first and second year level of degree courses to know about the physical and cultural setting of the state and enable them to appreciate the prospects of the state of Goa and the problems, if any. The content of the paper would also enable the students to visit places of interest in the state and write the details in the form of a report, which may enable the policy matters to implement the suggestions, if any.
COURSE CONTENT
1. LOCATION AND EXTENT: (15 lectures) ( marks weight age - 10+30) Latitudinal, Longitudinal and areal extent, bordering states, seas, structure, relief, geology, physical divisions: mountain, plains, plateaus, drainage (river system), climate (temperature, humidity, wind systems, rainfall, seasons). General description of climate and its influence on economic activities in Goa), Soils: laterite, alluvial, sandy coastal, wet/marshy and saline. Natural vegetation types and regions, geographical factors contributing to these variations and their economic importance. 2. Human resources: (15 lectures) (marks weight age - 5+15) Qualitative & quantitative aspects of population, number, distribution, density, growth, age-sex structure, literacy and education, rural- urban composition, internal and external migration, occupational structure and future of population 3. GEOGRAPHY OF RESOURCE UTILIZATION: (20 lectures) (marks weight age - 10+30) Infra structural facilities for resource utilization, power, transport, communication (traditional & modern), major factors associated with resource utilization, stages of socio-economic development (pre-independence & post independence), technology, quality of population, levels of development (high, medium and low) in coastal, mid-land and western regions, factors responsible for variation in levels of development. * Weight age: C.I.A: 25 + E.S.E: 75 Total= 100.
INSTRUCTIONS
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2.Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term.
GEOGRAPHY
59
2009-2010
3.Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified Pedagogic suggestion: The Current topic of Regional & National interest have to be updated by referring to subject journals - Down to Earth, Current Science, Yojna and Other relevant materials.
REFERENCES
Gazetter of Goa, Daman & Diu, Govt. Printing Press, Panaji-Goa An economic review of Goa Angle P.S. Goa through the ages Vol I, II & III, Goa University Publictions. Geography of India C.B. Mumoria Regional plan for Goa 2001, Govt. of Goa (1988) Govt. Printing Press, Panaji, Goa. Statistical Pocket Books, Govt. of Goa, Govt Printing Press, Panaji . Fish Curry and Rice, An Eco-Farm Publication. Techno Economic Survey of Goa by NCAER (Govt Printing Press, Panaji) Thirty years of Economic Development by Goa Chamber of Commerce and Industry, 1992, Panaji. Daily newspapers published from Goa (Publication House).
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
SEMESTER I
COURSE CONTENT
(EE-01)
1. THE MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES: (5 lectures) (marks weight age - 10) Definition, scope and importance and need for public awareness. 2.NATURAL RESOURCES: RENEWABLE AND NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 10) Natural resources and associated problems. a) Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people. b) Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, damsbenefits and problems. c) Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies.
GEOGRAPHY
60
2009-2010
d) Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies e) Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non- renewable energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. f) Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and decertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles. 3. ECOSYSTEMS: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 10) Concept of an ecosystem. Structure and function of an ecosystem. Producers, consumers and decomposers. Energy flow in the ecosystem. Ecological succession. Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem: a. Forest ecosystem b. Grassland ecosystem c. Desert ecosystem d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries) 4. BIO DIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 10) Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity. Bio-geographical classification of India Value of bio diversity: consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values Bio diversity at global, National and local levels. India as a mega-diversity nation Hot-spots of bio diversity. Threats to bio diversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of bio diversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of bio diversity. * Weigh tage: C.I.A: 10 + E.S.E: 40 Total= 50.
INSTRUCTIONS
1 Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3.Questions should be set with due weight age to all the units as specified Pedagogic suggestion: The Current topic of Regional & National interest have to be updated by referring to subject journals - Down to Earth, Current Science, Yojna and Other relevant materials.
GEOGRAPHY
61
2009-2010
REFERENCES
Agarwal, K.C.2001 Environmental Biology, Nidi Pub!. Ltd. Bikaner. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd. , Ahmedabad - 380013, India, Emai1: mapin@icenet.net ( R) Brunner RC., 1989, Hazardous Waste Incineration, McGraw Hill Inc.480p Clark RS., Marine Pollution, Clanderson Press Oxford (TB) Cunningham, W.P.Cooper, TH.Gorhani, E & Hepworth, M.T2001, Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Pub!. House, Mumbai, 1196p De A.K., Environmental Chemistry, Wiley Eastern Ltd. Down to Earth, Centre for Science and Environment( R ) Gleick, H.P. 1993. Water in crisis, Pacific Institute for Studies in Dev., Environment & Security. Stockholm Env. Institute. Oxford Univ. Press. 473p Hawkins R.E, Encyclopedia of Indian Natural History, Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay (R) Heywood, VH & Watson, R.T. 1995 . Global Biodiversity Assessment. Cambridge Univ. Press 1140p. Jadhav, H & Bhosale, VM. 1995. Environmental Protection and Laws. Himalaya Pub. House, Delhi 284p. 3+12.Mckinney, M.L. & SchocJ', R.M. 1996. Environmental Science systems & Solutions, Web enhanced edition. 639p. Mhaskar A.K, Matter Hazardous, Techno-Science Publications (TB) Miller TG. Jr., Environmental Science, Wadsworth Publishing Co. (TB) Odum, E.P. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. W.B.Saunders Co. USA, 574p Rao M N.& Datta, A.K. 1987. Waste Water treatment. Oxford & IBH Pub!. Co. Pvt.Ltd. 345p Sharma B.K., 2001. Environmental Chemistry. Goel Pub!. House, Meerut Survey of the Environment, The Hindu (M) Townsend C. , Harper J, and Michael Begon, Essentials of Ecology, Blackwell Science ( TB)
GEOGRAPHY
62
2009-2010
Trivedi R.K., Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards, Vol I and II, Enviro Media ( R ) Trivedi R.K. and P.K.Goel, Introduction to air pollution, Techno-Science Publications ( TB ) Wagner K.D.,1998. Environmental Management. W.B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia, USA 499p (M) Magazine (R)Reference (TB)Textbook
GEOGRAPHY OF CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT (GP01)

SEMESTER II OBJECTIVE:
1.To understand the evolution and distribution of man in relation to his environment. 2.To understand cultural diversity in the world.
COURSE CONTENT
1. INTRODUCTION TO CULTURE, ENVIRONMENT AND REGIONS: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Basis of classification of cultural regions, Approaches to cultural geography and major themes. 2. GEOGRAPHY OF LANGUAGE: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Global linguistic mosaic origin and characteristic, diffusion of languages and linguistic classification in India. 3. GEOGRAPHY OF RELIGION: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Origin and distribution of religions, Religion Culture and Conflict. Case study- Global and India. 4. Geography and development: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Types of economies (LDC AND MDC) on social economic and demographic patterns 5. Contemporary Issues: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 3+12) Gender and inequality, Race- ethnicity and equality, Nutrition health and disease. * Weight age: C.I.A: 15 + E.S.E: 60 Total= 75.
GEOGRAPHY
63
2009-2010
INSTRUCTIONS
1 Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2.Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3.Questions should be set with due weight age to all the units as specified Pedagogic suggestion: The Current topic of Regional & National interest have to be updated by referring to subject journals - Down to Earth, Current Science, Yojana and Other relevant materials.
REFERENCES
Bergwan, Edward E.: Human Geography: Culture, Connections and Landscapes, Prentice Hall, N.J. Carr M. : Pattern, Processes and Change in Human Geography, Macmillan, London. Fellman J. L. : Human Geography: Landscapes of Human Activities, Brown & Benchman, USA. De Blij H. J. and Alexander: Human Geography, Culture, Society and Space, John Wiley, New York. Majid Hussain : Human Geography, Rawat Publishers, Jaipur.
PRACTICALS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY

PRACTICAL II OBJECTIVE:
To impart training on map-making techniques in geomorphology with laboratory exercises.
COURSE CONTENT
1. CARTOGRAPHIC REPRESENTATION OF POPULATION DATA: (6 Practicals) (marks weight age - 10) Line and bar graph and its types; pie diagram; age-sex pyramid and types; urban-rural pyramid; ergo-graph (circular), tri-linear chart, flow diagrams. 2. CARTOGRAMS: (6 Practicals) (marks weight age - 10) Dot Maps, Choropleth, Proportional circles, Spheres, Pictograms and chorochromatic maps. 3. JOURNAL AND VIVA (marks weight age - 5)
GEOGRAPHY
64
2009-2010
INSTRUCTION
1.Every candidate shall complete the laboratory course prescribed by the University entering all the experiment exercises in the laboratory journal, which shall be produced at the time of Practical Examination along with a certificate signed both by the course Teacher and the Head of the Department of Geography of the concerned college to the effect that he/she has completed the prescribed course in a satisfactory manner. 2. A batch shall consist of not more than 20 students. 3. Workload - one lab session of 2 hrs (i.e. 3 lectures per week per batch). 4. The duration of practical exam: 3 hrs carrying 50 marks. 5. Practical examination is to be conducted at the end of Semester prior to the Theory (exam).
REFERENCES
Gopal Singh: Map works and practical Geography Singh and Kanaujia: Elements of Practical Geography Monkhouse F. J: Maps and Diagrams Raise: Principles of Cartography Mishra R. P. and Ramesh: Fundamentals of Cartography.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF GOA (FC-02)

SEMESTER II OBJECTIVE:
The main objective of the papers is to orient the students of first and second year level of degree courses to know about the physical and cultural setting of the state and enable them to appreciate the prospects of the state of Goa and the problems, if any. The content of the paper would also enable the students to visit places of interest in the state and write the details in the form of a report, which may enable the policy matters to implement the suggestions, if any.
GEOGRAPHY
65
2009-2010
COURSE CONTENT
1. LAND USE: (15 lectures) (marks weight age - 5+30) Agriculture-major characteristics and associated problems, crops their association and distribution under natural and human conditions, cereal crops (Rice, millets), cash crops (cashew, sugarcane), garden crops (coconut, Beetle nut, spices) LIVESTOCK RESOURCES Live stock products (Dairy, poultry) and distribution, its place in economy. Fishery resource, types, season, species, fishing points, marketing, problems and prospects. 2. MINERAL RESOURCES AND MANUFACTURING MINERALS: (15 lectures) (marks weight age - 10+30) Distribution and production of Iron ore, Manganese, Bauxite and their place in the economy (Goan/ Indian). MANUFACTURING: Major, medium and small industries and their association with different natural and human factors. Industrial estates and household industries, Extractive industries, sugar, chemicals, fertilizers, shipbuilding, dairy and forest based industries. Industrial development and environmental problems, environmental movements and their bearing on industrialization in Goa. 3. TERTIARY SECTOR TOURISM: (15 lectures) (5+30) Types, Tourist centers, tourist season, benefits and problems. TRANSPORT: Development of transport network, modes and their functional significance (air, land and water routes), problems of transport system. TRADE: Internal and external, composition and changes, trade centers, permanent and seasonal. PORTS: Marmugao and Panaji and their hinterlands, prospects and problems. 4. STUDY TOUR AND REPORT* (05 lectures) (marks weight age - 5+10) Local study tour to a place of physical, social, economic and cultural importance is compulsory. * Weight age: C.I.A: 25 + E.S.E: 75 Total= 100
INSTRUCTION
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2.Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3.Questions should be set with due weight age to all the units as specified. 4.Wherever field trip is mentioned in the curriculum in the practical program, the workload per day is considered for 5 hours. The field trip is to enable the students to undergo authentic geographic environment for data collection.
GEOGRAPHY
66
2009-2010
5. Duration of Local trip is not more than two days for FY/SY B.A.B.Sc Duration for long tour for TYBA/B.Sc will not be more than 3+12 days. The Deputed faculty members will be entitled for the T.A/D.A. Pedagogic suggestion: The Current topic of Regional & National interest have to be updated by referring to subject journals - Down to Earth, Current Science, Yojna and Other relevant materials.
REFERENCES
Gazetter of Goa, Daman & Diu, Govt. Printing Press, Panaji-Goa An economic review of Goa Angle P.S. Goa through the ages Vol I, II & III, Goa University Publictions. Geography of India C.B. Mumoria Regional plan for Goa 2001, Govt. of Goa (1988) Govt. Printing Press, Panaji, Goa. Statistical Pocket Books, Govt. of Goa, Govt. Printing Press, Panaji. Fish Curry and Rice, An Eco-Farm Publication. Techno Economic Survey of Goa by NCAER (Govt. Printing Press, Panaji) Thirty years of Economic Development by Goa Chamber of Commerce and Industry, 1992, Panaji. Daily newspapers published from Goa (Publication House).
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION - II (EE-02)

SEMESTER II
COURSE CONTENT
1. ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 10) a)Definition a) Air pollution b) Water pollution c) Soil pollution d) Marine pollution e) Noise pollution f) Thermal pollution g) Nuclear hazards SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. Pollution case studies. DISASTER MANAGEMENT: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
GEOGRAPHY
67
2009-2010
2. SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 10) From unsustainable to sustainable development Urban problems related to energy Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management. Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies. Environmental ethics: issues and possible solutions. Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case studies. Wasteland reclamation. Consumerism and waste products. Environment protection act. Air (prevention and control of pollution) act. Water (prevention and control of pollution) act Wildlife protection act Forest conservation act Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation. Public awareness. 3. HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT: (10 lectures) (marks weight age - 10) Population growth, variation among nations. Population explosion - Family Welfare Program. Environment and human health. Human Rights. Value Education. HIV; AIDS. Women and Child Welfare. Role of information Technology in Environment and human health. Case Studies. 4. FIELD WORK: (marks weight age - 10) Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river /forest/ Grassland/ hill/ mountain Visit to a local polluted site - Urban! Rural! Industrial! Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds. Study of simple ecosystems-pond, river, hill slopes, etc. (Field work Equal to 5 lecture hours). * Weight age: C.I.A: 10 + E.S.E: 40 Total= 50.
INSTRUCTION
1 Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term.
GEOGRAPHY
68
2009-2010
3.Questions should be set with due weigh tage to all the units as specified Pedagogic suggestion: The Current topic of Regional & National interest have to be updated by referring to subject journals - Down to Earth, Current Science, Yojna and Other relevant materials.
REFERENCES
Agarwal, K.C.2001 Environmental Biology, Nidi Pub!. Ltd. Bikaner. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd. , Ahmedabad - 380013, India, Emai1: mapin@icenet.net ( R) Brunner RC., 1989, Hazardous Waste Incineration, McGraw Hill Inc.480p Clark RS., Marine Pollution, Clanderson Press Oxford (TB) Cunningham, W.P.Cooper, TH.Gorhani, E & Hepworth, M.T2001, Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Pub!. House, Mumbai, 1196p De A.K., Environmental Chemistry, Wiley Eastern Ltd. Down to Earth, Centre for Science and Environment( R ) Gleick, H.P. 1993. Water in crisis, Pacific Institute for Studies in Dev., Environment & Security. Stockholm Env. Institute. Oxford Univ. Press. 473p Hawkins R.E, Encyclopedia of Indian Natural History, Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay (R) Heywood, VH & Watson, R.T. 1995. Global Biodiversity Assessment. Cambridge Univ. Press 1140p. Jadhav, H & Bhosale, VM. 1995. Environmental Protection and Laws. Himalaya Pub. House, Delhi 284p. Mckinney, M.L. & SchocJ', R.M. 1996. Environmental Science systems & Solutions, Web enhanced edition. 639p. Mhaskar A.K, Matter Hazardous, Techno-Science Publications (TB) Miller TG. Jr., Environmental Science, Wadsworth Publishing Co. (TB) Odum, E.P. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. W.B.Saunders Co. USA, 574p Rao M N.& Datta, A.K. 1987. Waste Water treatment. Oxford & IBH Pub!. Co. Pvt.Ltd.
GEOGRAPHY
69
2009-2010
Sharma B.K., 2001. Environmental Chemistry. Goel Pub!. House, Meerut Survey of the Environment, The Hindu (M) Townsend C. , Harper J, and Michael Begon, Essentials of Ecology, Blackwell Science ( TB) Trivedi R.K., Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards, Vol I and II, Enviro Media ( R ) Trivedi R.K. and P.K.Goel, Introduction to air pollution, Techno-Science Publications ( TB ) Wagner K.D.,1998. Environmental Management. W.B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia, USA 499p (M) Magazine ( R )Reference (TB) Textbook
GEOGRAPHY
70
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
HISTORY
CURRICULUM
HISTORY OF GOA (FROM PRE-HISTORIC TIMES

TO 1987) - 1 SEMESTER I - PAPER I
1. Goa: Etymology. The land and its people. -- 7 lectures 2. Early Goa: (a) Pre-history. Mhadei-Dudhsagar-Kushavati River Valley Culture (b) Pre-Kadamba dynasties: Bhojas, Chalukyas, Konkan Mauryas and Shilaharas. -- 16 lectures 3. Goa from 1000 A.D. to 1510 A.D. (a) Kadambas: Foundation-Shastha Deva II. (b) Consolidation: Jayakeshi I, Jayakeshi II, and Shivachitta Permadideva. (c) Administration: Central and Provincial. (d) Goa under Vijayangara, Bahamanis and Adil Shah. -- 18 lectures 4. Goan Society, Economy and Culture (1000 A.D. to 1510 A.D.) (a) Social Structure Caste System, Family, Status of Women. (b) Education- Religion- Art and Architecture. (c) Economy- Gaunkari, Industry, Trade and Commerce, Ports. lectures
-- 16
5. The Portuguese Rule in Goa: (a) 'Old Conquests'. 'New Conquests'. (b) Administration under Absolute Monarchy: Nature and features. Religious Policy. Pombaline Reforms. (c) The Liberal-Constitutional Period, 1821-1910. The contributions of Bernardo Peres da Silva, Francisco Luis Gomes, Fr. A.F.X. Alvares, Luis Menezes Bragana. (d) Republic Period. Salazarist Dictatorship (1932-1961). -- 18 lectures NOTE: Field trips constitute a part of this paper.
HISTORY
71
2009-2010

TO 1987) - II
SEMESTER - II - PAPER II
1. Impact of the Portuguese Rule on Goa. (a) Society Social Groups, Status of Women, Portuguese Civil Code of 1867 and its Republican amendments, Education, Language, Food and Dress, Art and Architecture. (b) Economy- Communidades. Trade and Commerce. Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of 1878. 2. Resistance Movements in Goa (a) Mhall Pai, Cuncolim revolt. (b) Mateus de Castro. 'Conspiracy' of 1787. (c) Revolts of the Ranes. 3. Goa's Struggle for Freedom (a) 18th June 1946 Movement. Satyagraha Movement (1954-55). (b) Contributions of Goa Congress Committee, National Congress (Goa), Azad Gomantak Dal. (c) Operation Vijay and the Liberation of Goa (1961). 4. Goa since Liberation, 1961-1987: (a) MGP and Congress Rule in Goa (b) Opinion Poll Statehood. NOTE: Field trips constitute a part of this paper. -- 21 lectures
-- 18 lectures
-- 18 lectures
--18 lectures
HISTORY OF HUMAN CIVILIZATION I & II

(FOUNDATION COURSE PAPER)
SEMESTER - I & II SUGGESTED READINGS
Basham, A.L., (ed.), A Cultural History of India,Delhi, 1975. Burns and Ralph, World Civilization, Vols. I and II, Norton & Co., New York, 1974.
HISTORY
72
2009-2010
Charles, Moraze (ed.), The 19th Century, Vol. V, No.4, UNESCO Civilization Series, George Allen & Unwin, 1975. Childe, Gordon, Man Makes Himself, London, 1965. Garraty and Gay (ed.), History of the World, Harper&Row, 1981. Judd, History of World Civilization Paul, Johnson, History of the Modern World, Weidenford & Nicholson, 1984. Lewis, Morgan, Ancient Society, Cambridge, 1964. Redfield, Robert, The Primitive World and Its Transformations, London, 1953. Taylor, Edward, Anthropology : An Introduction to the Study of Man and Civilization, New York, 1960. Wiet and Elisseeff, The Great Medieval Period, Vols. III, 1&2. Will and A. Durant, The Story of Civilization. Swain, J.E., History of World Civilization. William H. Mc Neill, Rise of the West. * Web Resources.
HISTORY OF INDIAS STRUGGLE FOR FREEDOM I (FOUNDATION COURSE PAPER)

SEMESTER - I
1. The Nature of British Colonialism in India the Contradictions of British Rule British rule: (i) as a modernizing project (ii) as an exploitative agency. 2. British Economic Policy in India a) British Commercial Policy b) British Revenue Policy c) Impact on economy and society -- 15 lectures 20 lectures
20 lectures
HISTORY
73
2009-2010
3. Indian Awakening a) Socio-religious Reform MovementsTheir impact on society and religion b) Growth of English Education Macaulay's Minute - the growth of Middle Class. 4. Revolt of 1857 Nature, Causes and Consequences
20 lectures
HISTORY OF INDIAS STRUGGLE FOR FREEDOM II (FOUNDATION COURSE PAPER)

SEMESTER - II
1. Rise of Indian Nationalism a) Factors leading to rise of nationalism b) Indian National Congress - Genesis, Moderates, Extremists. lectures 2. Indian National Movement and Constitutional Development: a) Partition of Bengal b) Growth of Revolutionary Movement c) Rise of Communalism d) Dyarchy (1919) and Provincial Autonomy (1935) 3. Struggle for Freedom: a) Non-Cooperation Movement b) Civil Disobedience Movements. c) Quit India Movement. d) Azad Hind Fauj 4. Towards Independence: a) Cabinet Mission Plan and Mountbatten Plan b) Indian Independence Act c) Integration of Princely States. d) Liberation of the French and Portuguese Possessions. NOTE: This Course will be taught and evaluated by History Teachers only.
17
18 lectures
20 lectures
20 lectures
HISTORY
74
2009-2010
INDIAN CULTURE AND HERITAGE - I

SEMESTER - I
1. a) Culture: Meaning and Significance. b) Influence of Geography on Indian culture. c) Unity in Diversity.
11 lectures
2. Religion and Philosophy - Ancient Period. a) Harappan Religion b) Vedic Religion and Philosophy, Varnasharama Dharma, Purusharthas, Theory of Karma. Yoga. c) Jainism and Buddhism d) Vaishnavism, Shaivism and Virashaivism 22 lectures 3. Religion and Philosophy Medieval and Modern Periods a) Zoroastrianism b) Islam and its impact. c) Bhakti and Sufi Movements. d) Sikhism. e) Christianity and its impact. f) Indian Renaissance Socio-Religious reform movements in the 19th Century. g) Social and ethical views of Gandhi and B.R. Ambedkar. lectures 4 a) Literature Religious and Secular. Vedic literature, Epics, Puranas, Dharmasastras, Pitakas, Jatakas, Arthasastra, Sangam literature and Bakhars. b) Nationalist Literature: Works of Bankim Chandra Chatterjee, Rabindranath Tagore, Muhammad Iqbal, Subrahmanya Bharati, T.B. Cunha, F.L. Gomes.
22
20 lectures
INDIAN CULTURE AND HERITAGE - II

SEMESTER - II
1. Education: (a) Gurukula system. (b) Takshashila, Nalanda and Kanchi Universities. (c) Muktabs and Madrasas. (d) Impact of Western Education.
20 lectures
HISTORY
75
2009-2010
2. Art and Architecture. (a) Harappan (b) Mauryan (c) Gandhara (d) Gupta (e) South Indian (f) Indo-Islamic (g) Indo-European 3. (a) Classical Art forms of Music and Dance. (b) Folk art and festivals of Goa. 4. Science and Technology (a) Ancient Scientific works Medicine, Mathematics, Astronomy. (b) Modern Science and Technology and their impact on Indian culture. lectures NOTE: This Course will be taught and evaluated by History Teachers only.
20 lectures 17 lectures
18
HISTORY OF SCIENCE, ARTS AND CULTURE - I

SEMESTER - I
1. Meaning, Nature and Scope of study. 10 lectures
2 (a) Science in Ancient Egypt and Mesopotamia. (b) Development of Science in ancient India and China with special reference to: Bhaskaracharya, Varahamihra, Aryabhatta. (c) Gaeco-Roman contribution to Astronomy, Mathematics, Medicine with special reference to the works of : (i) Aristotle (ii) Pythagoras (iii) Archimedes (iv) Euclid (v) Hippocrates (vi) Ptolemy (vii) Galen 24 lectures 3. Growth of Science in Medieval Europe and Arab world in Astronomy, Mathematics and Medicine. 16 lectures 4. Science in the Modern period. (a) The Copernican Revolution Galileo, contribution to Navigation and Cartography. (b) The Age of Enlightenment Descartes and Newton.
HISTORY
76
2009-2010
(c) Industrial Revolution Inventions and Technological developments. (d) Science in contemporary times: (i) Max Planck, Einstein, C.V. Raman, Stephen Hawking. (ii) Nuclear power Radioactivity and its applications in medical diagnosis, therapy of radiation, medical technology, radio carbon dating, generation of power and nuclear weapons. (iii) Rocketry (a) Contributions of Konstantine Tsiolkosky, Robert Goddard and Wernher Von Braun. (b) Space Programme of USA and Russia. (c) ISRO. (iv) Computer Applications 25 lectures
HISTORY OF SCIENCE, ARTS AND CULTURE - II

SEMESTER - II
1 Art Development of Art in ancient Egypt, Greece and Rome. lectures 2. Art and Architecture in Medieval Europe and Islamic World. lectures 3. Renaissance Art Michael Angelo and Leonardo da Vinci Flemish School. 15 lectures 4. Major Religions of the World Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Christianity and Islam. 15 lectures 5. Great Philosophers: Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Adi Shankaracharya, Augustine, Aquinas, Hegel and Marx. NOTE: This Course will be taught and evaluated by History Teachers only. 15 lectures 15 15
HISTORY OF HUMAN CIVILIZATION - I

SEMESTER - I
1. Evolution of Humankind : Pre-history and Proto-history. Paleolithic , Neolithic and Chalcolithic Cultures. 15 lectures
HISTORY
77
2009-2010
2. a. Basis of Civilization Fire Wheel Tools Habitation Clothing Monumental Architecture Modes of Food Production Transport. b. Cultures of the Ancient World: Egyptian. HarappanVedic. Mesopotamian. Chinese. Hellenic. Roman. Aztec. Inca. Mayan. Africa Salient Features. c. Islamic Civilization in West Asia, North Africa and Europe. Lectures 3. Feudalism in Medieval Europe Its Political, Economic and Social Aspects. Crusades.
40
20 lectures
HISTORY OF HUMAN CIVILIZATION - II

SEMESTER - II
1. Renaissance, Reformation and the European Voyages of Exploration. Lectures 2. Revolutions : English American French Industrial Russian Chinese and Cuban. Their Significance. 3. a. Modern Ideologies : Nationalism Liberalism Fascism Socialism Satyagraha and Ahimsa. b. Progress in Science, Technology and Communication in the 20th century. c. Empowerment of Women and the Marginalised Groups (Anti-Apartheid Movement Growth of the Black Consciousness and the Dalit Movements). 4. Challenges of the Modern Age : a. Poverty Population and Disease. b. Religious Fundamentalism and Terrorism. c. Environmental Problems. NOTE: This Course will be taught and evaluated by History Teachers only. * Web Resources. 13
25 Lectures
25 Lectures
12 Lectures
HISTORY
78
2009-2010

TO 1987) - I & II
SEMESTER -I & II - PAPER I & II SUGGESTED READINGS
Ali B. Sheikh, (ed.), Goa Wins Freedom Reflections and Reminiscences, Goa University Publication, 1986. Boxer, C.R., The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825, London, Hutchinson, 1969. Costa, Anthony da, The Christianisation of the Goa Islands 1510-1567, Bombay, Heras Institute, 1965. Cunha, T.B., Goa's Freedom Struggle, Bombay, Dr. T.B. Cunha Memorial Committee, 1961. de Souza, T.R., (ed.), Essays in Goan History, New Delhi, Concept, 1989. ___________, (ed.), Goa Through the Ages, Vol. 2, Economic History, New Delhi, Concept, 1990. ____________, Medieval Goa, New Delhi, Concept, 1979. D' Souza B.G., Goan Society in Transition A Study in Social Change, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1975. Esteves, Sarto, Politics and Political Leadership in Goa, New Delhi: Sterling, 1986. Fernandes, Aureliano, Cabinet Government in Goa, 1961-93. Fonseca, Jose Nicolau da, An Historical and Archaeological Sketch of the City of Goa, New Delhi, Asian Educational Services, 1986. Gune, V.T, The Gazetteer of the Union Territory of Goa, Daman and Diu: District Gazetteer, Part I, Goa, Panaji Government Press, 1971. Kamat, Pratima, Farar Far: Popular Resistance To Colonial Hegemony In Goa, 1510-1961, Panaji, Institute Menezes Braganza, 1999. Mhamai, S.K. The Sawants of Wadi. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company Mhamai, S.K. The Mhamais of Goa. Mitragotri, V.R. Socio-Cultural History of Goa from Bhojas to Vijayanagar. Panaji: Institute Menezes Braganza, 1999. Moraes G.M., Kadamba Kula, New Delhi, Asian Educational Services, 1989.
HISTORY
79
2009-2010
Pereira, Antonio, The Makers of Konkani Literature, Pilar, Xavierian Press, 1982. Pereira, Gerald, An Outline of Pre-Portuguese History of Goa, Panaji, Diario da Noite Press, 1973. Pissurlencar P.S.S., The Portuguese and the Marathas, translated by P.R. Kakodkar, Bombay State Board, 1975. Priolkar, A.K, The Goa Inquisition, Bombay, 1961. Rao, R.P., Portuguese Rule in Goa 1510-1961, New York, Asian Publishing House, 1963. Rubinoff, Arthur G, The Construction of a Political Community: Integration and Identity in Goa. Saksena, R.N., Goa: Into the Mainstream, New Delhi: Abhinav Publications, 1974. Shastry, B.S, (ed.), Socio-Economic Aspects of Portuguese Colonialism in Goa 19th and 20th Centuries, Belgaum, Yerbal, 1990. _________, (ed.), Goan Society Through the Ages, New Delhi, Asian Publication Services, 1987. Varde, P.S., History of Education in Goa from 1510 to the Present Day.
HISTORY OF INDIAS STRUGGLE FOR FREEDOM I & II (FOUNDATION COURSE PAPER)

Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India, Orient Longman, New Delhi, 2004. Chand, Tara, History of the Freedom Movement in India, 4 vols., Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1983. Chandra, Bipan, Communalism in Modern India, Vikas, New Delhi, 1984. ____________, Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in Modern India, People's Publishing House, New Delhi, 1982. __________ et.al., India's Struggle for Independence, Penguin Books, New Delhi, 1989.
HISTORY
80
2009-2010
____________et.al., India After Independence, Viking, New Delhi, 1999. Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1982. __________, ed. Peasant Struggles in India, OUP, New Delhi, 1985. Desikacharya, R.V., Readings in the Constitutional History of India 1757-1947, Indian Book Center, Delhi, 1987. Durgadas, From Curzon to Nehru and After, London, Collins, 1969. Gopal S., British Policy in India 1858-1905, Cambridge, 1965. Gupta, D.C., Indian National Movement and Constitutional Development, Vikas, New Delhi, 1970. Handa, R.L., History of Freedom Struggle in Princely States, Delhi, 1988. Jones, Kenneth, W., Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India, Cambridge, 1994. Majumdar, R.C. ed., British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance and Struggle for Freedom, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, Bombay, 1969. _________, History of Freedom Movement in India, Firma L.K. Mukhopadhyay, Calcutta, 196263. Masselos, Jim, Indian Nationalism: An History, Sterling, New Delhi, 1985. Menon V.P., Integration of the Indian States, Orient Longman, Hyderabad, 1985. Palme Dutt, R., India To-Day, Manisha Granthalaya, Calcutta, 1986 Reprint. Pandey, B.N., The Break-up of British India, Macmillan, London, 1969. Sarkar, Sumit, Modern India 1885-1947, Macmillan, New Delhi, 1983.
INDIAN CULTURE AND HERITAGE - I & II

Basham, A.L., The Wonder That Was India, London, 1967. ____________ ed., A Cultural History of India, OUP, Delhi, 1975.
HISTORY
81
2009-2010
Bhandarkar R.G., Vaishnavism, Shaivism and Minor Religious System, Strassburg,1913. Ghosh, Aurobindo, Foundations of Indian Culture, Pondicherry, 1972. Ghoshal, U.N., Studies in Indian History and Culture, Orient Longman, Calcutta, 1965. Latin, N., Studies in Jaina Philosophy, Bombay, 1951. Kabir, Humayun, The Indian Heritage, Asia Publishing, Bombay ,1964. Kosambi, D.D., The Culture and Civilization of Ancient India in Historical Outline, Vani Books, New Delhi, 1966. Kulkarni, Chidambara, Vedic Foundations of Indian Culture, Sri Dvaipayana Trust, Bombay, 1973. Limaye, Madhu, Manu, Gandhi and Ambedkar and Other Essays, Gyan Publishing House, New Delhi, 1995. Mahadevan T.M.P., Outlines of Hinduism, Bombay, 1960. Majumdar, R.C, Races and Cultures of India, Bombay, 1964. __________et.al., An Advanced History of India, Macmillan, Madras, 1978. Radhakrishnan, S, The Hindu View of Life, London, 1957. Raman, Varadaraja V, Glimpses of Indian Heritage, Popular, Bombay, 1989. Rawlinson, H.G, India: A Short Cultural History, London, 1965. Shastri, K.A.N., Aspects of Indian History and Culture, 1974. Stein, Burton, A History of India, Blackwell, 1998. Thapar, Romila, A History of India, Vol. I, Penguin Books, 1985 edition.
HISTORY
82
2009-2010
HISTORY OF SCIENCE, ARTS AND CULTURE - I &

II
Barnes, H.E., The History of Western Civilization, Harcourt Brace, 2 vols. 1935. Bailey C. and Others, The Legacy of Rome, Oxford, 1929. Cheney, S., A World History of Art, Viking, 1937. Collins, R.W., A History of Medieval Civilization, Ginn, 1936. Cotterill, H.B., Ancient Greece: A Sketch of its Art, Literature and Philosophy viewed in connection with its External History, Stokes, 1913 Dietz, D. The Story of Science, Dodd Mead, 1934 . Durant, The Story of Civilization. Freidell, E., A Cultural History of the Modern Age, Knopf, 1930-32. Gardner, H. Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace, 1926. Haskin, C.H., Studies in Medieval Culture, Oxford, 1929. Hiriyanna, M, Outline of Indian Philosophy Lenard, P. Great Men of Science, Macmillan, 1933. Porter, A.K., Medieval Architecture, Baker and Taylor, 1909, 2Vols. Swain, J.E., A History of World Civilization, Eunasia Publishing House, New Delhi. Singer, C. A Short History of Medicine, Oxford, 1928 . Smith V.A., A History of Fine Art in India, Oxford, 1930. Sarton, G., Introduction to the History of Science, William and Wilkins, 1927-31,2vols. Smith, P. History of Modern Architecture. Smith, P. History of Modern Culture, Holt, 1930-34, 2 Vols.
HISTORY
83
2009-2010
HISTORY OF HUMAN CIVILIZATION - I & II

Basham, A.L., (ed.), A Cultural History of India,Delhi, 1975. Burns and Ralph, World Civilization, Vols. I and II, Norton & Co., New York, 1974. Charles, Moraze (ed.), The 19th Century, Vol. V, No.4, UNESCO Civilization Series, George Allen & Unwin, 1975. Childe, Gordon, Man Makes Himself, London, 1965. Garraty and Gay (ed.), History of the World, Harper&Row, 1981. Judd, History of World Civilization Paul, Johnson, History of the Modern World, Weidenford & Nicholson, 1984. Lewis, Morgan, Ancient Society, Cambridge, 1964. Redfield, Robert, The Primitive World and Its Transformations, London, 1953. Taylor, Edward, Anthropology : An Introduction to the Study of Man and Civilization, New York, 1960. Wiet and Elisseeff, The Great Medieval Period, Vols. III, 1&2. Will and A. Durant, The Story of Civilization. Swain, J.E., History of World Civilization. William H. Mc Neill, Rise of the West.
HISTORY
84
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
PHILOSOPHY
CURRICULUM
MORAL PHILOSOPHY - I
SEMESTER I - PAPER I
Unit I (a)Nature of Ethics and Applied Ethics (b)Development of Morality 15 lectures
Unit II 15 lectures Theories of Moral Standard (Aristotle, Kant, Utilitarianism Mill and Bentham) Unit III Gita Ethics, Charvaka Ethics, Gandhian Ethics. Unit IV Euthanasia, Suicide and Abortion. 15 lectures 15 lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

Joseph Crecic: Moral Choices Peter Singer: Practical Ethical Jadunath Sinha: Manual of Ethics R.G.Frey and Christopher Heath Wellman (ed.): A Companion to Applied Ethics W.Lille: An Introduction to Ethics I. C. Sharma: Ethical Philosophies of India
PHILOSOPHY
85
2009-2010
Encyclopedia of Family and Health H. M. Joshi: Traditional and Contemporary Ethics: Western and Indian Nirmala Tandon: Contemporary Indian Ethics
MORAL PHILOSOPHY - II
SEMESTER II - PAPER II
Unit I Man and Environment Unit VI Experimentation with Human beings and Animals. Unit VII Professional Ethics Topic VIII Ethical Justification of Punishment (Retributive, Deterrent and Reformative Theories), Capital Punishment. 15 lectures 15 lectures 15 lectures 15 lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

Joseph Crecic: Moral Choices Peter Singer: Practical Ethical R.G.Frey and Christopher Heath Wellman (ed.): A Companion to Allied Ethics Encyclopedia of Family and Health H. Titus: Ethics Today N. V. Paranjape: Criminology and Criminal Administration
PHILOSOPHY
86
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
PSYCHOLOGY
CURRICULUM
FUNDAMENTALS OF PSYCHOLOGY I. Understanding Psychology , (15 periods) (i) Psyche and Science (ii) Definition of Psychology and Goals of Psychology. } }
I PAPER - I
}- Lahey
(iii) The Historical origins of Psychology ,- (Atkinson & Hilgard) Nature - Nurture Debate ( - do The beginnings of Scientific Psychology ( - do Structuralism and Functionalism ( - do Behaviorism ( - do ) Gestalt Psychology ( - do ) Psychoanalysis ( - do (iv) Contemporary Perspectives in Psychology Biological Perspective } Sociocultural Perspective. (v) What Psychologists do } }
) ) ) ) }- Lahey
}- Lahey Fields of Psychology } Relationship between Psychology and Psychiatry (Lahey) (vi) Scientific Methods, Descriptive Methods Correlational Methods Formal experiments (vii) Ethical Principles of Research (Lahey) Ethics of Research with Human Participants (Lahey) Ethics of Research with Animal Subjects
(Lahey) (Lahey) (Lahey) (Lahey)
(Lahey)
PSYCHOLOGY
87
2009-2010
II. Biological Foundations of Behavior (15 periods) (i) Neurons -the building blocks of the Nervous System ( Atkinson & Hilgard) Action Potentials ( - do ) Synaptic Transmission ( - do ) (ii) The organization of the Nervous system ( Atkinson & Hilgard) Divisions of the Nervous system, a) Peripheral Nervous System (Lahey) b) Autonomic Nervous System (Lahey) c) The Central Core (Atkinson & Hilgard) d) The Limbic System ( - do ) e) The Cerebrum (Atkinson & Hilgard) f) Techniques to obtain Pictures of the Living Brain ( - do (iii) The Endocrine System, Chemical Messengers of the Body (Lahey) (iv) Genetic Influences on Behaviour, Biological Blueprints (Lahey) Biological Mechanisms of Inheritance (Lahey) Genes and Chromosomes (Lahey) Dominant and Recessive Traits (Lahey) III. Sensation and Perception, (Rathus) (15 periods) (I) Vision, Light, The Eye, Rods and Cones, Light Adaptation Visual Perception , Perceptual Organization, Perception of Movement, Depth Perceptual Constancies. Theories of Color Vision, Trichromatic Theory, Opponent Process theory Perception,
(ii) Hearing , Making Sense of Sound, Pitch and Soundness, The Ear, Locating Sounds, Perception of Loudness and Pitch, Deafness (iii) The Chemical Senses, Smell and Taste (iv) The Skin Senses , Touch, Pressure, Temperature and Pain (v) Kinesthesis and the Vestibular sense. IV. Learning, (Rathus) (15 periods) (i) Definition of Learning. (Rathus) (ii) Classical Conditioning (Rathus)
PSYCHOLOGY
88
2009-2010
What is Classical conditioning Stimuli and Responses in classical conditioning Factors in Classical Conditioning , Extinction and Spontaneous Recovery. Generalisation and Discrimination Applications of Classical conditioning, Bed wetting Flooding & Systematic Desensitization Counter conditioning (iii) Operant Conditioning, (Rathus) Edward Thorndike (Law of Effect) B.F.Skinner and Reinforcement Types of Reinforcers , Positive and Negative Immediate and Delayed Primary and Secondary Factors in operant conditioning , Extinction & Spontaneous Recovery Reinforcers v/s Rewards & Punishments Schedules of Reinforcement Applications of operant conditioning , Biofeedback Training Token Economies Avoidance Learning Behavior Modification Programmed Learning Counter conditioning (iv) Theoretical Interpretation of Learning Place Learning Latent Learning Insight Learning and learning sets Modeling (Lahey) (Lahey) (Lahey) (Lahey) (Lahey)
BOOKS FOR STUDY & REFERENCE ,Rathus Spencer, A. Psychology in the New Millennium, (2002), USA, Harcourt College Publishers, Eight edition. Smith, Edward, Nolen-Hoeksema, Susan, Fredrickson, Barbara and Loftus, Geoffrey. (2003) Atkinson & Hilgard's Introduction to Psychology, Bangalore, Thomson Wordsworth, 14th Edition, First Indian Reprint Lahey, Benjamin B,(1998) Psychology, An Introduction, USA, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited, Sixth edition.
PSYCHOLOGY
89
2009-2010
PRACTICALS
FUNDAMENTALS OF
PSYCHOLOGY I PAPER - I
1) Imagery (Galton's Questionnaire Method), (Dandekar, Pg. 157) 2) Distraction of Attention, (Dandekar, Pg. 165) 3) Fluctuation of Attention, (Kuppuswamy, Pg. 58-59) 4) Learning - Letter - Digit Substitution, (Dandekar, Pg. 162) 5) Whole v/s. Part learning, (Parameswaran & Rao, Pg. 115) 6) Optical illusion, (Parry & Adisheshiah, Pg. 144) 7) Division of Attention, (Dandekar, pg 145) 8) Colour Preference, (Parmeshwaran and Rao, pg 87) 9) Mapping the Blind Spot, (Parameshwaran and Rao, pg 53) 10) Perception (Reversible Perspective) (Dandekar, pg 151) 11) Perception (Selection and Grouping) Dandekar pg 152 12) Localisation and Identification of pressure stimuli, (Parry and Adisheshiah, pg111)
FUNDAMENTALS OF PSYCHOLOGY II
SEMESTER II
I) Memory and Forgetting (Lahey) (15 periods) (i) Three stages of Memory , An information processing view. Sensory register. Short Term Memory , Rehearsal, Chunking Long Term Memory , Types, Organization, Retrieval Differences between STM and LTM II) Cognition (i) Concepts , The building blocks of thought Functions of Concepts Prototype Acquiring Concepts } } } } - Atkinson & Hilgard
PSYCHOLOGY
90
2009-2010
(ii) Reasoning , Deductive Reasoning Inductive Reasoning
} }
(iii)Thought in action , Problem solving Approaches to problem solving , Understanding the problem } Algorithms } Heuristics }- Rathus Analogies } Factors that affect Problem Solving , Expertise } Mental Sets } Insight }- Rathus Incubation } Functional Fixedness } III) Motivation and Emotion (15 periods) (i) Definition of Motives a) Biological Motives, Homeostasis, Hunger, Thirst b) Opponent Process Theory of Motives c) Maslow's Hierarchy of Motives d) Psychological Motives , Aggression Achievement Affiliation Stimulus Motive } (ii) Emotions , Definitions Bodily Changes and Emotions Facial Expression and Emotion Hilgard Emotion, Gender & Culture Theories of Emotions (Lahey) IV) Sexuality (15 periods) (i) Early Sexual Development Adult Sexuality Hilgard Effect of Hormones on Desire & Arousal Early Experience Cultural Influences Sex differences (ii) Sexual Orientation (iii) Sexual Response, The sexual Response Cycle } (iv) Sexual Coercion, Rape & Sexual Harassment } } } } - Lahey } } } } - Rathus } } } - Atkinson & } } } } - Atkinson &
} } } - Atkinson & Hilgard } } } } - Rathus
PSYCHOLOGY
91
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR STUDY & REFERENCE,

Rathus Spencer, A. Psychology in the New Millenium, (2002), USA, Harcourt College Publishers, Eight edition. Smith, Edward, Nolen-Hoeksema, Susan, Fredrickson, Barbara and Loftus, Geoffrey. (2003) Atkinson & Hilgard's Introduction to Psychology Bangalore, Thomson Wordsworth, 14th Edition, First Indian Reprint Lahey, Benjamin B,(1998) Psychology, An Introduction, USA, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited, Sixth edition.
PRACTICALS
1) Influence of recitation on recall, (Parameswaran & Rao, Pg. 128) 2) Overlearning, (Parameshwaran and Rao, pg 127) 3) Serial Reproduction, (Parry & Adisheshiah, Pg. 193) 4) Retroactive Inhibition, (Parameswaran & Rao, Pg. 132) 5) Immediate Memory, (Parry & Adisheshiah, Pg. 179) 6) Introversion - Extroversion, (Kuppuswamy, Pg. 122) 7) Chain Method, (Kuppuswamy, Pg. 46) 8) Completed Tasks v/s Interrupted Tasks, (Parry & Adisheshiah, Pg. 184) 9) Comparison of recall & recognition as modes of measuring retention, (Parameswaran & Rao, Pg. 123) 10) Recall & Recognition by word list method, (Parameswaran & Rao, Pg. 124) 11) Judgement of Emotions from facial expressions, (Parry & Adisheshiah, Pg. 267) 12) Colour Preference, (Parameshwaran and Rao, pg 87)
PSYCHOLOGY
92
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR STUDY & REFERENCE ,

Parameswaran E. G.& Rao, B. Taramanohar, (1968) ,'Manual of Experimental Psychology' Bombay, Lalvani Publishing House. Parry, John & Adisheshiah, William , 'Experimental Psychology', (1977) Bombay, Allied Publishers Private Limited. Kuppuswamy, B., 'Elementary Experiments in Psychology', Geoffrey Cumberlege Oxford University Press. Dandekar, W. N., 'Fundamentals of Experimental Psychology'(1999), Pune, Anmol Prakashan 683, Budhwar Peth. 3rd revised edition.
PSYCHOLOGY
93
2009-2010
FIRST YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
SOCIOLOGY
CURRICULUM
INVITATION TO SOCIOLOGY - PAPER I

This introductory paper is an attempt at acquainting the students with sociological perspective. It is organized in such a way that even students without any previous exposure to sociology could acquire an interest in the subject. I. 1.1 1.2 1.3 II. 2.1 2.2 III. 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 Introduction (30 marks) Idea of science Division of social sciences Understanding sociology Uses/relevance of sociology (35 marks) Applied sociology Roles/careers in sociology Organizing social life (35 marks) Society Culture Socialization Social groups Status and role Deviance and social control 20 lectures
25 lectures
25 lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY AND REFERENCE:

Haralambos, M.: Sociology: Themes and perspectives. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1998. Inkeless, Alex: What is sociology? New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1987.
SOCIOLOGY
94
2009-2010
Jayaram, N.: Introductory sociology. Madras: Macmillan India, 1988. Johnson, Harry M.: Sociology: A systematic introduction. New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1995. Schaefer, Richard T. and Robert P. Lamm: Sociology. New Delhi: Tata-McGraw Hill, 1999. Worsley, Peter: Introducing sociology. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books, 1970.
SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND PROCESSES

I. 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 II. 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 III. 3.1 3.2 3.3 Social institutions (35 marks) Family Religion Education Health and medicine Social inequality (35 marks) Meaning and forms of stratification Poverty Social mobility Age-set stratification Gender inequality Social change (30 marks) Meaning and processes Causes of social change Resistance to and acceptance of change 25 lectures
25 lectures
20 lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY AND REFERENCES:

Haralambos, M.: Sociology: Themes and perspectives. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1998. Inkeless, Alex: What is sociology? New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1987. Jayaram, N.: Introductory sociology. Madras: Macmillan India, 1988. Johnson, Harry M.: Sociology: A systematic introduction. New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1995. Schaefer, Richard T. and Robert P. Lamm: Sociology. New Delhi: Tata-McGraw Hill, 1999. Worsley, Peter: Introducing sociology. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books, 1970
SOCIOLOGY
95
2009-2010
SECOND YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
ECONOMICS
CURRICULUM
MICRO ECONOMICS - I
PAPER - II1 (SEMESTER III)
COURSE CONTENT
1National Income Accounting: ( Lectures : 30 ) The Circular Flow Model; Approaches to Measurement of National Income: (Income, Expenditure and Value-added Methods); Measures of Aggregate Income: Gross and Net Concepts; National and Domestic Concepts; Market Prices and Factor Costs. Current and Constant Prices; Personal Income; Disposable Income. Per Capita Income (in Real and Money Terms). Problems in National Income Accounting. Use of National Income Data. Incorporation of Environmental Concerns in National Accounts: Green Accounting. 2.Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply Framework: ( Lectures : 30 ) The Principle of Effective Demand; Aggregate Demand Curve; Factors Influencing Aggregate Demand: Role of Savings, Investment and Consumption in Output Determination; Determinants of Savings, Investment and Consumption; Average and Marginal Propensities to Save, Invest and Consume; The Multiplier; Paradox of Thrift; Effectiveness of Investment Multiplier in LDCs; Impact of Government Expenditures and Foreign Trade on Aggregate Demand. Aggregate Supply: Determinants of Aggregate Supply; Short-run and Long-run Aggregate Supply. 3.Macroeconomic Policy : ( Lectures : 15 ) Meaning, Objectives and Components (Monetary and Fiscal Policy); Effectiveness in an Open Economy.
REFERENCES:
Dasgupta, Dipankar (1997): The Macroeconomy: A Textbook View, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Dornbusch, R. & Fischer, S. (1984): Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
96
2009-2010
Heijdra, B.J. and Ploeg F. V. (2001): Foundation of Modern Macroeconomics, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Hyman, David N. (1997): Macroeconomics, Irwin, Chicago. Indian Institute of Bankers (1999): The Bank Credit Card Business, (2 Ed.), Macmillan, Delhi. Khan, M.Y (2000): Indian Financial System, (2 Ed.) Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Lewis M.K. and Mizan P.D. (2000): Monetary Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Lucas R. (1981): Studies in Business Cycle Theory, MIT Press, Cambridge, Mas. Rangarajan C. & Dholakia B. H. (1997): Principles of Macroeconomics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Samuelson, Paul A. & Nordhaus. William D. (1998): Economics, McGraw Hill, New York Shapiro, E. (1996): Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publication, New Delhi. Tucker, Irvin B.(2000): Economics for Today, South-Western College Publishing (Thomson Learning), Cincinnati, Ohio.
nd nd
MICRO ECONOMICS - II
PAPER - IV (SEMESTER IV)
1.Business Cycles & Unemployment: ( Lectures : 15 ) Business Cycles: Cyclical and Non-Cyclical Fluctuations; Causes and Consequences of Business Cycles. Unemployment: Types of Unemployment; Voluntary & Involuntary Impact of Unemployment. 2.Inflation: (Lectures : 15 ) Price Indices (CPI, WPI) and Inflation; Causes of Inflation; Cost Push & Demand Pull; Impact of Inflation; Control of Inflation. The Philips Curve. Stagflation. 3.Money and Prices: ( Lectures : 15 ) Money: Functions of Money; Money & Prices: Quantity of Money Approaches to Price determination (Cash Transactions and Cash Balances); Demand for Money (Liquidity Preference Approach); Components of Money Supply; Money and Near Money. 4.Financial System and Components: (Lectures : 15 ) Markets (Money and Capital Markets); Institutions (Banking, Non-banking and Specialized Institutions). Commercial Banks: Functions; Multiple expansion of Bank Deposits; Developments in Commercial Banking (Electronic Banking; Banking Online; Universal Banking, Credit and Debit Cards). Financial Instruments: Shares, Bonds Debentures. 5.Central Banking: ( Lectures : 15 ) Functions of a Central Bank; Instruments of Monetary Policy (Quantitative and Selective Instruments of Credit Control).
ECONOMICS
97
2009-2010
REFERENCES:
Dasgupta, Dipankar (1997): The Macroeconomy: A Textbook View, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Dornbusch, R. & Fischer, S. (1984): Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Heijdra, B.J. and Ploeg F. V. (2001): Foundation of Modern Macroeconomics, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Hyman, David N. (1997): Macroeconomics, Irwin, Chicago. Indian Institute of Bankers (1999): The Bank Credit Card Business, (2 Ed.), Macmillan, Delhi. Khan, M.Y (2000): Indian Financial System, (2 Ed.) Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Lewis M.K. and Mizan P.D. (2000): Monetary Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Lucas R. (1981): Studies in Business Cycle Theory, MIT Press, Cambridge, Mas. Rangarajan C. & Dholakia B. H. (1997): Principles of Macroeconomics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Samuelson, Paul A. & Nordhaus. William D. (1998): Economics, McGraw Hill, New York Shapiro, E. (1996): Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publication, New Delhi. Tucker, Irvin B.(2000): Economics for Today, South-Western College Publishing (Thomson Learning), Cincinnati, Ohio.
nd nd
LABOUR WELFARE & INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS - I

PAPER - I
1)Introduction: (Lectures 5) Emergence of Industrial Labour, Characteristics and Problems of Industrial Labour in India. Effects of Industrialization on society, family and the economy with special reference to India. 2)Labour Welfare: (Lectures 15) Meaning, Nature, Scope and Objectives. Approaches to Labour Welfare, Theories of Labour Welfare; A brief analysis of role of Agencies of labour welfare- Central and State Govts, Trade Unions and Voluntary Associations. Views of Employers and Employees; Labour Welfare and Productivity. 3)Labour Welfare in India : (Lectures 30) Problems of Industrial Labour, Health, Hygiene, Housing, Accidents, Fatigue, Frustration. Welfare of special categories of labour - child labour, female labour, labour in small & tiny manufacturing units and migrant labour. Provisions and programs of labour welfare in India Statutory Welfare Provisions, Voluntary Welfare Provisions.
ECONOMICS
98
2009-2010
4)Social Security : (Lectures 20) Meaning, Nature and Objectives. Social Security in India - Legislative provisions; P.F., E.S.I., Maternity benefit, Pension, Gratuity, Equal Remuneration Act, Workman's Compensation Act. (Emphasis should be on the recent changes in the schemes) 5)Labour Welfare and Social Security in Goa. (Lectures 5)
SUGGESTED READINGS
Bremen, J (1996) Footloose Labour: Working in India's Informal Economy, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Giri, V V,(1972) Labour problems in Indian Industry , Asia Publishing House, Mumbai Jhabvala, R and R K Subrahmanya, (2000) The Unorganized Sector: Work Security and Social Protection, Sage Publications, New Delhi. Mamoria C.B., Satish Mamoria, S.V. Gankar (2005) Dynamics of Industrial Relations Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi. Memorio, C B, (1966) Labour Problems and Social Welfare in India, Kitab Mahal, Allahabad. MHRD, GOI (1987) Shram Shakti: Report of the National Commission on Self Employed Women and Women Workers in the Informal Sector, Ministry of Human Resource Development, New Delhi Mishra S N, (1999) Labour and Industrial Laws, Central Law Publications, Allahabad. Mishra, L (2000) Child Labour in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Papola, T S, P P Gosh and A N Sharma, (1993) Labour Employment and Industrial Relations in India, B R Publishing Corporation, New Delhi. Punekar, Deodhar, Sankaran, (2003)Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations . Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi. Ramaswamy E. A. and Uma Ramaswamy(1988) Industry and Labour - An Introduction, Oxford University Press New Delhi. Sarma, A M (2006) Labour Welfare and Social Security , Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay Sharma, A N and A Kundu, (2001) Informal sector in India: Emerging Perspectives, Institute for Human Development, New Delhi. Singh, V B, (1970) Industrial Labour in India, Popular Prakashan, Bombay Taxman's Labour Laws (2006), New Delhi
ECONOMICS
99
2009-2010
LABOUR WELFARE &

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS - II
PAPER - II
1.Trade Unionism: (Lectures 20) Meaning, nature, functions and structure of Trade Unions; A brief history of Trade Unions in the UK, USA; Trade Union Movement in India History and Appraisal. Major Trade Union Federations in India. 2. Emerging perspectives in Trade Unionism: (Lectures 10) Problems and prospects of labour and Trade Unions in the new economic environment; Global trends with regard to Trade Unionism. 3.Industrial Relations : (Lectures 15) Building up of an Industrial Relations System, Grievance function in Industrial Relations. Discipline in Industrial Relations. Industrial Disputes Extent, causes and effects with special reference to India. Types of strikes and other methods of agitation - Sabotage, Dharna, picketing, gherao. Lockouts - a method of protest by employers. 4.Methods of Settlement of Industrial Disputes: (Lectures 20) Collective Bargaining, Mediation, Conciliation, Arbitration, Adjudication. Machinery for settling industrial disputes in India Works Committee, Tribunals, Joint Management Councils etc. Industrial Disputes Act 1947 and recent amendments. 5.Worker's Participation in Management : (Lectures 5) Concept, goals, forms, a brief overview of workers participation in other countries USA, Britain, France, Germany, Yugoslavia and Japan. Workers participation - Indian experience. 6. International Labour Organization: A brief history, its features, functions, role and appraisal, India and the ILO. (Lectures 5)
SUGGESTED READINGS:
Gupta S R, (1987) Industrial Disputes and Labour Relations, Pratiksha Publications, Jaipur Hajela, P D (1998) Labour Restructuring in India: A Critique of the New Economic Policies, Common Wealth Publishers, New Delhi. Mamoria C.B., Satish Mamoria, S.V. Gankar (2005) Dynamics of Industrial Relations Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi. Michael V. P., (2002) Industrial Relations in India and workers involvement in Management Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. Mishra S N, (1999) Labour and Industrial Laws, Central Law Publications, Allahabad. Monappa Arun, (1995) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
100
2009-2010
Papola, T S, P P Gosh and A N Sharma, (1993) Labour Employment and Industrial Relations in India, B R Publishing Corporation, New Delhi. Punekar, Deodhar, Sankaran, (2003)Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations . Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi. Ramanujam G. (1990) Indian Labour Movement, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. Sarma A. M (1996) Industrial Relations Conceptual and Legal Framework, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi. Singh B. D. (2004) Industrial Relations Emerging Paradigms, Excel Books, New Delhi. Singh Nirmal, S.K. Bhatia(2000) Industrial Relations and Collective Bargaining Theory and Practice, Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi. Singh, V B,(1970) Industrial Labour in India, Popular Prakashan, Bombay. Taxman's Labour Laws (2006) , New Delhi. Varma Pramod,(1997) Labour Economics and Industrial Relations, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company, Bombay. Venkat Ratnam, V. S (2001) Globalization and Labour Management Relations: Dynamics of Change, Sage Publications / Response Books, New Delhi. Virmani B R, (1978) Workers Participation in Management, Macmillan Company of India, Delhi.
EXPORT MANAGEMENT - I
PAPER - III
1.Exports and International Marketing: International Marketing Environment; Export Marketing decisions. (10 lectures) 2.Legal Aspects of Trade: Foreign Trade (Regulation & development) Act, 1992; Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999; The Customs Act, 1962. (20 lectures) 3.Market Selection and Research: Market Segmentation and Product Selection for Export; Export Costing, Pricing and Pricing Pattern; Packaging and Promotion; Distribution; Export Correspondence; Export Negotiations. (20 lectures) 4.Quality Systems: Quality certification & Quality Inspection Project Exports; Export Promotion Councils and Commodity Boards. (15 lectures) 5.WTO Agreements and Exports, Agreement on trade in goods & services, Dispute settlement systems. (10 lectures)
ECONOMICS
101
2009-2010
REFERENCES
Kotabe, Masaaki; Helsen Kristiaan (2004): Global Marketing Management, John Wiley & Sons (Asia), Singapore. Craig, C Samuel; Douglas, Susan P. (2003): International Marketing Research, John Wiley & Sons (Asia), Singapore. Dalrymple, Douglas J.;Parsons, Leonard J. ((2002): Marketing Management: Text and Cases, John Wiley & Sons (Asia), Singapore. Mathur, Vibha (2003): India: Foreign Trade Policy and WTO 1991-2003, New Century, New Delhi. Balagopal, T A S : Export Management, (Latest Edition) Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai Rathore B S; Rathore J S: Export Marketing, (Latest Edition) Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. Agrawal, Devendra Kumar: Start Your Own Export Business, (Latest Edition) Hind Pocket Books, Delhi. Paliwoda, Stanley J; Thomas Michael J (2002): International Marketing, Viva Books, New Delhi. Ramu, S Shiva (1998): Export Marketing A Practical Guide for Exporters, Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi. Kapoor D C (2002): Export Management, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
EXPORT MANAGEMENT - II
PAPER - IV
1.Export Finance Basis; Foreign Exchange Mechanism and Foreign Exchange Risk Management; Modes of Payment in Export trade. Letter of Credit under Uniform Customs and Practices on Documentary Credit (1993 version). Pre Shipment and Post Shipment Export Credit. EXIM Bank of India. (18 lectures) 2.Export Insurance and Shipping: Types of Export Risk; Export Risk Insurance and the role of Export Credit Guarantee Corporation (ECGC). Types of Shipping Services; Terms and Definitions in Water Transport; Precautionary Measures to Prevent Fraud; Shipping Procedures for Exports; Elements of Liner Freight; Containerization; Handling Cargo Claims; International Multi-modal Transport Operations; Procedures for Shipping of Export Cargo; Procedures for the Movement of Containerized Cargo; Packaging and Labeling of Export Cargo. Pre Shipment Inspection. Export Consignment by Air. Marine Cargo Insurance; Marine Policy: Types of Covers, Partial and Total Loss, Cargo Claims. (20 lectures)
ECONOMICS
102
2009-2010
3.Export Import Policy of Government of India (latest policy): Salient Features of the Policy; Export Oriented Schemes; Export of Services. (10 lectures) 4.Incoterms and Export Documentation: Incoterms 2000; Commercial Invoice; Bill of Lading; GRE form, ARE 1 form and other relevant forms. Valuation and Customs Formalities for Exports. (15 lectures) 5.Export Development through Internet: Researching Markets on the Internet and Market Segmentation; Establishing Niche in Global Markets; Exploiting the Global Niche; Best Marketing Niche. Online Promotion; Production of Online Promotional Material. (12 lectures)
REFERENCES
Kotabe, Masaaki; Helsen Kristiaan (2004): Global Marketing Management, John Wiley & Sons (Asia), Singapore. Craig, C Samuel; Douglas, Susan P. (2003): International Marketing Research, John Wiley & Sons (Asia), Singapore. Dalrymple, Douglas J.;Parsons, Leonard J. ((2002): Marketing Management: Text and Cases, John Wiley & Sons (Asia), Singapore. Mathur, Vibha (2003): India: Foreign Trade Policy and WTO 1991-2003, New Century, New Delhi. Balagopal, T A S : Export Management, (Latest Edition) Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai Rathore B S; Rathore J S: Export Marketing, (Latest Edition) Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. Agrawal, Devendra Kumar: Start Your Own Export Business, (Latest Edition) Hind Pocket Books, Delhi. Paliwoda, Stanley J; Thomas Michael J (2002): International Marketing, Viva Books, New Delhi. Ramu, S Shiva (1998): Export Marketing A Practical Guide for Exporters, Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi. Kapoor D C (2002): Export Management, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
103
2009-2010
SECOND YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
ENGLISH
CURRICULUM
COMPULSORY ENGLISH
SEMESTER III
FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The main objectives are: a) to enable students to grasp the main points in an unseen text of a subjective, objective and narrative nature. b) to develop their ability to find meanings of unseen words and, c) to develop in them the ability to do intensive reading for identifying specific information.
LEARNING OUTCOMES :
The learner should be able to: i) locate the main points ii) develop proficiency in grammar to grasp the cause and effect relationships iii) read between the lines and understand the overt and covert meanings. iv) be familiar with new words by understanding the gist of the sentence and, v) critically assess ideas in a seen passage.
WRITING SKILLS
The learner should be able to: I) make a prcis of an unseen text.
ENGLISH
104
2009-2010
i) interpret details and express ideas coherently . ii) acquire accuracy in different kinds of writings: descriptive, narrative, expository, argumentative, persuasive etc. iii) write letters to the editor/write official letters of inquiry, order, complaints, request letters to government departments and officials using Right to Information Act. iv) draft notices, agenda, minutes of a meeting and, v) write a representation.
SPEAKING SKILLS
The learner should be able to: i) develop courtesy in personal communication and correct etiquette. ii) express disagreement in appropriate language elicit and show respect for the views of others and, iii) narrate an experience real or imaginary with descriptive details and logical sequence.
GRAMMAR
The student will learn grammar through incidental and situational approach.
EXAMINATION SKILLS
The learner should practice the following examination skills: i) recognize key performance words in a question that determine the nature of an answer. ii) compose an idea keeping in view length and relationship and, iii) develop reviewing skillsediting an answer before submission.
COURSE CONTENT I (A) WRITING SKILLS

Students to acquire accuracy of expression through. i) Prcis Writing ii) Letter Writing: official letters to the College /University/Panchayat/Municipality/Electricity dept. Letters of inquiry/complaints/orders, requests and also letters to the editor. iii) Notices/Agenda/Minutes of a meeting. iv) Writing Representation.
ENGLISH
105
2009-2010
I(B) GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

i) Reported Speech ii) Idioms iii) Abbreviations iv) Modal Auxiliaries v) Question Tags vi) Articles vii) Spotting the errors viii) Punctuation ix) Making negatives x) Phrases/Clauses
II. SPEAKING SKILLS

The students should be able to communicate in English by responding orally under time conditions to a variety of printed information. Classroom situation should be created to encourage, facilitate and improve speaking skills among the students. i) Dyadic communication i.e. telephonic conversation. ii) Speech i.e. Condolence, Vote of thanks, Welcome, Introduction, Farewell, Chairman's Speech, Inaugural etc Conversational speech can be taught to students by giving them practice in a conversational class. In this class the students should be encouraged to shed their inhibitions and restraints and, speak out spontaneously. Note: Speech and Dyadic communication i.e. telephonic conversation is a CIA component.
SCHEME OF THE EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] : Semester End Examination [ SEE ] : 20 Marks 80 Marks
CONTINUOUS INTERNAL ASSESSMENT [CIA ]

A. Oral Presentation : The Topics for the oral presentation will be announced well in advance. The student will be asked to deliver a speech. 10 Marks B Dyadic Communication i.e Telephonic Conversation 10 Marks.
ENGLISH
106
2009-2010
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION [ SEE ]

Q-I Situational approach to be adopted in testing grammar and vocabulary Q-II Notices and Agenda. Q-III Minutes of a Meeting. Q-IV Writing Representations. Q-V Prcis Writing. Q-VI Letter Writing. 20 Marks 10 Marks 15 Marks 15 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks
FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH
SEMESTER III MODEL QUESTION PAPER
CONTINUOUS INTERNAL ASSESSMENT. [CIA ]
A. For the oral presentation the student will be expected to deliver a speech. 10 Marks
MARKING SCHEME:
Content Relevance and Logical Consistency Diction Confidence B. Dyadic Communication i.e Telephonic Conversation 3 Marks 3 Marks 2 Marks 2 Marks 10 Marks
MARKING SCHEME:
Courtesy in Communication and Correct Etiquette Tone and style Spontaneity Introductory remarks Parting. 3 Marks 3 Marks 2 Marks 1 Mark 1 mark
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION [SEE ]

Time : 2 Hours Q-I [a] Punctuate the following: Marks 80 1 Marks
ENGLISH
107
2009-2010
People prefer to own a home for several reasons namely the privacy of the backyard the storage space of a basement or an attic and the spaciousness of the rooms. b) Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verb. 1) ------------------------------- tomorrow, so we can go out somewhere 2) The train -------------------- arrive at 2.30 but it was an hour late. 3) The police officer stopped us and asked where-------------------------. 4) Are you looking forward --------- Ann again. 5) When-------------------------- invented? c) Identify the error and underline the corresponding word/s 1) No Sooner he got the news he came ever to our place. No error. 2) The dog only had three legs. No error. 3) I prefer apples than grapes. No error. 4) John fell of the ladder. No error. 5) The dog is chasing its tail. No error. d) Identify the idioms from the following passage, write their meanings and use them in sentences of your own. 4 Marks He asked me to dinner, but I had to foot the bill. When the opportunity came I paid him back in his own coin. What's the good of entering into negotiations with such a friend who is a man of straw ? I trusted him and he played me false. e) Write the abbreviations for the following. 1) Errors and omissions excepted ------------------------------. 2) Nota Bene ( Note carefully) --------------------------------. 3) Editor, edited by--------------------------------------------------. f) Fill in the blanks by using the correct modal auxiliaries. 1) He --------------------- do what he wants 2) I----------------------- go there without his permission 3) Jack -------------------- to behave as he does. c) Fill in the blanks with appropriate question tags. 1) We are doing a fine job,----------------------. 2) She is going there , -------------------------. 3) How is your son doing as an accountant ? He is doing very well -------------------------- 4) Where is my tea? It's been drunk, sir Oh, it's been drunk,------------------ h) In the following passage insert articles wherever necessary. 1 Marks 2 Marks 2 Marks
1 Marks
2 Marks
1 Marks
ENGLISH
108
2009-2010
It was dynamic meditation. Osho style in country's largest jail. Cathartic explosion. Inner cyclone. These expressions would sum up new experiment launched in Tihar Jail. Ear-shattering explosion. I) Make these sentences negative. 1 Marks I understand Hindi. English is easy to understand . I can speak English very well. It is easy to write too. j) Report in direct speech. 1 Marks He replied that he had promised to reward his soldiers and that he had kept his word. NOTE: A suggested list of abbreviations and idioms will be provided. Q. No. II Assuming that you have been elected as the General Secretary, draft the notice with agenda for the first meeting of the students' Council of your College which has just been installed. 10 Marks Q. No. III . Draft the minutes of the first meeting of the members of the Students Council of College at which the following items were discussed: 15 Marks I) College hike ii)AIDS awareness program in the College. iii)Organizing an inter-Collegiate debate. Q. No. IV. Your College does not provide you with proper canteen and transport facilities. Draft a representation on behalf of the students to be submitted to the Principal. 15 Marks Q. No. V. One unseen passage for Prcis writing. 10 Marks
Q. No. VI The garbage bins in your locality have not been emptied for months which has put the locals to a great inconvenience. Write a letter of complaint to the Panaji Municipal Corporation requesting them to get the bins cleared immediately. 10 Marks
COMPULSORY ENGLISH PAPER

SEMESTER IV :
ENGLISH LANGUAGE THROUGH LITERATURE

AIM :
To introduce the student to the finest aspects of English language through the study of literature in English and , also cultivate an enduring interest in literature by enhancing English language proficiency through an analysis of literary extracts.
ENGLISH
109
2009-2010
OBJECTIVES :
To introduce and expose learners to different genres of literature . To develop the skill of critical appreciation among learners. To encourage creative use of language to express both literary and non- literary ideas.
LISTENING SKILLS :
To develop the ability to understand and interpret spoken English. To cultivate a good ear for English language through repetition and practice. To distinguish words that are pronounced similarly. To grasp the meaning of entire sentences. Watch news, weather reports, documentaries on television (preferably on B.B.C., C.N.N., NDTV 24 x 7, Animal Planet / Discovery Channel / Discovery Travel and Living / National Geographic / History Channel) to attune one's ears to various accents, styles of presentation, intonation, emphasis etc. Practical session in the language laboratory. Classroom reading by the instructor.
SPEAKING SKILLS :
To develop confidence among learners to converse in English. To inculcate better presentation skills. To enhance learners' communication skills. To enable learners to use grammatically correct language in a clear, concise and well spoken manner in academic and social situations. The instructor may invite opinions / points of view vis a vis reading material used for listening skills and may lead students to participate in a discussion of the same. Innovative use of charts, OHP and Power Point presentations in the classrooms for explanation and with the purpose of making students familiar with the visual aids . An oral presentation component with the use of OHP/charts/ Power Point in the continuous internal evaluation segment to enhance learners' competence of oral presentation skills using visual aids.
ENGLISH
110
2009-2010
READING SKILLS
Learners to develop the skill of active reading involving simultaneously thinking and reasoning in the reading process. To employ the ability to critically examine the ideas presented and evaluate their value. To enhance students' communication skills through building better word power. To comprehend complicated writing patterns and difficult vocabulary through the ability to gauge the meaning from the given contexts. Reading aloud (either individually or along with the instructor) to develop skills of oral presentation. Techniques to improve reading speed to be introduced and taught. Reading followed by discussion to encourage comprehension skills. Reading varied types of material ranging from everyday journalistic news and views to feature articles and literary texts.
WRITING SKILLS
Learners to gain confidence to deploy language in formal written English as well as creative writing. A thorough knowledge of English grammar to enable learners to identify errors instantly. To use appropriate language in specified situations. To develop a distinct, individual style of writing that is essentially correct, clear and concise. To encourage individual writing so as to enable students to write for each other, to comprehend others' writings, to share writing with others and to give and receive positive criticism. To enable learners to write in detail, to have a focus, to support their ideas and aim their writing at an audience. This may be begun with critical appreciation of literary extracts. To familiarize students with lexical and structural linkages employed in sentences and paragraphs to convey ideas and emotions used in various narrative styles. To listen while writing and reading To write for an audience (imaginary) to bring in clarity and focus in the writing of the students. To maintain a journal to gauge the growth of skill and competency in English language writing. Maintaining a journal is a component of Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ]
ENGLISH
111
2009-2010
RECOMMENDED TEXT :
Current English for Language Skills Edited by : M.L. Tickoo, A.E. Subrmanian Publishers : Macmillan India Ltd.
Note : The text may be used for note making, comprehension and critical appreciation.
COURSE CONTENTS :
1. Grammar : Parts of speech, tenses, reported speech, clauses. (Identification through usage in literary texts) 2. Composition ; Essay Writing; personal / informal writing as reflected in journal entries and narration of personal experiences 3. Creative Writing: Short Story / Poem etc.
4. Critical Appreciation (Poem, Speech, Prose - Covert & overt meanings, symbolism, figures of speech, tone, humor, voice etc.). 5.Social Letters 6.Social Speeches 7.Writing Copy for Advertisements 8.Writing a middle for newspapers. 9.Feature writing
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Semester End Examination [ SEE [ : : 20 marks 80 marks
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] : 20 marks A. Oral presentation : The topics for the oral presentation will be announced well in advance. Students will then prepare visual aids : as in charts / OHP / Power Point and, present the topic in class. The student must be able to answer the questions asked by fellow classmates. The topics chosen will be from current issues as discussed in the print and electronic / digital media. 10 marks B. Journal writing : Classroom exercises on course contents to be maintained in journal format and must include planning, drafting and revising with the final product. 10 marks
ENGLISH
112
2009-2010
Semester End Examination [SEE ] : Q .I. Short Story Writing. 20 Marks
80 marks
Q. II One unseen poem / passage for critical appreciation. Q. III. A social letter (Letters of congratulation/ Thank you / R.S.V.P./ Condolence)
15 Marks
15 Marks Q. IV. A Social Speech [On the occasion of Marriage (raising a toast ) / welcome speech/ vote of thanks / farewell speech] Q. V [a ]. Writing an article OR Q. V [ b ] Designing an advertisement. 15 Marks 15 Marks
ENGLISH LANGUAGE THROUGH LITERATURE

SEMESTER IV : MODEL QUESTION PAPER
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] 20 Marks A. For the oral presentation, the topics covered may be from current issues as read / listened / viewed in the media. 10 Marks Eg. Relevance of Cinema The Championship Trophy India as a potential Super Power
MARKING SCHEME :
Contents Relevance & Connection Visual Aids Diction Confidence 2 Marks 2 Marks 2 Marks 2 Marks 2 Marks
B. For journal writing, classroom assignments on the various aspects of the prescribed course contents to be entered and maintained. The journal must reflect a student's growth in terms of competency in writing skills and hence must contain pre-writing skills (planning, source materials), drafting, revising to the final product.
ENGLISH
113
2009-2010
MARKING SCHEME :
Layout & format Contents Connectedness of substance Grammar, vocabulary, punctuation & spelling Semester End Examination [ SEE ] Time : 2 hours 2 marks 2 marks 3 marks 3 marks
Marks : 80
I. Write a short story on the basis of the following opening lines. The storm raged ... she stood looking out of the window, thinking her own thoughts. Inside, the baby was asleep........ 20 Marks II. Critically appreciate the following poem : She spoke of heaven And an angelic host; She spoke of God And the Holy Ghost; She spoke of Christ's teachings Of man's brotherhood; Yet when she had to sit beside a Negro once She stood. III. You have won the national bravery award and are now invited to attend a tea party organized by the Governor in your honor. Write a letter thanking him for his kind gesture and regretting your inability to attend, giving reasons. 15 Marks IV. At the Std. XII Farewell Party, you have been told to deliver a speech for the out-going students. Write a speech for the occasion detailing your experiences, giving positive feedback and suggestions for change in not more than 200 words. 15 Marks V.[a ] Write an article for a local Sunday supplement based on the outline provided : Topic : Television Main Idea : Television is different from all other Media. Support : * It reaches nearly every home. * Unlike newspapers and magazines, it doesn't require literacy. * Unlike movies, it runs continuously. * Once purchased, it costs little to run. * Unlike radio, it can show and tell. * Unlike movies or the theater, it doesn't require leaving your home. OR V [b ] You wish to sell a derelict house on a small piece of land near a stream which floods every year. Design an advertisement using exaggerated language and giving favorable opinions, thus creating a false impression. 15 marks 15 Marks
ENGLISH
114
2009-2010
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Reading Beyond Words, W. Royce Adams, Jane Brody Harcourt College Publishers, 6th Edition (2000) ISBN : 0-15-508029-6 http : //www.harcourtcollege.com 2. An Introduction to Critical Reading, Leah McCraney Thomson - Wadsworth, 5th Edition (2004) ISBN : 0-15-506896-2 http : //www.wadsworth.com 3. Creative Editing, Dorothy A. Bowles, Siane L. Borden Thomson - Wadswaorth, 3rd Edition (2000). ISBN : 0 - 534 - 56178 - 0 http : //www.wadsworth.com 4. How to Write Articles for Newspapers and Magazines, Dawn Sova Thomson - Arlo, 2002 ISBN : 0 - 7689 - 1079 - x 5. How to Write Short Stories - Sharon Sorenson Thomson - Snco - 2002 ISBN : 0 - 7689 - 1084 - 6 6. Essential English Grammar - Raymond Murphy Cambridge University Press, ISBN : 81 - 7596 - 029 - 9 7. Intermediate English Grammar - Raymond Murphy Cambridge University Press, ISBN : 81-7596 - 029 - 9 8. Advanced English Grammar - Martin Hewings Cambridge University Press, ISBN : 81 - 7596 - 007 - 1
ENGLISH
115
2009-2010
NINETEENTH
SEMESTER III AIM :
CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE
To acquaint the students with English Literature of the nineteenth century.
OBJECTIVES:
To enable students to appreciate critically representative literary works of the nineteenth century To reveal the impact of socio economic aspects of the nineteenth century on literature written during the period To acquaint the students with different stylistic features of works prescribed in the syllabus To encourage independent reading of literary texts of the period.
TEXTS
Unto This Last John Ruskin A Tale Of Two Cities Charles Dickens
POETRY
1. William Wordsworth a) Lines Composed A Few Miles Above Tintern Abbey b) Ode To Intimations Of Immortality c) The World Is Too Much With Us d) My heart Leaps Up e) She Dwelt among The Untrodden Ways f) A Slumber Did My Spirit Seal 2. William Blake a) The Lamb b) The Tiger c) The Nurses Song ( Songs Of Innocence ) d) The Nurses Song ( Songs Of Experience ) 3. P. B. Shelley a) Ozymandias b) Mutability 4. John Keats a) Ode To Autumn b) ode To a Nightingale
ENGLISH
116
2009-2010
5. S. T. Coleridge Rime Of The Ancient Mariner 6. A. L. Tennyson a) Break, Break, Break b) Tears, Idle Tears c) Elaines Song d) Viviens Song e) Tithonus 7. Robert Browning a) The Last Ride Together b) My Last Duchess
BACKGROUND
1.French Revolution, Industrial Revolution, Darwinism 2.Romanticism 3.Classicism & Neo Classicism
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Assignment 10 marks Seminar 10 marks Semester End Examination [SEE] 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from background and texts - 20 marks. 20 marks
80 marks
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Nineteenth Century Literature R. C. Churchill Pelican Guide To English Literature Boris Ford,ed. ( vol. 5, 6 ) Critical History of English Literature David Daiches ( vol 4 ) Dickens At Work John Butt and Kathleen Tillotson Methuen & Co. Ltd., London. Tennyson Sir Alfred Lyall S. Chand & Co. Browning Roy E. Gridley Routledge & Kegan Paul in association with Blackie, India. Robert Browning A Study Of His Poetry Thomas Blackburn- Eyre & Spottiswoda, London. Byron, Shelley & The Liberal William H. Marshall- University Of Pennsylvania Press Philadelphia. Blake Stanley Gardner(ed.) Evans Brothers Ltd.
ENGLISH
117
2009-2010
Critics On Keats ed. Judith ONeill George Allen & Unwin Ltd. The Imagery Of Keats And Shelley : A Comparative Study Richard Harter Fogle The University Of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. Shelley : His thoughts & Work Desmond King Macmillan & Co. Ltd. London. The Simple Wordsworth : Studies in the poems 1797 1807 John F. Danby Routledge & Kegan Paul, London. John Keats : His Mind & Work Bhabatosh Chatterjee Orient Longman John Ruskin Quentin Bell Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh & London. Ruskin Today Kenneth Clark Penguin Books.
TWENTIETH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE

SEMESTER IV AIM
To acquaint the students with English Literature of the twentieth century.
OBJECTIVES
To reveal the impact of theories in fields like Psychology, Economics and Sciences on twentieth century literature To enable students to appreciate critically representative literary works of the twentieth century To draw the attention of the students to modern prose styles as well as the new colloquial rhythms of modern poetry To encourage independent reading of literary texts of the period To reveal the impact of the World Wars on Literature of the 20th century
TEXTS
Robert Bolt A Man For All Seasons Joseph Conrad Heart of Darkness
POETRY
1.W. B. Yeats a) Sailing to Byzantium b) Easter 1916 c) The Second Coming
ENGLISH
118
2009-2010
2. T. S. Eliot a) The Love Song Of J. Alfred Prufrock b) Journey Of The Magi 3. Wilfred Owen a) Strange Meeting b) Futility c) Insensibility 4.W. H. Auden a) The Unknown Citizen b) Sept 1, 1939 5 Isaac Rosenberg Break Of Day In The Trenches 6. Siegfried Sassoon The Death - Bed 7. Hopkins Windhover 8. Dylan Thomas Do Not Go Gentle Into The Good Night
BACKGROUND
1.Impact of Charles Darwin, Sigmund Freud and Karl Marx on the literature of the twentieth century. 2.Imagism, Surrealism, Existentialism, Impressionism & Expressionism . 3.Modernism 4.Stream of Consciousness Technique
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Assignment 10 marks Seminar 10 marks Semester End Examination [SEE] 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from background and texts - 20 marks 20 marks
80 marks
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Pelican Guide To English Literature ed. Boris Ford. Vol 7 Critical History of English Literature David Daiches,. Vol 4 Twentieth Century Literature A. C. Ward
ENGLISH
119
2009-2010
The Twentieth Century Mind Cox & Dyson History Of Modern Poetry- David Perkins The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. The Novel and the Modern World David Daiches The University of Chicago Press. Casebook Series on T. S. Eliot ed. Bernard Bergonzi Macmillan A Students Guide to the Selected Poems of T. S. Eliot B. C. Southam Faber & Faber, London. Readers Guide to W. B. Yeats John Untereckar- Thomas & Hudson. Yeats Harold Bloom oxford University Press A Readers Guide to W. H. Auden John Fuller Thames & Hudson Ltd. London. Auden Barbara Everett
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
SEMESTER III (Foundation Course COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main objectives of this course are: To help students to write logical, coherent and persuasive prose. To develop their ability to understand spoken English. To enable them to speak correctly and intelligibly. To encourage creative use of language. Paper)
LEARNING OUTCOMES READING SKILLS:

By the end of the semester, the learner should be able to comprehend / identify the following features in an unseen text of an expository, descriptive and narrative nature : a) The main points b) Relationships through lexical markers or cohesion devices. c) Deduce the meanings of unfamiliar words. d) Recognize text organization (e.g sequence of tenses, sequence of ideas etc). e) Skim for gist and scan for specific information .
ENGLISH
120
2009-2010
WRITING SKILLS
By the end of the semester, the learner should be able to: a) Express ideas coherently and accurately ( through grammatically correct sentences) b) Express and argue a point of view. c) Write pervasive prose evoking emotions in the reader/listener d) Prepare a C.V. or fill in details in a specified format, write a job application, letters addressed to the college principal, University and other local authorities. e) Expand an idea (e.g essay; dialogues, interviews) f) Write in formal and informal styles. g) Write official letters of request, orders, complaints and enquiries . h) Write reports i) Write representations j) Write notices/agendas/minutes of a meeting.
SPEAKING SKILLS
(This is a CIA component e.g. speech, telephone conversation) By the end of the semester, the learner should be able to. a)Describe a visual or an object. b)Explain and give cause and effect. c)Narrate an experience, real or imaginary with descriptive details and sequence. d)Express disagreement in an appropriate language and, elicit and show respect for the views of others.
GRAMMAR
Incidental and situational approach should be adopted to teach grammar.
EXAMINATION SKILLS
The learner should practice the following examination skills: a)Recognize key performance words in a question that determine the nature of an answer. b)Compose an idea keeping in view length and relationship. c)Develop reviewing skillsediting an answer before submission.
COURSE CONTENT I) WRITING SKILLS

a)Students to acquire accuracy of expression through consistent written and oral exercises in paragraph formation--- different kinds of writing: descriptive, narrative, expository, argumentative, persuasive. b)Letter-writingofficial letters to the college Principal, local bodies, University authorities, editors etc.(Complaints, order, request, enquiries ) c)Writing a job application and preparing the C. V. Students should be trained in condensation of ideas through practice exercises. d)Students should be given practice in writing with formal and informal styles.
ENGLISH
121
2009-2010
The students are exposed to different aspects of writing in the following areas: 1) Composition, essay writing, dialogues and interviews 2) Agenda/Notices/Minutes of a meeting. 3) Report Writing 4) Writing Representations. 5) Letter Writing- Job application and C.V 6) Letters to the editor/Principal/ University/Local bodies etc.
II) SPEAKING SKILLS

a) Pronunciation Skills b) Conversation Skills c) Presentation Skills d) Active Listening Skills e) Asking and answering questions f) Request and explanation g) Persuasion and Negotiation h) Expressing opinion i) Giving and getting advice The test in spoken English will require the students to communicate in English by responding orally under time conditions to a variety of printed information. The teacher should make the students aware of the importance of acquiring proper speaking skills. Classroom situations should be created to encourage, facilitate and improve speaking skills among the students.
III ) GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

The following aspects of Grammar and Vocabulary will be tested in the Examination : a) Articles b) Punctuation c) Question tags d) Modal auxiliaries e) Abbreviations f) Prepositions g) Pronouns h) Reported speech i) Active /Passive Voice. j) Idiomatic expressions in English k) Conjunctions
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] Semester End Examination [SEE ] 20 Marks 80 Marks
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] : 20 Marks A. Oral Presentation: The topics for the oral presentation will be announced well in advance. The student will be asked to deliver a speech. 10 Marks B. Dyadic communication: i.e. telephone conversation. 10 Marks
ENGLISH
122
2009-2010
Semester End Examination [SEE ] : Q. I: Situational approach to be adopted in testing grammar and vocabulary. Q. II A: Notices /Agenda. B: Minutes of a meeting Q. III: Writing a Report Q. IV: Writing a Representation. Q. V: Letter writing - Job application and CV Q. VI: Letters of complaints or orders/requests/ Inquiry/ to the editor. Q. VII: Essay writing/dialogue/interviews.
80 Marks 20 Marks 04 Marks 06 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Continuous Internal Assessment. [CIA ] A. For the oral presentation- the student will be expected to deliver a speech. 10 Marks e.g . A reception is being given to a group of foreign students in your college. As secretary of the Reception Committee deliver a speech welcoming the foreign students.
MARKING SCHEME:
Content Relevance and logical Consistency Diction Confidence 3 Marks 3 Marks 2 Marks 2 Marks
B. Dyadic Communication i.e Telephonic Conversation e.g You wish to go to Delhi by Goa Express from Vasco on Sunday. Telephone to the Railway Station to make an inquiry about the time of the departure, the railway fare etc. 10 Marks
MARKING SCHEME:
Courtesy in Communication and Correct Etiquette Tone and style Spontaneity Introductory remarks Parting. 3 Marks 3 Marks 2 Marks 1 Mark 1 mark
ENGLISH
123
2009-2010
Semester End Examination [ SEE ] Time: 2 Hours. Marks:80
I: a) Punctuate the following passage as two sentences: (2) Father cried holding out a golden rose I went to pick you some roses but look at this they are yellow and hard and their sweet scent is gone. b)Rewrite the following passage as two sentences, using appropriate relative pronouns.(2)The Shah was pleased to hear the story. The shepherd had related it to him. He now realized the truth. The governor was really the humblest and most faithful man in land. He had suspected the governor of dishonesty. c)Write abbreviations for the following: i) In charge of --------------------------ii) Exempli gratis --------------------------iii) Centilitie. -------------------------------(1 )
d)Report in direct speech. (1) I) He advised his sons not to quarrel amongst themselves when he was dead but to remain united. (1) ii)Are you angry my friend, said the hung, because you have lost your leader. I am you hung; I will be your leader. e)Identify the idioms in the following passage, give their meanings and use them in sentences of your own. (3) Satish is leaving the company for good. He had many officers at his beck and call. He was a man of few words. His parting words spoke volumes of his good deeds. f)In the following passage, insert articles wherever necessary. (2) From visit it is evident that staff, particularly Assistant Superintendents, are taking very keen interest in their work. g)Fill in the blanks by using correct model auxiliaries. i) You ------------- do these bad things. ii) ------------------ we do anything he asked us to do? iii)We -------------- go there if we so desired. h) Fill in the blanks with appropriate question tags. i) Wonderful life, ------------------------ii) He plays well ----------------------iii) Who has touched my jewels? Master Sunny has Madam. -------------------------------------iv) Where is my tea ? Its been shank, sir----------------------i) Change the Voice. ii) Somebody will tell you what the modus operandi of the militants was. 140 iii) Mail this letter addressed to your brother in America. (1 )
(2)
(2)
ENGLISH
124
2009-2010
jv) Fill in the blanks with appropriate conjunctions (2) Sunil -------------- his wife graced the occasion with their presence. He behaved at the party ------------ he was the master of the ceremonies. He had to leave the place ------------------ he got a phone call from the hospital. -------------- you so desire, I shall not entertain them at my place. Q. II A : Draft the notice with agenda for an extraordinary general body meeting of an education society that has just received a sum of Rs. 90 lacs to start a college. (4) B: Draft the minutes of the monthly meeting of the Managing Committee of the Rotary Club- Panaji at which, in addition to the usual business, the following items were also discussed. . i) Distribution of Polio Vaccine ii) Eye-operation camp in villages. iii) Making documentary films on health and hygiene. Q. III A: A Committee has been formed to investigate the possibility of starting a book stall and stationery store in your college. Draft the report of the committee making favorable recommendations. (10) Q. IV: There have been frequent cuts in water supply to your colony. As the secretary of New Haven Colony make a representation to the Municipal Commissioner about the acute water shortage. (10) Q. V: 'The Navhind Times' dated 23rd November 2006 advertised a vacancy for the post of a lecturer in English in a reputed College in Goa . You are Alka/ Arun Patil from Malvan, Maharashtra. a)Write a letter of application addressed to Navhind Times., Box No.145. (6) b)Write the C.V to be attached to the letter. (4) Q. VI: You had ordered for a refrigerator. After installation you noticed that the door could not be closed due to a defective gasket . Write a letter of complaint to the dealer and request him to do the needful. (10) Q. VII: Write an essay on any one of the following topics: 1)Youth and Materialism 2)Impact of Globalization on India 3)Education and Its Relevance (10)
ENGLISH
125
2009-2010
ALLIED PAPERS RELATED TO ENGLISH MAJOR

1. Sociology of Literature 2. An Introduction to Translation 3. American Studies
SOCIOLOGY
OF LITERATURE
This paper aims at exploring the relationship between society and literature in sociological terms. Historically speaking, literature has been privileged as an autonomous institution governed by its own internal laws. However, critics who subscribe to sociological perspective challenge this view and argue that literature as an institution is always conditioned by external factors. A writer for instance, is always influenced by equations like race, class and gender.
TOPICS
1) History of Sociology of Literature 2) Autonomy of Literature : Formalism 3) Sociology of Literature : (a) Theoretical Perspectives (b) Marxist Philosophy and Historical Determinism (c) Feminist Philosophy; Gender as a Historical Construct. 4) The Sociology of Literary Taste : Reading Public and Literature 5) Recent Developments in Sociology of Literature : New Historicism.
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] Assignment 10 marks Seminar 10 marks Semester End Examination [ SEE ] 3 questions of 20 marks each with internal choice. Question 4 : 2 short notes of 10 marks each. Not less than 5 choices. 20 marks
80 marks
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Robert Escarpit, Sociologie de la literature (Paris, 1958); expanded and revised as Das Buch und der Leser: Entwurf einer Literatursoziologie (Koln, 1961); English translation as Sociology of Literature, tr. Ernest Pick, 2nd ed. (London, 1971). Levin Ludwig Schucking, Soziologie der literarischen Geschmacksbildung, 3 ed. (Bern, 1961); English translation as Sociology of Literary Taste, tr. E. W. Dickes (London, 1998) F.R. Leavis, The Common Pursuit (London, 1952). 1. Literature and Society 2. The Sociology of Literature
rd
ENGLISH
126
2009-2010
Lucien Goldmann, Pour une sociologie du roman (Paris, 1964); English translation as Towards a Sociology of the Novel, tr. Alan Sheridan (London, 1975) Sociology of Literature and Drama: Selected Readings, ed. Elizabeth and Jeffrey L. Sammons, Literary Sociology and Practical Criticism: An Inquiry (Bloomington, 1977) John Hall, The Sociology of Literature (London, 1979) J. P. Ward, Poetry and the Sociological Idea (Brighton, 1981) Fredric Jameson, The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a Socially Symbolic Act (London, 1981) P. N. Furbank, Unholy Pleasure: The Idea of Social Class (Oxford, 1986).
AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION
PREAMBLE:
In the present multilingual environment to which young students are exposed thanks to the media, market and mobility/migration, translation has become a desirable faculty to cultivate. Understanding and practicing translation will equip young students to cope better with the increasingly diverse and multilingual / multi cultural milieu to which they will be exposed in time to come.
OBJECTIVES
1) To inculcate a sense of linguistic and cultural diversity. 2) To create bilingual /multilingual competence in the students. 3) To demonstrate the relationship between language and culture 4) To hone the latent skill for trans-lingual communications in the students. 5) To reveal the role of translation in communication , education employment and travel.
COURSE CONTENTS
1) A general introduction to translation nature definition and features of translation today role reading exercises. 2) The importance of the source and target languages in translation discussion in groups practical demonstration. 3) Indian and Western approaches to the idea of translation. 4Types of translation : monolingual, bilingual and transmutation.
ENGLISH
127
2009-2010
5]Challenges in translating poetry 6] precautions & difficulties faced in translating literary and scientific matter. 7]Role of creativity, vocabulary; meaning and focus in translation ; pitfalls of literal translation. 8]Significance of meaning and style; fidelity to content and felicity of expression ; guidelines to effective translation
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] : Semester End Examination [SEE ] 20 Marks : 80 Marks Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ]: Seminar : On Topics related to the theory of translations to be presented by every student. Each student shall be given a separate topic by the teacher. (10 marks ) Assignment : On any area of student's choice, the teacher shall assign for translation adequate material which shall be submitted for assessment before End Semester Examination. The source and target languages of the assignment and the genre may be decided with mutual agreement. Semester End Examination [SEE ]: Q.1: Provide a passage / poem/draft in the commonly used source languages and ask the students to translate it into English. (The approximate translated version of the 'Source language material' in English should be made available to the examiner(s) for assessment.(A poem of not more than 15-20 lines, prose matter- not more than 300 words approx.) (40 Marks) The students to provide: a) Draft 20 Marks b) Final Copy 20 Marks Q.2: Provide a passage /poem/draft in English along with its translated versions in the commonly used target languages. [ 40 Marks ] The students to provide: a) A critique of the translation and comment on strengths and limitations of translated work. (20 Marks) b) An alternate translation (20 Marks ) (10 Marks)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Baker , M . In Other Words -- A Casebook on Translation, New York- London: Routeledge 1997. Gentzer, Edwin, Contemporary Translation Theories, London, Routeledge 1993. Newmark, Peter, A textbook of Translation London Now York Prenticehall 1988. ------------------------, Approaches To Translation, Oxford & New York, Pergamon, 1981. Savery, T. The Art of Translation, London : Johnathan Cape, 1957.
ENGLISH
128
2009-2010
AMERICAN
STUDIES
This course aims at introducing students to the background of American Literature. This will familiarise the students to the socio-political and intellectual history of American Literature. A study of this course will sensitise students to the context within which to savour American Literature. The paper lays special emphasis on : 1. 17th Century : Colonial America : Adopt and adapt to unfamiliar climes, the Indian dilemma, establishment of colonies and settlements, folklore, Puritan work ethic, theocratic writings (allegorical battle of good v/s evil) patterned on British writings of the period, utilitarian writings (biographies, treatises, accounts of voyages, sermons etc.) 2. 18th Century : Slow movement towards secularism, political writings gathering momentum with the fight for independence, the problem of American English, the issue of American literature and the question of Continental acceptance. The poetry of the American Revolution, beginning of drama and the flourishing of the sentimental novel. 3. 19th Century : Search for identity - William Cullen Bryant, Washington Irving, Janies Fennimore Cooper, Edgar Allan Poe- emphasis on the native idiom, scene and character. The New England Brahmins - Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, Oliver Wendell Holmes and James Russell Lowell - expression of noble sentiments. Transcendentalism provoked by the rise of the theological system of Unitarianism - Ralph Waldo Emerson, Henry David Thoreau. The Abolition Movement : John Greenleaf Whittier and Harriet Beecher Stowe. Emblem and symbol - Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville and Walt Whitman. The humour of Mark Twain. Realism : William Dean Howells. The Naturalists Theodore Dreiser, Stephen Crane, Frank Norris. Stream of Consciousness - Henry James Individual technique - Emily Dickinson. 4. 20th Century : High points of drama - Eugene O'Neill Arthur Miller, Tennessee Williams, Edward Albee, Sam Shepard. The New Poetry - Edwin Arlington Robinson, Carl Sandburg, Vachel Lindsay, Edgar Lee Masters, Robert Frost, William Carlos Williams, Wallace Stevens, Langstons Hughes, Conrad Aiken, Hart Crane, Sylvia Plath, E.E. Cummings. Post World War I Fiction: Sherwood Anderson, Sinclair Lewis, Ernest Hemingway, F. Scott Fitzgerald, John Dos Passos, James J. Farrell, John Steinbeck, William Falkner, Thomas Wolfe. Post World War Fiction : War novelists : social protest - Norman Mailer, Irwin Shaw, Joseph Heller, Kurt Vonnegut Jr. Black Humour and Absurdist Fantasy - John Barth, Thomas Pynchon, Donald Barthelme, Saul Bellow, Bernard Malamud, Philip Roth. Social realists ---- Isaac Bashevis Singer, John Updike. Black Writers - James Baldwin, Ralph Ellison, Toni Morrison, Alice Walker. The intellectual current of the 1920s, the great American Dream, the Great Depression, the Southern Experience, the post world war existential angst, the Cultural Revolution and the Literary Reaction of the 60s and 70s, the New Orleans Jazz, Hollywoodisation, disneyfication, Globalisation equated with Amicanisation (eg. Coke, McDonald)
ENGLISH
129
2009-2010
SCHEME OF THE EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] Semester End Examination [ SEE ] Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] A. Seminar B. Assignment 20 marks 20 marks 10 marks 10 marks
Semester End Examination [ SEE ] 80 marks Four full length questions with internal choice on the four centuries of American Studies. Each question carries 20 marks.
AMERICAN STUDIES
Continuous Internal Assessment A. Seminar Marking Scheme Content Relevance & Connection Confidence Diction Ability to field questions : 20 marks 10 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks
B. Assignment Marking Scheme Contents Layout and format Relevance & Connection Connectedness of substance Grammar, vocabulary, punctuation, Spelling
10 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks 2 marks
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

Time : 2 hrs. Marks : 80 1. Describe the characteristics of Colonial America. 20 marks OR Give an account of utilitarian writings produced in the seventeenth century. 2. Explain the problems of American English and the issue of American Literature.
130
ENGLISH
2009-2010
OR Analyze some of the major socio-cultural issues of the nineteenth century.
20marks
3. Explain the search for American Identity with examples. 20 marks OR Account for the rise of transcendentalism in American literature and culture and explain its features. 4. Compare and contrast the great American dream with the Great Depression. OR Analyze the features of modern popular American culture and its impact on the world. 20 marks.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The Pelican Guide to American Literature, Vol. 9 ed. Boris Ford. The Penguin History of Literature : American Literature since 1900, ed. Marcus Cunliffe. Voice of America : Forum Lectures : Modern American Literature. Students' Handbook of American Literature, C. D. Narsimhaiah.
SKILL BASED COURSES

1. Creative writing for beginners 2. Research methodology
CREATIVE WRITING FOR BEGINNERS

PREAMBLE:
It is often noticed that young students entering the portals of colleges, have a vague awe, even fear, of literature and literary activity. This often leads to their lack of interest in their own latent creativity. A very general introduction to creative writing may help allay fears and tap undiscovered talent.
OBJECTIVES:
To provide an introduction to the idea of the creative writing . To help discover the talent and /or urge for creative writing in young aspirants. To encourage young students to write/appreciate literature. To perceive the distinctness of creative writing from other kinds /forms of writing: viz. scientific, critical, journalistic, communicative To encourage a better response to other papers related to literature and allied syllabus. domains in the
ENGLISH
131
2009-2010
COURSE CONTENTS :
1) The Art of writing : an introduction to various types of writing (literary-critical; journalistic; non-literary, theoretic, scientific, communicative) discussing and responding to specimens. 2) Creative writing: understanding the notion, general/common characteristics; types of creative writing: literary prose, poetry , drama, fiction etc; reading/ presentation of select items; discussion of genre and genre-based characteristics of selected specimen; encouraging the students to write and present their work to the class. 3) Major components of creative writing ; theme, style, form, structure, vision; discussion of model specimen ( encourage students participation) practical session on identifying subject matter, research for writing; exercise on chosen themes. 4) Significance of grammar, punctuation, focus and rhythm in creative writing; a brief introduction to the notion of the rhyme; lyric, narrative and dramatic modes of writing. 5) Importance of re-reading, re-writing; self-editing/copy-editing , revision and publication
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] Semester End Examination [SEE ] : 25 Marks. : 25 Marks. Continuous Internal Assessment : 25 Marks. (A) Students should present a minimum of three items of practical work ( ensuring diversity of genre, mode, characteristics of creativity) in class. These shall be evaluated as per the criteria announced to the students. TWO of the tasks (best of three) shall be considered for assessment of level of achievement. (10 marks) (B) An assignment of teacher's choice shall be completed and submitted within the stipulated period by every student. [ 15 marks ] Semester end examination: Q-1: Provide a specimen text (Passage /Poems/Dialogue) of reasonable length (not more than 250 words) and ask the students to identify (list ) the generic features or characteristics of creativity or the limitations of creative writing evident in it. (5 Marks) Q.-2: Provide a short specimen text (avoid the genre(s) used in Q-1. above ) and ask the students to transfer/recast it in another genre (viz. Poetry to prose; fiction to drama; drama to narration). Assess the genre-specific strengths and limitations of the transferred/ re-cast work. (10 Marks). Q-3: Provide a brief literary sketch ( preferably short story or literary essay (humorous, a jingle, an ad) and ask the students to complete it so as to reveal unity of structure, theme and focus. (10 Marks)
ENGLISH
132
2009-2010
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Warkins, F.C and K.E Knight Write to Write (Readings on the Craft of writing). Boston: : Houghton, Miftlen. Optner, Ruth L. Writing from Inside Out. Harper and Co. Brooks and Warren, Fundamentals of good Writing: A Handbook of Modern Rhetoric. Kiersek, J.M and W. Gibston. Macmillan Handbook Of English.
RESEARCH
METHODOLOGY
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The course is designed to introduce students to various aspects of writing research papers/projects. It aims at developing a sense of dedicated scholarship and generating fidelity in documenting their research process and output.
COURSE CONTENTS
1: Research and Writing 1.1 Selecting a Topic 1.1.1 Freedom of Choice 1.1.2. Finding an Appropriate Focus 1.2. Conducting Research 1.2.1. The Modern Academic Library 1.2.2. Library Research Sources 1.2.3. The Central Information System 1.2.4. Reference Works 1.2.5. The Online Catalogue of Library Holdings 1.2.6. Full-Text Databases 1.2.7. Other Library Resources and Services 1.2.8. Internet Sources 1.3. Compiling a Working Bibliography 1.3.1. Keeping Track of Sources 1.3.2. Creating a Computer File for the Working Bibliography 1.3.3. Recording Essential Publication Information 1.3.4. Noting Other Useful Information 1.3.5. Verifying Publication Information 1.3.6. Converting the Working Bibliography to the Works- Cited List 1.4. Evaluating Sources 1.4.1. Authority 1.4.2. Accuracy and Verifiability 1.4.3. Currency 1.5. Taking Notes 1.5.1. Methods of Note-Taking 1.5.2. Types of Note-Taking 1.5.3. Recording Page Numbers 1.5.4. Using a Computer for Note-Taking 1.5.5. Amount and Accuracy of Note-Taking
ENGLISH
133
2009-2010
1.6. Outlining 1.6.1. Working Outline 1.6.2. Thesis Statement 1.6.3. Final Outline 1.7. Writing Drafts 1.7.1. The First Draft 1.7.2. Subsequent Drafts 1.7.3. Writing with a Word Processor 1.8. Language and Style 1.9. Guides to Writing 2: Plagiarism 2.1. Definition of Plagiarism 2.2. Consequences of Plagiarism 2.3. Information Sharing Today 2.4. Unintentional Plagiarism 2.5. Forms of Plagiarism 2.6. When Documentation Is Not Needed 2.7. Other Issues 2.7.1. Reusing a Research Paper 2.7.2. Collaborative Work 2.7.3. Copyright Infringement 3: The Mechanics of Writing 3.1. Spelling 3.1.1. Consistency 3.1.2. Word Division 3.1.3. Plurals 3.1.4. Foreign Words 3.2. Punctuation 3.2.1. The Purpose of Punctuation 3.2.2. Commas 3.2.3. Semicolons 3.2.4. Colons 3.2.5. Dashes and Parentheses 3.2.6. Hyphens 3.2.7. Apostrophes 3.2.8. Quotation Marks 3.2.9. Square Brackets 3.2.10. Slashes 3.2.11. Periods, Question Marks, and Exclamation Points 3.2.12. Spacing after Concluding Punctuation Marks 3.3. Italics (Underlining) 3.3.1. Words and Letters Referred to as Words and Letters 3.3.2. Foreign Words in an English Text 3.3.3. Emphasis 3.4. Names of Persons 3.4.1. First and Subsequent Uses of Names 3.4.2. Titles of Persons 3.4.3. Names of Authors and Fictional Characters
ENGLISH
134
2009-2010
3.5. Numbers 3.5.1. Arabic Numerals 3.5.2. Use of Words or Numerals 3.5.3. Commas in Numbers 3.5.4. Percentages and Amounts of Money 3.5.5. Dates and Times of the Day 3.5.6. Inclusive Numbers 3.5.7. Roman Numerals 3.6. Titles of Works in the Research Paper 3.6.1. Capitalization and Punctuation 3.6.2. Underlined Titles 3.6.3. Titles in Quotation Marks 3.6.4. Titles and Quotations within Titles 3.6.5. Exceptions 3.6.6. Shortened Titles 3.7. Quotations 3.7.1. Use and Accuracy of Quotations 3.7.2. Prose 3.7.3. Poetry 3.7.4. Drama 3.7.5. Ellipsis 3.7.6. Other Alterations of Sources 3,7.7. Punctuation with Quotations 3.7.8. Translations of Quotations 3.8. Capitalization and Personal Names in Languages Other Than English 4: The Format of the Research Paper 4.1. Printing or Typing 4.2. Paper 4.3. Margins 4.4. Spacing 4.5. Heading and Title 4.6. Page Numbers 4.7. Tables and Illustrations 4.8. Corrections and Insertions 4.9. Binding 4.10. Electronic Submission 5: Documentation: Preparing the List of Works Cited 5.1. Documenting Sources 5.2. MLA Style 5.3. The List of Works Cited and Other Source Lists 5.4. Format of the List of Works Cited 5.5. Arrangement of Entries 5.6. Citing Books and Other Non-periodical Publications 5.6.1. The Basic Entry: A Book by a Single Author 5.6.2. An Anthology or a Compilation 5.6.3. Two or More Books by the Same Author 5.6.4. A Book by Two or More Authors
ENGLISH
135
2009-2010
5.6.5. Two or More Books by the Same Authors 5.6.6. A Book by a Corporate Author 5.6.7. A Work in an Anthology 5.6.8. An Article in a Reference Book 5.6.9. An Introduction, a Preface, a Foreword, or an After word 5.6.10. Cross-References 5.6.11. An Anonymous Book 5.6.12. An Edition 5.6.13. Translation 5.6.14. A Book Published in a Second or Subsequent Edition 5.6.15. A Multi volume Work 5.6.16. A Book in a Series 5.6.17. A Republished Book 5.6.18. A Publisher's Imprint 5.6.19. A Book with Multiple Publishers 5.6.20. A Pamphlet 5.6.21. A Government Publication 5.6.22. The Published Proceedings of a Conference 5.6.23. A Book in a Language Other Than English 5.6.24. A Book Published before 1900 5.6.25. A Book without Stated Publication Information or Pagination 5.6.26. An Unpublished Dissertation 5.6.27. A Published Dissertation 5.7. Citing Articles and Other Publications in Periodicals 5.7.1. The Basic Entry: An Article in a Scholarly Journal with Continuous Pagination 5.7.2. An Article in a Scholarly Journal That Pages Each Issue Separately 5.7.3. An Article in a Scholarly Journal That Uses Only Issue Numbers 5.7.4. An Article in a Scholarly Journal with More Than One Series 5.7.5. An Article in a Newspaper 5.7.6. An Article in a Magazine 5.7.7. A Review 5.7.8. An Abstract in an Abstracts Journal 5.7.9. An Anonymous Article 5.7.10. An Editorial 5.7.11. A Letter to the Editor 5.7.12. A Serialized Article 5.7.13. A Special Issue 5.7.14. An Article in a Microform Collection of Articles 5.7.15. An Article Reprinted in a Loose-Leaf Collection of Articles 5.8. Citing Miscellaneous Print and Nonprint Sources 5.8.1. A Television or Radio Program 5.8.2. A Sound Recording 5.8.3. A Film or Video Recording 5.8.4. A Performance 5.8.5. A Musical Composition 5.8.6. A Painting, Sculpture, or Photograph 5.8.7. An interview 5.8.8. A Map or Chart 5.8.9. A Cartoon or Comic Strip
ENGLISH
136
2009-2010
5.8.10. An Advertisement 5.8.11. A Lecture, a Speech, an Address, or a Reading 5.8.12. A Manuscript or Typescript 5.8.13. A Letter or Memo 5.8.14. A Legal Source 5.9. Citing Electronic Publications 5.9.1. The Basic Entry: A Document from an Internet Site 5.9.2. An Entire Internet Site 5.9.3. An Online Book 5.9.4. An Article in an Online Periodical 5.9.5. A Publication on CD-ROM, Diskette, or Magnetic Tape 5.9.6. A Work in More Than One Publication Medium 5.9.7. A Work from a Library or Personal Subscription Service 5.9.8. A Work in an Indeterminate Medium 5.9.9. Other Electronic Sources 6: Documentation: Citing Sources in the Text 6.1. Parenthetical Documentation and the List of Works Cited 6.2. Information Required in Parenthetical Documentation 6.3. Readability 6.4. Sample References 6.4.1. Citing an Entire Work, Including a Work with No Page Numbers 6.4.2. Citing Part of a Work 6.4.3. Citing Volume and Page Numbers of a Multivolume Work 6.4.4. Citing a Work Listed by Title 6.4.5. Citing a Work by a Corporate Author 6.4.6. Citing Two or More Works by the Same Author or Authors 6.4.7. Citing Indirect Sources 6.4.8. Citing Literary and Religious Works 6.4.9. Citing More Than One Work in a Single Parenthetical Reference 6.5. Using Notes with Parenthetical Documentation 6.5.1. Content Notes 6.5.2. Bibliographic Notes 7. Abbreviations 7.1. Introduction 7.2. Time Designations 7.3. Geographic Names 7.4. Common Scholarly Abbreviations 7.5. Publishers' Names 7.6. Symbols and Abbreviations Used in Proofreading and Correction 7.6.1. Selected Proofreading Symbols 7.6.2. Common Correction Symbols and Abbreviations 7.7. Titles of Literary and Religious Works 7.7.1. Bible 7.7.2. Shakespeare 8: Other Systems of Documentation 8.1. Endnotes and Footnotes 8.1.1. Documentation Notes versus the List of Works Cited and Parenthetical References
ENGLISH
137
2009-2010
8.1.2. Note Numbers 8.1.3. Note Form versus Bibliographic Form 8.1.4. Endnotes versus Footnotes 8.1.5. Sample First Note References: Books and Other Nonperiodical Publications 8.1.4. Sample First Note References: Articles and Other Publications in Periodicals 8.1.7. Sample First Note References: Miscellaneous Print and Nonprint Sources 8.1.8. Sample First Note References: Electronic Publications 8.1.9. Subsequent References 8.2. Author-Date System 8.3. Number System 8.4. Specialized Style Manuals 9: Format of the first pages of 9.1 Research Paper in MLA Style 9.2 List of Works Cited
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Continuous Internal Assessment [CIA ] : 25 Marks. Seminar and/or Assignment to be based on the reference work done for the Project Paper. Semester End Examination [SEE ] : 25 Marks. 5 short questions based on application of the Course contents.
ENGLISH
138
2009-2010
SECOND YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
FRENCH
CURRICULUM
FRENCH
SEMESTER I UNITES 1-2-3 PAPER II
Topic I- Comprendre et s'xprimer: raconteur un vnement pass-aborder quelqu'un se presenter et caractriser une personne-comparer et apprcier dans le domaine esthtique-dcrire une personnalit,un comportement-utiliser les pronoms complements-utiliser le subjonctif dans l'expression de la ncessit,de la volont, du souhait-se plaindre-juger du caractre vrai ou faux d'un fait. Topic-II Dcouvrir scnes,images et mentalits de la province-l'art contemporain-l'opposition Paris/province-ville/campagne comparer avec la situation dans votre pays Topic III-Grammaire des leons 1-2-3 Topic IV-Comprendre et s'exprimer-raconter-rapporter des faits at des paroles-prsenter un fait comme comme vrai ou faux,sr ou incertain,possible ou impossible,probable ou improbablemettre en valeur l'objet de la phrase par des constructions de sens passif-exprimer la dure Topic VDcouvrir-les sports-quelques aspects de la tlvision-les problmes des banlieuespanorama socio-conomique de la socit franaise-le problme de l'emploi-faits divers-les grands travaux en Francequelques moments d'histoire. Topic VI-Grammaire des leons-4-5-6 Topic VII-Comprendre et s'exprimer-faire des hypotheses,des suppositions-suggrer,proposerrdiger une demande crite officielle-faire un choix-utiliser les pronoms interrogatifs et dmonstratifs-exprimer la possession-utiliser les pronoms possessifs-exprimer les mouvements les dplacements les gestes-exprimer un sentiment Topic-VIII-Dcouvrir-quelques episodes et lieux de l'histoire-thtre cinema Topic IX Grammaire des leons 7-8-9
FRENCH
139
2009-2010
SEMESTER II UNITES 4-5-6

Topic I Comprendre et s'exprimer-caractriser une action par un adverbe,un grondif ou un participle present-utiliser les adjectives et les pronoms indfinis-exprimer l'indiffrencecaractriser ,mettre en valeur par une proposition relative-exprimer des sentiments-amiti-amourhaine-exprimer les perceptions et les sensations-parler des objets et des activits de la maison Topic-II-Dcouvrir les relations entre les femmes et les homes-prsenter les personnes-rves de vie-l'humour Topic III-Grammaire des leons 1-2-3 Topic IV-Comprendre et s'exprimer faire des hypotheses au pass-exprimer le regret-exprimer des relations temporelles-exprimer le but, la cause,la consequence.Organiser une explication logique-exprimer la crainte-encourager-dire son droit-le faire respecter-interdire et autoriserformuler une demande d'autorisation ou de derogation Topic V-Dcouvrir-la protection de l'environnement-les sites protgs-quelques problmes d'cologie-les peurs des franais-les systmes de protection sociale-la Camargue-les Pyrnes Topic VI-Grammaire des leons 4-5-6 Topic VII- Comprendre et s'exprimer-donner des informations quantatives-apprcier quantativement-faire face aux situations de communications relatives aux petits problmes quotidiens (maison,voiture)-rdiger un constat d'accident-comprendre un rcit crit au pass simple-parler de l'tat physique des personnes,des maladies-formuler des arguments-btir une argumentation Topic VIII-Dcouvrir-les nouvelles formes du travail-les professions d'avenir-les nouveauts technologiques et scientifiques-quelques grands sujets de dbat en France:l'ducation-la sant-la gntique-le travail-la dfence de la langue franaise-la defense des animaux Topic IX-Grammaire des leons 7-8-9
FRENCH (ELECTIVE) SEMESTER I AND II

Duration : 3 hours Instructions : 1) Figures to the right indicate full marks 2) All answers must be written in French QI.A) Faites selon les indications entre parenthses : (5) 1. On distribue les missions chaque membre. (Mettez la forme passive) 2. Elle va te prter sa calculatrice. (Rcrivez en remplaant les mots souligns par le, la, les) 3. Donnez un homonyme pour : a) lait, b) chant 4. Elle a la tte dans les nuages. (Caractrisez-la par un adjectif.) Total Marks : 80
FRENCH
140
2009-2010
5. Pour russir a son examen, Charlotte s'est vraiment ..Pendant un mois, elle travaille dix heures par jour sans son attention. (Compltez avec le verbe appropri : grimper/accrocher/relcher/lancer.) B) Mettez les verbes entre parenthses la forme qui convient : (5) 1. Je n'avais pas faim, hier soir, au dner de Constance. Au repas de midi, Je. (trop manger). 2. Tous les habitants du quartier se souviennent d'un vnement qui (se drouler) en 1992. 3. Il faut que vous (faire) vos lits avant de sortir. 4. Si vous buviez moins de caf vous (dormir) mieux. 5. Ma sur tait tellement absorbe par sa lecture qu'elle (ne pas entendre) ma question. C) Rpondez aux questions suivantes (5 au choix) : un monument dans la rgion de la Loire. 2) deux villes de Bretagne 3) deux anciennes provinces franaises. 4) le nom d'un grand site prhistorique 5) le nom d'une ralisation qui fait partie des grands travaux du prsident Mitterrand. 6) Nommez le chef de la Rsistance pendant la guerre de 1939-1945. 7) Quelle est la profession de : a)Hubert Reeves, b) Mir 8) Donnez la signification de ces deux mots : a) La Provence, b) la province II. Lisez attentivement le document suivant et rpondez aux questions : (5) Citez : 1)
Franois
ALL, QU'EN PENSEZ-VOUS ?

chos de stars , le Samedi sur TF1 : rien de passionnant regard la premire d' Echos de stars , et j'avoue avoir t trs due. Pourtant, J'ai j'adore tout ce qui touche aux vedettes, mais je n'ai rien appris dans cette nouvelle mission. Mme.Diez, Besanon C'est une mission qui se laisse regarder comme a, quand il n'y a rien d'autre faire le samedi aprs-midi, mais ce n'est pas trs palpitant ! Karine Perilhou, Angers beaucoup aim la squence ralise sur Sylvie Vartan. On la voyait dans sa vie de tous J'ai les jours au naturel. Cela changeait un peu des paillettes. Mais malheureusement, le reportage tait trs court ! C.Simonet, Chteauroux Mme si j'adore Bernard Montiel, sa nouvelle mission n'est pas trs passionnante : beaucoup de sujets trs cartes postales sans rel intrt. Dommage ! M.Steinvile, Arcachon suis furieuse que Melrose place ait t dplac pour cette pseudo-emission sur les Je stars et les vedettes. Au moins, dans un feuilleton, il y a une histoire ! Anne Joly, Cergy
FRENCH
141
2009-2010
m'intresse beaucoup a vie des vedettes, donc j'ai regard les deux premires Je missions. Placer Echos de stars en fin d'aprs-midi, le samedi, c'est le bon moment pour une agrable dtente. Mme. Fairier, Paris Encore une mission sans intrt ! Un feuilleton amricain ou une mission sur la vie des stars, c'est du pareil au mme : abrutissant ! Mieux vaudrait aller au cinma en famille ! M. et Mme Milardet, Saint-Denis

Tl -Loisirs, n 515, 13 janvier 1996. A. 1) Cet article est extrait de quel journal ? 2) Comment s'appelle l'mission et qui est l'animateur/animatrice de cette mission ? 3) Sur quelle chaine cette mission est-elle prsente et sur quel sujet ? 4) Quelle est l'opinion de Mme. Fairier sur cette mission? 5) Citez trois phrases qui montre que l'mission n'est pas apprcie. B. Grammaire ; Compltez: 1) J'ai beaucoup aim..................................................................... 2) Je n'aime pas faire la cuisine. Mieux vaudrait........... 3) Je m'intresse beaucoup au cinma, donc.............................. 4) C'est un film qui.......................................................................... 5) Je voulais aller la plage ce weekend, mais malheureusement........ (10
o
(5)
C. Vocabulaire 1) Donnez l'infinitif du participe passe due (5) 2) Relevez le synonyme du mot stars dans ce document. 3) Quel mot dans ce document correspond une histoire tlvise qui prsente une histoire en plusieurs pisodes ? 4) Donnez le nom pour l'adverbe malheureusement . 5) Relevez un adjectif dans le document qui exprime une apprciation positive. III A. Commentez sur les comportements d'une personne que vous aimez (actrice/romancier/peintre etc.). B. Ecrivez brivement sur : a) un accident ou b) une catastrophe IV A. Commentez sur les activits sportives en France et en Inde en faisant une comparaison B. Pourquoi la tlvision reste-t-elle un sujet de dbat ? Justifiez en donnant des arguments favorables et dfavorables. V A. Quelles sont les raisons pour le chmage en France ? Donnez vos propositions les plus efficaces pour lutter contre ce grand problme. (7)
(7) (8) (8)
B. Un propritaire a lou son appartement. Quand le locataire s'en va, le propritaire fait un tat des lieux (tat des dgradations observes (8) dans l'appartement.) Rdigez la lettre de plainte que le propritaire envoie au locataire.
FRENCH
142
2009-2010
ou
Vous allez participer un sommet international sur l'avenir du monde.Vous reprsentez le pays de votre choix. Faites la liste de changements que vous souhaitez. (Utiliser : Nous pourrions, les pays riches devraient, il faudrait, il serait utileetc.)
FRENCH (ELECTIVE) SEMESTER I & II

Duration : 3 hours Instructions : 1) Figures to the right indicate full marks 2) All answers must be written in French QI.A) Faites selon les indications entre parenthses : (5) 1. On distribue les missions chaque membre. (Mettez la forme passive) 2. Elle va te prter sa calculatrice. (Rcrivez en remplaant les mots souligns par le, la, les) 3. Donnez un homonyme pour : a) lait, b) chant 4. Elle a la tte dans les nuages. (Caractrisez-la par un adjectif.) 5. Pour russir a son examen, Charlotte s'est vraiment ..Pendant un mois, elle travaille dix heures par jour sans son attention. (Compltez avec le verbe appropri : grimper/accrocher/relcher/lancer.) B) Mettez les verbes entre parenthses la forme qui convient : (5) 1. Je n'avais pas faim, hier soir, au dner de Constance. Au repas de midi, Je. (trop manger). 2. Tous les habitants du quartier se souviennent d'un vnement qui (se drouler) en 1992. 3. Il faut que vous (faire) vos lits avant de sortir. 4. Si vous buviez moins de caf vous (dormir) mieux. 5. Ma sur tait tellement absorbe par sa lecture qu'elle (ne pas entendre) ma question. C) Rpondez aux questions suivantes (5 au choix) : un monument dans la rgion de la Loire. 2) deux villes de Bretagne 3) deux anciennes provinces franaises. 4) le nom d'un grand site prhistorique 5) le nom d'une ralisation qui fait partie des grands travaux du prsident Mitterrand 6) Nommez le chef de la Rsistance pendant la guerre de 1939-1945. 7) Quelle est la profession de : a)Hubert Reeves, b) Mir 8) Donnez la signification de ces deux mots : a) La Provence, b) la province (5) Citez : 1) Total Marks : 80
Franois
FRENCH
143
2009-2010
II. Lisez attentivement le document suivant et rpondez aux questions :

chos de stars , le Samedi sur TF1 : rien de passionnant regard la premire d' Echos de stars , et j'avoue avoir t trs due. Pourtant, J'ai j'adore tout ce qui touche aux vedettes, mais je n'ai rien appris dans cette nouvelle mission. Mme.Diez, Besanon C'est une mission qui se laisse regarder comme a, quand il n'y a rien d'autre faire le samedi aprs-midi, mais ce n'est pas trs palpitant ! Karine Perilhou, Angers J'ai beaucoup aim la squence ralise sur Sylvie Vartan. On la voyait dans sa vie de tous les jours au naturel. Cela changeait un peu des paillettes. Mais malheureusement, le reportage tait trs court ! C.Simonet, Chteauroux Mme si j'adore Bernard Montiel, sa nouvelle mission n'est pas trs passionnante : beaucoup de sujets trs cartes postales sans rel intrt. Dommage ! M.Steinvile, Arcachon Je suis furieuse que Melrose place ait t dplac pour cette pseudo-emission sur les stars et les vedettes. Au moins, dans un feuilleton, il y a une histoire ! Anne Joly, Cergy Je m'intresse beaucoup a vie des vedettes, donc j'ai regard les deux premires missions. Placer Echos de stars en fin d'aprs-midi, le samedi, c'est le bon moment pour une agrable dtente. Mme. Fairier, Paris Encore une mission sans intrt ! Un feuilleton amricain ou une mission sur la vie des stars, c'est du pareil au mme : abrutissant ! Mieux vaudrait aller au cinma en famille ! M. et Mme Milardet, Saint-Denis Tl -Loisirs, n 515, 13 janvier 1996. A. 1) Cet article est extrait de quel journal ? 2) Comment s'appelle l'mission et qui est l'animateur/animatrice de cette mission ? 3) Sur quelle chaine cette mission est-elle prsente et sur quel sujet ? 4) Quelle est l'opinion de Mme. Fairier sur cette mission? 5) Citez trois phrases qui montre que l'mission n'est pas apprcie. B. Grammaire ; Compltez: 1) J'ai beaucoup aim..................................................................... 2) Je n'aime pas faire la cuisine. Mieux vaudrait........... (5) (10)
o
FRENCH
144
2009-2010
3) Je m'intresse beaucoup au cinma, donc.............................. 4) C'est un film qui.......................................................................... 5) Je voulais aller la plage ce weekend, mais malheureusement........ C. Vocabulaire 1) Donnez l'infinitif du participe passe due 2) Relevez le synonyme du mot stars dans ce document. 3) Quel mot dans ce document correspond une histoire tlvise qui prsente une histoire en plusieurs pisodes ? 4) Donnez le nom pour l'adverbe malheureusement . 5) Relevez un adjectif dans le document qui exprime une apprciation positive. III A. Commentez sur les comportements d'une personne que vous aimez (actrice/romancier/peintre etc.). B. Ecrivez brivement sur : a) un accident ou b) une catastrophe IV A. Commentez sur les activits sportives en France et en Inde en faisant une comparaison B. Pourquoi la tlvision reste-t-elle un sujet de dbat ? Justifiez en donnant des arguments favorables et dfavorables. V A. Quelles sont les raisons pour le chmage en France ? Donnez vos propositions les plus efficaces pour lutter contre ce grand problme. B. Un propritaire a lou son appartement. Quand le locataire s'en va, le propritaire fait un tat des lieux (tat des dgradations observes dans l'appartement.) Rdigez la lettre de plainte que le propritaire envoie au locataire. (8) (5)
(7) (7) (7)
(8) (8)
ou
Vous allez participer un sommet international sur l'avenir du monde.Vous reprsentez le pays de votre choix. Faites la liste de changements que vous souhaitez. (Utiliser : Nous pourrions, les pays riches devraient, il faudrait, il serait utileetc.) S.Y.B.A Q. I. A. Objective questions (Do as directed)................ B. Tenses................................................................. C.General questions (any 5).................................. Q. II.A. Comprehension................................................. B. Grammar (based on the passage)................... Marks 05 05 05 10 05
FRENCH
145
2009-2010
Q.IIIA. Question based on the activities and themes in the text..................................... B. Question based on the activities and themes in the text..................................... Q.IV.A. Question based on the activities and themes in the text..................................... B. Question based on the activities and themes in the text..................................... Q. V.A. Question based on the activities and themes in the text..................................... B. Letter (or any other theme/activity).............. Total Marks: SYBA Paper II (Elective) Textbook : Panorama 2 Internal assessment: 20 marks 1. Assignment : 10 marks 2. Oral Examination: 10 marks Semester end examination: 80 marks
07 07 07 08 08 08 75
QUESTION NO. Q. I Q. II Q. III Q. IV Q. V.
TYPE OF QUESTION
MARKS ALLOTTED 15 20 15 15 20 80
Objective questions (Grammar). Unseen passage comprehension ...10 Grammar based on passage ...5 Vocabulary ...5 Questions based on prescribed topics A ...7 B ...8 Questions based on prescribed topics A ...7 B ...8 Questions based on prescribed topics A ...7 B ...8
TOTAL.
FRENCH
146
2009-2010
SECOND YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
GEOGRAPHY
CURRICULUM
GEOGRAPHY OF NATURAL RESOURCE

DEVELOPMENT (GP-03)
SEMESTER III OBJECTIVE
To acquaint the students with the bases of spatial and temporal aspects of economic activity.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
Economic Geography Today: Bases of world EconomyPhysical, Cultural and Technological, Economic bases of Economic activities. Classification of Economic activities.
3+12
10
II
Historical Evolution of world economic systems. Medieval feudal economies. T he rise of Mercentilism & its economic benefits. Emergence of colonialism & its economic benefits. Mechanism of modern economic systems.
3+12
10
GEOGRAPHY
147
2009-2010
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
III
World Agriculture: Types of Agriculturea) Intensive and Extensive farming b) Subsistence and commercial farming, c) Mixed and Plantation Agriculture. Crops: Cereals - Rice & Wheat Cash Crops: Beverages-Tea, Coffee Industrial Crops: Cotton, Sugarcane.
3+12
10
IV
A) World Fisheries: factors & distribution of major fishing grounds B) Forest Resources: Tropical & Temperate Forestry. C) Forest Products
3+12
10
Natural Resources: Distribution and Development of a)Metallic: Ferrous - Iron Ore Mining, Non-Ferrous - Bauxite Mining b)Fuel & Power resources: Fossil Fuels - Coal, Petroleum Renewable: Hydel power. Non-Conventional Energy Resources Solar, Tidal, Wind & Geothermal
3+12
10
Weightage: C.I.A: 15 + E.S.E: 60 Total= 75.
GEOGRAPHY
148
2009-2010
INSTRUCTIONS
Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. .Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified Due weightage for maps, a diagram in teaching as well as in paper setting is mandatory.
REFERENCE
Boesch, H: A Geography of World Economy, Van Nostrand Co., New York, 1964. Chapman J. D.: Geography and Energy, Longman, London, 1989. Hartshorne T.N. & Alexander J.W.: Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1988. Jones C. F. and Darkenwald G.G: Economic Geography, Macmillan & Co, New York, 1975 Smith, D. M: Industrial location: An Economic Geographical Analysis, John Wiley, New York, 1971. Bengston & Van, G. H. Royan: Fundamentals of Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1988 G.C.Leong & G. H. Morgan - Human and Economic Geography, Oxford University Press - New York.
GEOGRAPHY
149
2009-2010
PRACTICALS IN CARTOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES

SEMESTER III PRACTICALS III
UNIT NO. COURSE CONTENT
a)Projections: Definition, classification of projection, Uses and properties. b)Construction of zenithal projection, zenithal gnomonic projection, zenithal stereographic projection, zenithal orthographic projection, zenithal equal projection. c)Construction of conical projection: Simple conical projection with one standard parallel; Simple conical projection with two standard parallel. d)Construction of cylindrical projection: Cylindrical equidistant/simple cylindrical projection; Cylindrical equal area projection Choice of projection
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
10
II
Methods of Representation of Relief features spot heights, Bench Marks, Hachures, Hill shading Contours diagrams hills, plateaus, mesa, cliff, V-shaped valley, waterfall, escarpment, spur, U-shaped valley, Hanging Valley, Volcano with crater, Ria coast, Fiord coast, Profile drawing and types.
10
III
Journal and viva voce
GEOGRAPHY
150
2009-2010
INSTRUCTION
Every candidate shall complete the laboratory course prescribed by the University entering all the experiment exercises in the laboratory journal, which shall be produced at the time of Practical Examination along with a certificate signed both by the course Teacher and the Head of the Department of Geography of the concerned college to the effect that he/she has completed the prescribed course in a satisfactory manner. A batch shall consist of not more than 20 students. Workload - one lab session of 2 hrs (i.e. 3 lectures per week per batch). The duration of practical exam: 3 hrs carrying 50 marks. Practical examination is to be conducted at the end of Semester prior to the Theory (exam)
REFERENCE
Gopal Singh : Map works and practical Geography Singh and Kanaujia : Elements of Practical Geography Monkhouse F. J. : Maps and Diagrams Raise: Principles of Cartography Mishra R. P. and Ramesh : Fundamentals of Cartography
GEOGRAPHY
151
2009-2010
POPULATION GEOGRAPHY - I (FC: 03:)

SEMESTER -III OBJECTIVES:
The course is meant to provide an understanding of spatial and structural dimensions of population and the emerging issues. The course is further aimed at familiarizing the students with global and regional level problems and also equip them for comprehending the Indian situation.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
Nature, scope and contents of Population Geography, source of data.
5+25
15
II
Spatial pattern of distribution distribution, density and growth of population; determinants of world regional patterns, the Indian Scene
10+25
15
III
Composition of Population: Age and Sex composition; rural-urban composition, economic composition; determinants; world regional patterns; composition of population in India.
10+25
20
GEOGRAPHY
152
2009-2010
REFERENCES
Beaujeu-Garnier, J. : Geography of Population (Translated by Beaver, S. H.) Longmans, London, 1966. Census of India 2001 Series - I India Provisional Population Totals, Published by Registrar General & Census Commissioner, India, 2001. Census of India, 1991 India: A State profile Published by office of the Registrar General of India, Census Operations, New Delhi. Chandna, R.C. : Geography of Population: Concepts, Determinants and Patterns, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 2000. Clark J. l: Population Geography, Permagon Press, New York, 1965. Sundaram K.V. & Nangia Sudesh, (editors): Population Geography, Heritage Publishers, delhi, 1986. Peters: G.L. and Larkim R.P: Population Geography: Problems, Concepts and Prospects Kendele-Hunt lowa,1979. Srinivasan K. and M. Viassoff Population Development nexus in India: challenges for the new millennium. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd., New Delhi 2001. Trewartha, G.T. : The More Development Realm: A Geography of its Population Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1978. Trewartha, G. T.: The Less Developed Realm - A Population Geography, McGraw Hill, New York, 1972. Trewartha, G.T. : A Geography of Population : World Patterns, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1969. UNDP: Human Development Report, Oxford University Press 2001. Zelinsky, W.: A Prologue to Population Geography, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1966.
TOURISM GEOGRAPHY - I (AC: 01)

SEMESTER -III OBJECTIVES:
Imparting knowledge of tourism and its fields. Studying of Tourism as a multi disciplinary subject. Develop skill orientation amongst the students. Enhance confidence level of the students to achieve gainful employment.
GEOGRAPHY
153
2009-2010
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Leisure, Recreation and Tourism: Concept of Leisure, Recreation and Tourism Tourism in the past and its growth, Motivators of tourism, types of tourism, Tourism as an industry.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+20
15
II
Basics of tourism: Dynamics of tourism, factors influencing tourism - historical, natural, socio-cultural, economic and political. Elements of tourism.
5+20
10
III
Geography and Tourism. Tourism as spatial affinity, areal and Locational dimensions, Emerging in tourism with special reference to ecotourism, responsible tourism and sustainable tourism, case study of coastal, adventure, hill station tourism, national and international tourism. Impacts of Tourism Positive and negative impacts - Social, economic, political and environmental. Case study of coastal/environmental degradation.
10+20
15
IV
5+15
10
INSTRUCTION
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified Unit VIII carries 20 marks and the remaining units carry equal weightage of marks.
GEOGRAPHY
154
2009-2010
REFERENCE
Neumeyer, M.H. and Neumeyer, E. S. (1949), "Leisure and Recreation", A.S. Burnes and Company, New York. Robinson, H. (1976), "A Geography of Tourism", Macdonald and Evans, London. Cosgrove, I and Jackson, R. (1972), "The Geography of Recreation and Leisure", Hutchinson, London. Bhatiya, A. K. (1991) " International Tourism - Fundamentals and Practices", Sterling, New Delhi. Kaul, R.K. (1985) "Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation Inter - India, New Delhi. Singh, J.C. (1975) "Tourism and Tourist Industry", New Height, Delhi.
BOOKS FOR FURTHER READING:

Larvery, P (1971) "Recreational Geography", Douglas David and Charles Ltd. Vancouver. Singh, S.N. (1986) "Geography of Tourism and Recreation" Inter-India, New Delhi. Meyer, H. D and Brightbill, C.K. (1956) "Community Recreation"- Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Kaur, J (1985) "Himalayan Pilgrimages and New Tourism", Himalayan Books, New Delhi. Miles, C. W. N and Seabrooke, W. (1977) "Recreational and Management" E & F. N, Span Ltd. London. Fesenmaker, L (1983) "Recreation Planning and management" ventures Publications, USA. Douglas, P. " Tourism Today: A Geographical Analysis. Pearce, D.G.: Towards Geography of Tourism.
GEOGRAPHY
155
2009-2010
GEOGRAPHY OF SECONDARY AND TERTIARY

ACTIVITIES
SEMESTER -IV
Manufacturing theories & trends, Manufacturing processes & locations, Classical locations principles1) Least Cost Theory 2) Profit Maximization Theory 3) Behavioural Location Theory. 4) Structural Approach.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
3+12
10
II
Changing order in Textile Apparel Production, Capital-intensive Steel & Automobile Industry. Knowledge intensive high technology activities: Electrical, Electronic, Biotechnology & Telecommunication industry
3+12
10
III
Cities as service centres: World City patterns, Rank Size Rule, Central Place Theory, Break Point Theory, Trade areas analysis, Changing physical structuresemerging polycentric city ribbon corridors, metropolitan hierarchies, Wholesale and Retail structures.
3+12
10
IV
World Transport System: Land (Road & Railways)Water (North Atlantic and Suez Routes)(Canals; Suez & Panama) Air Transportation Communication System: Importance of Media, Newspaper, Radio, T.V., Satellite, Remote Sensing, IT Revolution
3+12
10
World Trade: Geography of International Business: Dynamics, Strategies, changing form of international business, Free trade initiatives and GATT
3+12
10

GEOGRAPHY
156
2009-2010
INSTRUCTIONS
Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified Due weightage for maps, diagrams in teaching as well as in paper setting are mandatory.
REFERENCE
Boesch, H: Geography of World Economy, Van Nostrand Co., New York, 1964. Chapman J. D.: Geography and Energy, Longman, London, 1989. Hartshorne T.N. & Alexander J.W.: Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1988. Jones C. F. and Darkenwald G.G: Economic Geography, Macmillan & Co, New York, 1975 Smith, D. M : Industrial location: An Economic Geographical Analysis, John Wiley, New York, 1971. Bengston & Van, G. H. Royan : Fundamentals of Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1988 G.C.Leong & G. H. Morgan - Human and Economic Geography, Oxford University Press - New York.
GEOGRAPHY
157
2009-2010
PRACTICALS IN CARTOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES

TERTIARY ACTIVITIES
SEMESTER -IV
Sampling Techniques: Significance in Research & Data collection vs Census method, Types: i) Random Sampling ii) Systematic Sampling iii) Stratified sampling iv) Cluster Sampling v) Purpose in Sampling. Representation of Agricultural, Industrial and transport data by statistical methods Graphs and Diagrams.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
10
II
10
III
Weightage: 25
Field survey: Socio-economic (a report of the field survey to be attached with the journals)
INSTRUCTION
Every candidate shall complete the laboratory course prescribed by the University entering all the experiment exercises in the laboratory journal, which shall be produced at the time of Practical Examination along with a certificate signed both by the course Teacher and the Head of the Department of Geography of the concerned college to the effect that he/she has completed the prescribed course in a satisfactory manner. A batch shall consist of not more than 20 students. Workload - one lab session of 2 hrs (i.e. 3 lectures per week per batch). The duration of practical exam: 3 hrs carrying 50 marks. Practical examination is to be conducted at the end of Semester prior to the Theory (exam)
REFERENCE
Gopal Singh : Map works and practical Geography Singh and Kanaujia : Elements of Practical Geography
GEOGRAPHY
158
2009-2010
Monkhouse F. J. : Maps and Diagrams Raise: Principles of Cartography Mishra R. P. and Ramesh : Fundamentals of Cartography
POPULATION GEOGRAPHY-II
OBJECTIVES:
The course is meant to provide an understanding of spatial and structural dimensions of population and the emerging issues. The course is further aimed at familiarizing the students with global and regional level problems and also equip them for comprehending the Indian situation.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Migration: Classification, determinants and consequences of migration; world regional patterns; migration in India.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
10+30
20
II
.
Population and environment interface: Cause-effect syndrome; global and Indian profile.
10+30
20
III
Field/Trip /Report: A Case Study on any one of the relevant topics of the above course for one day (local).
5+15
10
REFERENCES
Beaujeu-Garnier, J.: Geography of Population (Translated by Beaver, S. H.) Longmans, London, 1966. Census of India 2001 Series - I India Provisional Population Totals, Published by Registrar General & Census Commissioner, India, 2001. Census of India, 1991 India: A State profile Published by office of the Registrar General of India, Census Operations, New Delhi. Chandna, R.C.: Geography of Population: Concepts, Determinants and Patterns, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.
GEOGRAPHY
159
2009-2010
Clark J. l: Population Geography, Permagon Press, New York, 1965. Sundaram K.V. & Nangia Sudesh, (editors): Population Geography, Heritage Publishers, Delhi, 1986. Peters: G.L. and Larkim R.P: Population Geography: Problems, Concepts and Prospects Kendele-Hunt lowa, 1979. Srinivasan K. and M. Viassoff Population Development nexus in India: challenges for the new millennium. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd., New Delhi 2001. Trewartha, G.T.: The More Development Realm: A Geography of its Population Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1978. Trewartha, G. T.: The Less Developed Realm - A Population Geography, McGraw Hill, New York, 1972. Trewartha, G.T.: A Geography of Population: World Patterns, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1969. UNDP: Human Development Report, Oxford University Press 2001. Zelinsky, W.: A Prologue to Population Geography, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1966.
TOURISM GEOGRAPHY
SEMESTER IV
OBJECTIVES: Imparting knowledge of tourism and its fields.
- II
Studying of Tourism as a multidisciplinary subject. Develop skill orientation amongst the students. Enhance confidence level of the students to achieve gainful employment.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Infrastructure and support system Accomodation and supplementary accomodation, travel agencies and tour operators, tour planning, role of guides.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+20
15
GEOGRAPHY
160
2009-2010
II
Geographical aspect of tourism and Goa Tourism resources of Goa-natural and cultural: climate, physiography, Water resources, places of worship, culture and folklore, cuisine.
10+20
15
III
Tourism Development: Spatio-temporal aspects, promotion of tourism, current thrust areas, sustainence of tourism: problems and prospects.
5+20
15
IV
Mini Project Report/field work involving aspects of tourism.
5+15
05
INSTRUCTION
Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified
REFERENCE
Neumeyer, M.H. and Neumeyer, E. S. (1949), "Leisure and Recreation", A.S. Burnes and Company, New York. Robinson, H. (1976), "A Geography of Tourism", Macdonald and Evans, London. Cosgrove, I and Jackson, R. (1972), " The Geography of Recreation and Leisure", Hutchinson, London. Bhatiya, A. K. (1991) " International Tourism - Fundamentals and Practices", Sterling, New Delhi. Kaul, R.K. (1985) "Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation Inter - India, New Delhi. Singh, J.C. (1975) "Tourism and Tourist Industry", New Height, Delhi.
GEOGRAPHY
161
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR FURTHER READING:

Larvery, P (1971) "Recreational Geography", Douglas David and Charles Ltd. Vancouver. Singh, S.N. (1986) "Geography of Tourism and Recreation" Inter-India, New Delhi. Meyer, H. D and Brightbill, C.K. (1956) "Community Recreation"- Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Kaur, J (1985) "Himalayan Pilgrimages and New Tourism", Himalayan Books, New Delhi. Miles, C. W. N and Seabrooke, W.(1977) "Recreational and Management" E & F. N, Span Ltd. London. Fesenmaker, L (1983) "Recreation Planning and management" ventures Publications, USA. Douglas, P. " Tourism Today: A Geographical Analysis. Pearce, D.G.: Towards Geography of Tourism.
GEOGRAPHY
162
2009-2010
SECOND YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
HISTORY
CURRICULUM
HISTORY OF INDIA (FROM EARLIEST TIMES TO

1526) - 1
SEMESTER I - PAPER III
1. (a) Sources for the study of Ancient Indian history. (b) Influence of Geography on Indian history. (c) Pre-history, Proto-history and historic periods Definitions- Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic cultures. 2. (a) Harappan Culture Origin, Major Sites, Town Planning, Economy, Society, Political Organization, Religion, Script, Theories regarding decline. (b) Vedic Culture Pastoralism- Agricultural Production Social Stratification Polity, Economy, Religion. 3. (a) Expansion of agriculture Trade Second Urbanisation in the Gangetic Valley in the 6th century B.C. (b) Rise of Heterodox Religions and Sects Jainism and Buddhism - Doctrines. (c) Impact of Greek and Persian Invasions. (d) Rise of Territorial States. 4. (a) Mauryan Empire Foundation, Ashoka's dhamma, its Political connotation. (b) Nature of Mauryan State- Administration Mauryan Art (c) Post-Mauryan Period Kanishka's contribution to Buddhism.
12 lectures
20 lectures
21 lectures
22 lectures
HISTORY
163
2009-2010

1526) - 1
SEMESTER II - PAPER IV
1. (a) Age of the Guptas Nature of the State, Economy and Society Land grants and the Emergence of feudal tendencies. (b) Religion, Learning and Literature, Sciences, Art and Architecture. --20 lectures 2. Post-Gupta Period (a) Harshvardhana's contribution to Religion and Literature. (b) Rajput Society and Culture. 3. South India (a) South Indian Polity Chola and Vijayanagara States. (b) Development of Literature, Art and Architecture. (c) Extension of Indian Culture to South and Southeast Asia. 4. State and Society under the Delhi Sultanate (1206-1526): Polity and Administration Turko-Afghan elements Economy Bhakti Movement Sufism Indo-Islamic Art and Architecture.
17 lectures
18 lectures
20 lectures
GOAN HERITAGE
SEMESTER III SUGGESTED READINGS:
Hall, Maurice: Window on Goa Nunes, Judilia: Monuments of Old Goa Goa Heritage Action Group: Parmal Claude Alvares(ed.): Fish Curry and rice Fonseca, Jose Nicolau da : An Historical and Archeological sketch of the city of Goa. Malgaonkar, Mnohar: Inside Goa Khedekar, Venayak: Loksarite
HISTORY
164
2009-2010
Doshi, Saraju (ed.) : Goa Cultural Patterns Goa Heritage Action Group: Walking in and around Panaji Kamat, Pratima: Farar Far Mitragotri V.R.: Socio-Cultural History of Goa Dhume, Anant R: The Cultural History of Goa. Bodhe, Gopal: Goa A View from Heaven Phaldesai, Pandurang: Kaleidoscope of Goa Sakhardande Prajal: Panorama: The Navhind Times Column titled "Pages from the Past History and Heritage of Goa". Costa Cosme Heritage of Govapuri
GOAN HERITAGE
SEMESTER IV
Heritage: Meaning, Scope, Classification The land and its people Historical background: Prehistory. From the Bhojas to the Adilshah Colonial Rule, Liberation and after Natural Heritage: Geographical, Faunal, Floral, Sacred Groves Built heritage: Domestic, Politico-Military, Religious Cultural heritage: Music, Dance, Folktales, Dress, Cuisine, Religious precepts and practices, Syncretism in Goan Society. Contributions of NGOs, educational institutions, governmental organisations/departments. *Field trips should constitute a part of this paper.
HISTORY
165
2009-2010

1526) I (PAPER III) &

1526) II (PAPER IV)
SEMESTERS I & II
Altekar, A.S, State and Government in Ancient India, Delhi, Motilal Banarasidas, 1958. Basham, A.L, The Wonder That was India, London, 1954. ____________, (ed)., A Cultural History of India, OUP, Delhi, 1975. Chand, Tara, Influence of Islam on Indian Culture, Allahabad, Indian Press, 1946. Grewal, J.S, Muslim Rule in India, Calcutta, 1961. Habib, Irfan, Agrarian System of Mughal India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1963. Jha, D.N, Ancient India An Introductory Outline, New Delhi, 1977. Kosambi, D.D, An Introduction to the Study of Indian History, Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1985. ___________, The Culture and Civilization of Ancient India in Historical Outline, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 1982. Kulke, Hermann, (ed.), The State in India, 1000-1700, Delhi, OUP, 1995. Lal, K.S, Early Muslims in India, New Delhi, Books and Books, 1984. Mehta, J.N, History of Medieval India 2 vols., Sterling, 1981. Maity, S.K. Economic Life in Northern India in the Gupta Period, Calcutta, 1970. Majumdar, R.C, Classical Accounts of India, Firma K.L.Mukhopadhyay, Calcutta, 1960. ______________ (ed.), The History and Culture of the Indian People, Vol. II, The Age of Imperial Unity, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan Bombay, 1960. ___________ (ed.), The Gupta-Vakataka Age, Lahore, 1946. ________ and K.K.Dasgupta, (ed.), A Comprehensive History of India, Vol. III, Part I, (A.D. 300-985) New Delhi, 1981.
HISTORY
166
2009-2010
Rayachaudhury, Tapan and Irfan Habib (eds.), The Cambridge Economic History of India, 2: c.1200-c.1750. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1982. Shastri, K.A.N., The Age of Nandas and Mauryas, Benaras, 1952. ___________, A History of South India, OUP, Madras, 1975. Sharma R.S., Indian Feudalism, Calcutta, 1965. Sharma, S.R, Mughal Empire in India, Agra, 1966. Shrivastava, A.L, The Mughal Empire 1526-1803, Agra, 1969. Stein, Burton (ed.), Peasant, State and Society in Medieval South India, New Delhi, OUP, 1980. Thapar, Romila, A History of India, Vol. I, Penguin Books, 1985. ______________, Asoka and the Decline of the Mauryas, OUP, 1985. ____________, Early India from the Origins to A.D. 1300, 2002.
HISTORY
167
2009-2010
SECOND YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
PHILOSOPHY
CURRICULUM
ISSUES IN PHILOSOPHY - I
SEMESTER I - PAPER II
Unit I15 Lectures (a)Nature and Value of Philosophy (b)Sub-divisions of Philosophy: First Order and Second Order Disciplines Unit II15 Lectures Basics concepts in Philosophy: Rationalism, Empiricism, Positivism, Phenomenology, Existentialism. Unit III 15 Lectures Overview of Indian Philosophy: (i) Nature of Reality according to Buddhism, Vaisesika, Samkhya and Advaita Vedanta. (i) Purusharthas. Unit IV15 Lectures Nature and Attributes of God: Metaphysical and Moral Attributes of God; Types of Theisms, Atheism and Agnosticism.
BOOKS FOR STUDY

Klemke, Kline and Hollinger, Philosophy The Basic Issues Paul Edwards, Encyclopedia of Philosophy John H. Hick, Philosophy of Religion A.R. Mohapatra, Philosophy of Religion Chatterjee and Datta, Indian Philosophy 6.S.S. Barlingay, Modern Introduction to Indian Ethics
PHILOSOPHY
168
2009-2010
L.W. Beck and R.L. Holmes, Philosophical Inquiry R.J. Hirst, An Introduction to Philosophy Chris Horner, Thinking Through Philosophy: An Introduction. Horner, Hunt, Okholm, Safford, Invitation to Philosophy (Issues and Options) Rem Edwards, Religion and Ethics. Bertrand Russell, Problems of Philosophy. Manuel Velasquez, Introduction to Philosophy.
ISSUES IN PHILOSOPHY - II
SEMESTER II - PAPER II
Unit I15 Lectures Problems in Epistemology: Definition and Sources of Knowledge, a priori and empirical knowledge, analytic and synthetic statements. Unit II 15 Lectures Issues in Metaphysics: Appearance and Reality; Substance and Universals. Unit III15 Lectures Social Values and Ideals: Equality, Freedom and Justice. Unit IV15 Lectures Philosophy of Art.
BOOKS FOR STUDY

S.I. Benn and R.S. Peters, Social Principal and Demonfall State D.D. Raphael, Problems of Political Philosophy Paul Edwards, Encyclopedia of Philosophy John Hospers, An Introduction to Philosophical Analysis R. Chisholm, Theory of Knowledge L.W. Beck and R.L. Holmes, Philosophical Inquiry A.C. Grauling, Philosophy Guide through the Subject. I. Chris Horner, Thinking Through Philosophy: An Introduction.
PHILOSOPHY
169
2009-2010
Bertrand Russell, Problems of Philosophy. Manuel Velasquez, Introduction to Philosophy.
ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS
SEMESTER III
Unit I Nature of Environmental Ethics: Meaning and Application. Unit II 1. Relation between Ethics, Applied ethics and Environmental Ethics 2.Relation between Environmental Ethics and ecology Unit III Metaphysical basis of Environmental Ethics: a)Cosmology of nature worshippers b)Pantheism and religious mystics Unit IV Contemporary Philosophy and Environment: "Deep Ecology' Movements, "Ecofascism " and " misanthrophism"
BOOKS FOR STUDY

John Passmore: Man's Responsibility for Nature Stephen Croall and William Rankin: Ecology for Beginners Robin Attfield : Environmental Philosophy Earthscan/WFF Document: Caring for the Earth: A Strategy for Survival Vandana Shiva: Staying Alive E Paul Taylor: Respect for Nature
ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS
SEMESTER FOUR
Unit I Man-Nature Relationship: Indian Philosophical Perspectives Hindu, Buddhist and Jaina perspectives. Unit II Man-Nature Relationship: Judaic, Christian and Islamic perspectives.
PHILOSOPHY
170
2009-2010
Unit III Ecological Problems: Conservation, preservation and nuclear hazards. Unit IV Moral Dilemmas: Present versus future generation, rise of population and ecological crisis.
BOOKS FOR STUDY

John Passmore: Man's Responsibility for Nature Stephen Croall and William Rankin: Ecology for Beginners Robin Attfield : Environmental Philosophy Earthscan/WFF Document: Caring for the Earth: A Strategy for Survival Vandana Shiva: Staying Alive E Paul Taylor: Respect for Nature
PHILOSOPHY OF VALUE EDUCATION-1

SEMESTER III
Unit I. The Concepts of "education" and "value" education as essentially a process of inculcating values; values as the foundations of the very process of education; dangers of weakening or delinking the connection between education and values: the need for recognizing what, and what is not, true education: the role of recognizing what are false values in preserving the value-orientedness of education. Unit II True education as constituting the development of individual as well as social "virtues"; the pursuit of excellence as the foundation of individual virtues; caring for others as the foundation of social virtues. Unit III The University of the concept of "good life"; an analysis of the concept of good life; an analysis of the constituents of good life: an analysis of how any form of proper education leads to the development of a proper conception of good life. Unit IV Philosophy of Education: S. Radhakrishnan, Sri Aurobindo, J. Krishnamurthi.
PHILOSOPHY
171
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR STUDY

Risieri Frondizi Ray Lepley (Ed) Ralph B. Perry ----------------: What is value? Tr. Soloman Lipp. La Salle, Illinois, 1963 : The Language of Value, New York, 1957 : General Theory of value, New York, 1926 : Realms of value, Cambridge, Mass, 1954
C. Seshadri, et al (Eds) : Education in values: A Source Book, New Delhi, 1992 M. Hiriyanna K.R. Srinivasa Iyengar : The Indian Conception of Value, Mysore, 1972 : The Metaphysic of value, Mysore, 1942
PHILOSOPHY
SUBJECT)
SEMESTER IV
OF VALUE EDUCATION-2 (ALLIED
Unit I The notion of good life among the ancient Greeks; the notion of good life in classical India; the close connection between the concept of good life and the concept of virtue in both the traditions; the pursuit of excellence and caring for others as the constituent elements of a good life; education as the means to achieve good life. Unit I The general notion of value; the classification and types of values; instrumental and intrinsic values; the importance of identifying whether a value is instrumental or intrinsic; the dangers of mistaking instrumental values for intrinsic values; education as the sole aid in identifying and choosing values. Unit III Value as central concern of all classical Indian thought; Types of disvalue; the concept of good life as a life based on Dharma; the universal, living, flexible and dynamic character of Dharma; the primacy of Dharma; hierarchy of values as found in the scheme of the purusarthas; the harmonious blending of worldly as well as other-worldly values (trivarga) with moksa. Unit IV Values emphasized in the Scriptures of Major Religions: Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Christianity, Islam, Zoroastrianism, and Sikhism.
PHILOSOPHY
172
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR STUDY

Risieri Frondizi Ray Lepley (Ed) Ralph B. Perry ----------------: What is value? Tr. Soloman Lipp. La Salle, Illinois, 1963 : The Language of Value, New York, 1957 : General Theory of value, New York, 1926 : Realms of value, Cambridge, Mass, 1954
C. Seshadri, et al (Eds) : Education in values: A Source Book, New Delhi, 1992 M. Hiriyanna K.R. Srinivasa Iyengar Huston Smith : The Indian Conception of Value, Mysore, 1972 : The Metaphysic of value, Mysore, 1942 The World's Religions, San Francisco,1992
PEACE STUDIES-1 (SKILL BASED/ALLIED

SUBJECT)
SEMESTER III
Unit I Peace in theory and practice: Peace as non-injury, compassion, love, service, mutual aid: peace with justice through non-violent action: multidimensional aspects of peace; non-violence and development Unit II Conflict resolution and peace making : definition, nature and scope of conflicts : inner conflict; individual conflict; peaceful methods of conflict resolution viz, negotiation, mediation, arbitration, adjudication: role of gender, race, culture, language and religion in conflict situation; creative alternatives to conflicts Unit III Sociology and psychology of peace: non-violent social change; creating peaceful social structures; psychology of crime and deviant behaviour; the psyschology of nationalism, hero worship and mass violence; roots of violence; forms of violence; suicide; criminal violence; rape, domestic violence, child abuse, adolescent aggression; political violence; inter-intra party violence, communal violence, linguistic violence, regional violence, religious conflicts, assassinations, terrorism, war. Unit IV Social change in India: violence and mass media
PHILOSOPHY
173
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR STUDY

Steve Marks Galung Johan : Peace, Development and Human Rights Education : Violence and Peace Research
Magnus Haavelsred : Peace Education K.S. Murthy Kenneth Boulding Thomas Weber Paul Wehr Ashley Montagu John Bondurant Bhoodward Theodore Lenz Vinoba Bhave Thomas Merton Gene Sharp R.R. Diwakar Krishna Kripalani : The Quest for Peace : Stable Peace : Conflict Resolution and Gandhian Ethics : Conflict Regulation : : : Learning Non-Aggression Conquest of Violence Peace Research and Peace Action
: Towards a Science of Peace : Shanti Sena : The non-violent Alternative : Politics of Non-violent Action : The Stage of Satyagraha All Men are Brothers
PEACE STUDIES-2 (SKILL BASED/ALLIED

SUBJECT)
SEMESTER FOUR
Unit I Gandhian Satyagraha model: non-violence; passive resistance, civil disobedience, fasting, boycott, assertive satyagraha etc. Unit II Peace education: education for peace: Gandhi's vision; peace-education and media; growth of peace studies, peace research and expanding horizons of peace education; case studies of peace education experiments; peace awards; role of UNO for establishment of peace
PHILOSOPHY
174
2009-2010
Unit III Peace technology and Shanti Sena; development of new tools, techniques, mechanism and institutions for building up peace: concept of Shanti Sena: Contributions of Gandhi, Vinoba and J.P. Narayan; UNO Peace-keeping force. Unit IV Nuclear disarmament and global peace.
BOOKS FOR STUDY

Steve Marks Galung Johan : Peace, Development and Human Rights Education : Violence and Peace Research
Magnus Haavelsred : Peace Education K.S. Murthy Kenneth Boulding Thomas Weber Paul Wehr Ashley Montagu John Bondurant Bhoodward Theodore Lenz Vinoba Bhave Thomas Merton Gene Sharp R.R. Diwakar Krishna Kripalani : The Quest for Peace : Stable Peace : Conflict Resolution and Gandhian Ethics : Conflict Regulation : : : Learning Non-Aggression Conquest of Violence Peace Research and Peace Action
: Towards a Science of Peace : Shanti Sena : The non-violent Alternative : Politics of Non-violent Action : The Stage of Satyagraha All Men are Brothers
PHILOSOPHY
175
2009-2010
PHILOSOPHY OF HUMAN RIGHTS- 1(ALLIED

SUBJECT)
SEMESTER THREE
Unit I a) Meaning of Human Rights, definition, nature, content, legitimacy and priority b) Historical Development of Human Rights. Unit II a)Human Rights and Freedom b)Rights and Responsibilities Unit III International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Unit IV Some Basic Concepts: Liberty, Equality, Responsibility, Justice, Punishment
BOOKS FOR STUDY

S. Rasenbaum : The Philosophy of Human Rights International Perspective (Relevant Chapters) Richard Flathman : The Practice of Rights S.Kothari & S.H. Sethi (ed) Rethinking of Human Rights S.I. Benn & R.S. Peters: Social Principles and the Democratic State D.D. Raphael: Problem of Political Philosophy Paras Diwan and Peerjushi Diwan: Human Rights and the Law Philip Alston (Ed) : The United Nations and Human Rights : A Critical Appraisal, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1992 Philip Alston (Ed) The International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, Manual of Human Rights, New York: United Nations Centre for Human Rights, 1991
PHILOSOPHY
176
2009-2010
PHILOSOPHY OF HUMAN RIGHTS - 2 (ALLIED

SUBJECT)
SEMESTER FOUR
Unit I Fundamental Rights and Indian Constitution a) Individual Rights vs. Group Rights b) Human Rights and Social Context Unit II a) International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. Unit III Practice of Human Rights a)Human Rights Movement in India b) Role of NGO's in protecting Human Rights in relation to criminal justice. Unit IV a)Science, Technology and the Future of Human Rights b)From Human Rights to the Right to be Human
BOOKS FOR STUDY

S. Rasenbaum : The Philosophy of Human Rights International Perspective (Relevant Chapters) Richard Flathman : The Practice of Rights S.Kothari & S.H. Sethi (ed) Rethinking of Human Rights S.I. Benn & R.S. Peters: Social Principles and the Democratic State D.D. Raphael: Problem of Political Philosophy Paras Diwan and Peerjushi Diwan: Human Rights and the Law Philip Alston (Ed) : The United Nations and Human Rights : A Critical Appraisal, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1992 Philip Alston (Ed) - The International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, Manual of Human Rights, New York: United Nations Centre for Human Rights, 1991
PHILOSOPHY
177
2009-2010
SECOND YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
SOCIOLOGY
CURRICULUM
SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS IN INDIA

PAPER III SEMESTER III
This paper is intended (1) to train the students to look at Indian society from the sociological perspective, (2) to make students understand the important structural aspects of Indian society, and (3) familiarize students with some social institutions in Goa. 1. Making of Indian Society (10 marks) 2. Major components of Indian society (25 marks) 2.1 Rural communities 2.2 Urban communities 2.3 Tribal communities 3. Social Institutions in India : Continuity and Change (35 marks) 3.1 Caste system 3.2 Marriage, family and kinship 3.3 Religion 4. Society in Goa:" Structure and Change (30 marks) 4.1 Communidade/Gaonkari system 4.2 Caste in Goa 4.3 Common Civil Code in Goa. 05 lectures 20 lectures
30 lectures
20 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Ahuja, Ram: Indian social system, Jaipur, Rawat Publications,. 1993. Bottomore, T.: Sociology: A Guide to Problems and Literature, Bombay: Blackie and Sons, 1975. Dube, S.C. : Indian Society: New Delhi: National Book Trust, 1990.
SOCIOLOGY
178
2009-2010
Lannoy, Richard: The speaking tree: A study of Indian culture and society: New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1997 (Reprint edition). Singh, Yogendra: Modernization of Indian tradition. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 1984. Srinivas, M.N.: Social change in modern India, Delhi: Orient Longman, 1992. Srinivas M.N.: Caste: Its twentieth century avatar. New Delhi: Viking Penguin, 1996.
SOCIAL CHANGE IN INDIA

PAPER IV (SEMESTER IV):
This paper is intended (1) to train the students to look at Indian society from the sociological perspective, (2) to familiarize students with factors/processes of change in Indian society, and (3) to make students understand the changing aspects of Indian society. 1. Social Change: Basic Concepts (25 marks) 1.1 Evolution 1.2 Progress 1.3 Revolution 1.4 Social change. 2. Factors/Processes of Change in India (30 marks) 2.1 Sanskritisation 2.2 Westernisation and modernization 2.3 Industrialisation and urbanization 3. Social Movements in India (35 marks) 3.1 Pesant movements 3.2 Dalit movements 3.3 Women's movements 3.4 Environmental movements 4. Social Change in Goa Since Liberation (10 marks) 20 lectures
20 lectures
30 lectures
05 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Ahuja, Ram: Indian social system, Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 1993. Bottomore, T.: Sociology: A Guide to Problems and Literature, Bombay: Blackie and Sons, 1975. Dube, S.C. : Indian Society: New Delhi: National Book Trust, 1990. Lannoy, Richard: The speaking tree: A study of Indian culture and society: New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1997 (Reprint edition). Singh, Yogendra: Modernization of Indian tradition. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 1984. Srinivas, M.N.: Social change in modern India, Delhi: Orient Longman, 1992. Srinivas M.N.: Caste: Its twentieth century avatar. New Delhi: Viking Penguin, 1996.
SOCIOLOGY
179
2009-2010
THIRD YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
ECONOMICS
CURRICULUM
COMPULSORY FOR BOTH THREE AND SIX UNITS

Economics Paper V (Sem-V) - Contemporary Indian Economy- I Economics Paper VI (Sem-VI) - Contemporary Indian Economy- II Economics Paper VII (Sem-V) - International Trade and Finance- I Economics Paper VIII (Sem-VI) - International Trade and Finance- I I Economics Paper IX (Sem-V) - Public Finance- I Economics Paper X (Sem-VI) - Public Finance- II
OPTIONAL FOR SIX UNITS (ANY TWO SETS)

Economics Paper XI (Sem-V) - Environmental Economics -I Economics Paper XII(Sem-VI) - Environmental Economics - II Economics Paper XIII (Sem-V)- Growth and Development- I Economics Paper XIV (Sem-VI)- Growth and Development - II Economics Paper XV (Sem-V) - Financial Economics -I Economics Paper XVI (Sem-VI) - Financial Economics -II Economics Paper XVII (Sem-V) - Introduction to Econometrics-I Economics Paper XVIII (Sem-VI) - Introduction to Econometrics-II
ADDITIONAL C0MPULSORY FOR SIX UNITS (ANY ONE SET)

Economics Paper-XIX (Sem-V) Quantitative Methods for Economics-I Economics Paper-XX (Sem-VI) Quantitative Methods for Economics-II Economics Paper-XXI (Sem-V) Research Methodology in Economics-I Economics Paper-XXII (Sem-VI) Research Methodology in Economics-II
ECONOMICS
180
2009-2010
SKILL BASED COURSES (ANY TWO OF THE FOLLOWING)

SB ECO Paper-I (Sem-V) Computer and its Applications-I SB ECO Paper-II (Sem-VI) Computer and its Applications-II SB ECO Paper-III Economics of Financial Derivatives
ABBREVIATIONS:
FC : Foundation Course ECO : Economics AC : Allied Component SB: Skill Based. Sem: Semester
CONTEMPORARY INDIAN ECONOMY-I

ECONOMICS PAPER-V (SEM-V)
1. Development Indicators of the Indian Economy: Income and Non-income indices; GDP, Standard of Living, Foreign Trade; Quality of life, Human Development Index (International, National and State level); Competitiveness; Regional Characteristics (of Income Distribution and Poverty); Interrelationship between Poverty, Inequality and Unemployment. (15 lectures) 2. Composition of GDP: Sector-wise Composition of India's GDP: Composition of GDP on the eve of Independence: Impact of Planned Development on the Composition and Growth of GDP prior to the Structural Adjustment Programme of 1991. Composition and Growth of GDP since the Structural Adjustment Programme of 1991. (20 lectures) 3. Population: Population Size and Growth Rates; Structural Distribution; Quality of Workforce and Unemployment; Brain Drain; Population Policy: Challenges; Problems; Opportunities. (15 lectures) 4. Goan Economy: Population and Labour Supply; Per capita income; Banking, Capital Formation and the Role of Remittances; Structure and Performance of the Goan Economy: Agriculture (including Fisheries), Industry (including Mining), Service Sector (including Tourism), Infrastructure, State Public Finance. ( 25 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Agrawal A N (Latest Edition) : Indian Economy; Problems of Development and Planning, Wishwa Prakashan, New Delhi. Ahluwalia, I.J. & I.M.D. Little (1998) India's Economic Reforms & Development: Essyas for Manmohan Singh, Oxford University Press, Delhi.
ECONOMICS
181
2009-2010
CMIE's Updates on the Indian Economy. Dreze, Jean and Sen, Amartya (1996) Indian Economic Development and Social Opportunity, Oxford University Press, Delhi Dutt R and Sundaram K P M (Latest Edition): Indian Economy, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi. Ghosh A (Latest Edition) : Indian Economy, World Press, Calcutta. Indian Economy Documents Library CD (Economica India Infoservices) 2000-2001. Kapila, Raj and Kapila, Uma (2001) India's Economy in the 21st Century: Collection of Select Articles, Academic Foundation, Ghaziabad. Mishra S K and Puri V K (Latest Edition): Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing Co., Mumbai. Patel, I.G. (1998) Economic Reforms and Global Change, Macmillan, Delhi. Rangarajan, C. (1998) Indian Economy: Essays on Money and Finance, UBSPD, New Delhi. Sharif, Abusaleh (1999) Indian Human Development Report: A Profile of Indian States in the 1990s, NCAER, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Tandon B.B. and Tandon K.K.( Latest Edition ):Indian Economy, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Agricultural Census of Goa( Various issues, Directorate of Planning and Statistics, Government of Goa) Angle P(2001) Goa-An Economic Update, The Goa Hindu Association, Kala Vibhag Mumbai.
CONTEMPORARY INDIAN ECONOMY-II

ECONOMICS PAPER-VI (SEM-VI)
1. Agriculture: Importance of Agriculture. Agricultural development: Brief Review of Performance of the Agricultural Sector under the Five Year Plans prior to the Structural Adjustment Programme of 1991. Role of Technology; Prices; Finance; Subsidies and Land Reforms. Agricultural Marketing; Buffer Stocks; Agriculture since 1991; Impact of WTO Agreements on Agriculture; Challenges of Indian Agriculture. (20 Lectures) 2. Industries: Role of Industries in Economic Development; Structure of Indian Industry; Industrial Policy; Role of Import Substitution and Export Promotion; Brief Review of Performance of the Industrial Sector under the Five Year Plans prior to the Structural Adjustment Programme of 1991; Performance of Industry since 1991. Challenges due to Liberalisation and Globalisation. Sources and Problems of Industrial Finance. Industrial Relations. (25 lectures)
ECONOMICS
182
2009-2010
3.Infrastructure: Role of Infrastructure in Economic Development; Types of Infrastructure: Transport and Communication, Energy, Warehousing, Education, Health Care; Performance under Five Year Plans; Private Initiative and Investment in Infrastructure. (20 lectures) 4. Banking and Finance: Growth and Structural Changes in Indian Banking prior to 1991. Banking Sector reforms and changes in Indian Banking since 1991. Prudential Norms; Market Discipline; Benchmarking the Indian Banking System by International Standards; Indian Capital Markets. (10 lectures) Note: Studies in this paper should be focused at providing an understanding of the opportunities emerging in the Indian economy rather than discussing only the problems. The discussions should be centred on the current state of affairs and on future possibilities. Field visits are recommended with the focused objective of studying the Contemporary Indian Economy.
REFERENCES:
Agrawal A N (Latest Edition) : Indian Economy; Problems of Development and Planning, Wishwa Prakashan, New Delhi. Ahluwalia, I.J. & I.M.D. Little (1998) India's Economic Reforms & Development: Essyas for Manmohan Singh, Oxford University Press, Delhi. CMIE's Updates on the Indian Economy. Dreze, Jean and Sen, Amartya (1996) Indian Economic Development and Social Opportunity, Oxford University Press, Delhi Dutt R and Sundaram K P M (Latest Edition): Indian Economy, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi. Ghosh A (Latest Edition) : Indian Economy, World Press, Calcutta. Indian Economy Documents Library CD (Economica India Infoservices) 2000-2001. Kapila, Raj and Kapila, Uma (2001) India's Economy in the 21st Century: Collection of Select Articles, Academic Foundation, Ghaziabad. Mishra S K and Puri V K (Latest Edition): Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing Co., Mumbai. Patel, I.G. (1998) Economic Reforms and Global Change, Macmillan, Delhi. Rangarajan, C. (1998) Indian Economy: Essays on Money and Finance, UBSPD, New Delhi. Sharif, Abusaleh (1999) Indian Human Development Report: A Profile of Indian States in the 1990s, NCAER, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Tandon B.B. and Tandon K.K.(Latest Edition ):Indian Economy, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Agricultural Census of Goa( Various issues, Directorate of Planning and Statistics, Government of Goa) Angle P(2001): Goa-An Economic Update, The Goa Hindu Association, Kala Vibhag, Mumbai
ECONOMICS
183
2009-2010
INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE-I

ECONOMICS PAPER-VII (SEM-V)
1. Composition of Trade: Composition and Growth of International Trade; Trade in Goods and Services. India's Foreign Trade: Composition, Growth Rates and Trend. Globalization of Trade; Factors contributing towards Globalization of Trade. (10 lectures) 2. Specialisation and Trade: Comparative Advantage Doctrine; Theory of Reciprocal Demand and the Terms of Trade; Factors affecting Reciprocal Demand and the Terms of Trade. Different Terms of Trade Indexes. Terms of Trade of Developing Countries: Prebisch-Singer Thesis. India's Terms of Trade. (21 lectures) 3. Factor Endowments and Other Trade Theories: Factor Endowments Model; Factor-price Equalisation Theorem; Changes in Factor Supplies; Factor Substitution; Factor Intensity Reversal; Leontief Paradox. Contemporary Trade Theories: Trade based on Economies of Scale; Differentiated Products; Technological Gaps; Product Cycles; Differences in Tastes. (21 lectures) 4. Commercial Policies: Protectionism v/s. Free Trade. Trade Barriers: Tariffs; Effects; Optimum Tariffs. Non-tariff Barriers: Quotas; Effects; Import and Export Quotas. Other Trade Barriers: Dumping; Voluntary Export Restraints; Voluntary Import Enhancements; Technical, Administrative and Other Regulations; Export Subsidies; Exchange Controls; Dual Exchange Rates. New Forms of Trade Barriers: Discriminatory Procurement, Eco Labelling; Counter trade. (23 lectures) International Cartels. Commercial Policy in India.
REFERENCES :
Bhagwati, J (Ed.) (1981): International Trade: Selected Readings, Cambridge University Press, Massachusetts. Bijlani, Hiru (1994): Globalization: An Overview, Heinman Asia, Singapore. Carbaugh, Robert J. (2000): International Economics, South Western Publishers, Chinchinati Ohio Chacholiades, M. (1990): International Trade: Theory and Policy, McGraw Hill, Kogakusha, Japan. Dana, M.S. (2000): International Economics: Study Guide and Work Book, Routledge Publishers, London. Dasgupta, Biplab (1998) Structural Adjustment, Global Trade and the New Political Economy of Development, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi. Husted, Stevan and Melvin Michel (1999): International Economics, Addison Wesley Publishers. Kenen, P.B. (1994): The International Economy, Cambridge University Press, London.
ECONOMICS
184
2009-2010
King, P.G. (1995): International Economics and International Economic Policy: A Reader, McGraw Hill International, Singapore. Krugman, P.R. and Obstfeld, M. (1994): International Economics: Theory and Policy, Glenview, Foresman. Salvatore D.(1990): International Economics, Macmillan, New York Sodersten, Bo and Reed, Geoffery (1994): International Economics, Macmillan, London.
INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE-II

ECONOMICS PAPER-VIII (SEM-VI)
1. Economic Integration and Free Trade; Forms of Economic Integration; Effects; Trading Blocks: (EU, NAFTA, SAFTA); Agreements with WTO; WTO and Liberal Trade. (10 lectures) 2. Global Resource Movements: Factors affecting International Capital Flows; Remittances, Borrowings, Portfolio Investment and Foreign Direct Investment; Welfare effects of International Capital Flows; Migration of Human Capital; Welfare Effects of Brain Drain; Transnational Corporations. (18 lectures) 3. Foreign Exchange Rates and Exchange Market: Theories of Exchange Rate Determination; Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates; Managed Float; Liberalized Exchange Rate Management System. Composition of Foreign Exchange Market; Hedging and Exchange Rate Risk Management; Spot and Forward Exchange Rates; Futures and other Exchange Rate Derivatives. Currency Convertibility. (20 lectures) 4. Balance of Payments: Balance and Equilibrium in Balance of Payments; Types, Causes and Consequences of Disequilibrium; Control and Corrective Methods; Structural Adjustment Measures: Exchange Rate Changes, Monetary and Fiscal Measures. India's Balance of Payments. (15 lectures) 5. International Institutions: IMF, IBRD, WTO: Importance, Functions, Evaluation of Contributions. India and International Institutions. (12 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Bhagwati, J (Ed.) (1981): International Trade: Selected Readings, Cambridge University Press, Massachusetts. Bijlani, Hiru (1994): Globalization: An Overview, Heinman Asia, Singapore. Carbaugh, Robert J. (2000): International Economics, South Western Publishers, Chinchinati Ohio Chacholiades, M. (1990): International Trade: Theory and Policy, McGraw Hill, Kogakusha, Japan.
ECONOMICS
185
2009-2010
Dana, M.S. (2000): International Economics: Study Guide and Work Book, Routledge Publishers, London. Dasgupta, Biplab (1998) Structural Adjustment, Global Trade and the New Political Economy of Development, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi. Husted, Stevan and Melvin Michel (1999): International Economics, Addison Wesley Publishers. Kenen, P.B. (1994): The International Economy, Cambridge University Press, London. King, P.G. (1995): International Economics and International Economic Policy: A Reader, McGraw Hill International, Singapore. Krugman, P.R. and Obstfeld, M. (1994): International Economics: Theory and Policy, Glenview, Foresman. Salvatore D.(1990): International Economics, Macmillan, New York Sodersten, Bo and Reed, Geoffery (1994): International Economics, Macmillan, London.
PUBLIC FINANCE-I
ECONOMICS PAPER-IX (SEM-V)
1. Nature and Scope of Public Finance: Meaning and Scope of Public Finance; Private and Public Finance; Public and Private Goods; Merit Goods; Market Failure and the Role of Public Sector; (10 lectures) Government Failure; Principle of Maximum Social Advantage. 2. Budegting Techniques: Program Budgeting; Economic Analysis of Program Budgeting; Incremental Budgeting and Zero-base Budgeting. (15 lectures) 3. Fiscal Policy: Objectives & Conflicts in Objectives of Fiscal Policy; Functional Finance. Tools of Fiscal Policy; Discretionary and Non-Discretionary Fiscal Policy (Built-in-Stabilizers). (15 lectures) Keynesian and Supply Side Fiscal Policy. Fiscal Policy in India. 4. Budgetary Process: Budget: Characteristics of the Budgetary Process, Preparation and Passing of Budget in India, Components of a Budget (Revenue and Capital Account); Balanced and Unbalanced Budgets (Surplus and Deficit); Types of Deficits (Revenue, Fiscal, Primary and Budget Deficits; Gross & Net); Effects of Deficits. Budget as an instrument of Economic Policy; Budgetary Reforms. (20 lectures) 5. Fiscal Federalism in India. Centre State Financial Relations; Sharing of Resources between Centre, State and Local Government; Role of Planning Commission and Finance Commission in Resource Allocation. (15 lectures)
ECONOMICS
186
2009-2010
REFERENCES:
Buchanan, J. (1967) Public Finance and Democratic Process, University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. Goode, R (1986): Government Finance in Developing Countries, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Hockley, Graham C.(1979): Public Finance: An Introduction, Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, Houghton, J.M. (1970): Public Finance: Selected Redings, Penguin Harmondsworth. Mundle, S. (ed.) (1997) Public Finance: Policy Issues for India, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Musgrave, R. A. & Musgrave P. B. (1976): Public Finance in Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Kogakusha, Tokyo. Musgrave, R.A. (1959): The Theory of Public Finance, McGraw Hill Kogakusha, Tokyo Ochs, Jack (1974): Public Finance, Harper Row Publishers, New York. Shoup, C. S. (1970), Public Finance, Aldine, Chicago. Cullies, J and Jones P. (1999): Public Finance and Public Choice, McGraw Hill, London.
PUBLIC FINANCE-II
ECONOMICS PAPER-X (SEM-VI)
1. Public Expenditure: Trends and Types in the Public Expenditure; Explanation in Growth of Public Expenditure in India; Objectives and Cannons of Public Expenditures; Effects of Public Expenditure. Pump-priming and Compensatory Spending during Depression. Cost-Benefit Approach to Public Expenditure. (15 lectures) 2. Revenue Generation: Ability-to-Pay Principle; Benefit Principle. Sources of Public Revenue: Tax and Non-Tax Revenue; Relative Importance of Tax and Non-Tax Revenue. (10 lectures) 3. Taxation: Cannons of Taxation; Progressive and Non-progressive Taxes; Direct and Indirect Taxes. Structure of Tax Rates; Tax Rates and Tax Yield: The Laffer Curve.Tax Burden; Shifting and the Incidence of Taxes; Effects of Taxes on Production and Distribution; Relative Importance of Direct and Indirect Taxes. (15 lectures) 4. Indian Tax System: Central and State Taxes; Direct Taxes: Income tax, Corporate Tax, Wealth Tax, Capital Gains Tax, Inheritance Tax, Expenditure Tax; Indirect Taxes: Excise Tax, Customs Duties, Sales Tax, Entertainment Tax, Service Tax, Octroi, Value Added Tax. Tax Reforms in India. (20 lectures) 5. Public Debt: Nature and Role; Internal and External Debt; Burden and Debt Servicing Problem: Methods of Debt Redemption; Size and Growth of Public Debt in India; Debt Management. (15 lectures)
ECONOMICS
187
2009-2010
REFERENCES:
Buchanan, J. (1967) Public Finance and Democratic Process, University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. Goode, R (1986): Government Finance in Developing Countries, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Hockley, Graham C.(1979): Public Finance: An Introduction, Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, Houghton, J.M. (1970): Public Finance: Selected Redings, Penguin Harmondsworth. Mundle, S. (ed.) (1997) Public Finance: Policy Issues for India, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Musgrave, R. A. & Musgrave P. B. (1976): Public Finance in Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Kogakusha, Tokyo. Musgrave, R.A. (1959): The Theory of Public Finance, McGraw Hill Kogakusha, Tokyo Ochs, Jack (1974): Public Finance, Harper Row Publishers, New York. Shoup, C. S. (1970), Public Finance, Aldine, Chicago. Cullies, J and Jones P. (1999): Public Finance and Public Choice, McGraw Hill, London.
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS-I
ECONOMICS PAPER XI (SEM-V)
1. Natural Resources Economics: Renewable and Non-Renewable resources; Problem of Sustainability; Biological Diversity as a Resource; Conservation of Natural Resources: Methods of Conservation; Economic Activity and the Problem of Residuals; Residuals and Fundamental Balance in Economic Activity. (12 lectures) 2. Environment as an Economic and Social Asset: Meaning of Environmental Economics; Tradeoff between Conventional Economic Output and Environmental Quality; Emissions, Ambient Quality, and Damages. Damages Related to Emissions and Pollution; Types of Pollutants: Cumulative versus Non-cumulative Pollutants; Local Versus Regional & Global Pollutants; Point-to Source Versus Nonpoint-Source Pollutants; Continuous Versus Episodic Emissions; Environmental Damages Not Related To Emissions. Short-run and Long-run Choices. (13 lectures) 3. Economic Efficiency and Markets: Meaning of Economic Efficiency; Efficiency and Equity; (12 lectures) Markets and Social Efficiency; External Costs; External Benefits. 4. Economics of Environmental Quality: Pollution Abatement Costs; Efficient Level of Emissions; Enforcement Cost; Application of Equi-marginal Principle to Emission Reductions; Economic Efficiency and Long-Run Sustainability. (13 lectures)
ECONOMICS
188
2009-2010
5. Frameworks of Analysis: Impact Analysis: Environmental, Economic, Regulatory; CostEffectiveness Analysis; Damage Assessment; Risk Analysis. (12 lectures) 6. Benefit-Cost Analysis: Benefits of Improvement In Environmental Quality; Measuring Benefits: Direct and Indirect Methods; Problems in Benefit Estimation; Costs of Environmental Protection Control Programs: Opportunity Costs; Costs of Regulation. (13 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Barry C. Field (1997) Environmental Economics: An Introduction, McGraw Hill, Singapore. Bhattacharya, R.N. (2001) Environmental Economics: An Indian Perspective, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Bromley, D.W. (ed.) (1986) Natural Resource Economics, Policy Problems and Contemporary Analysis, Kluwer, Boston. Hanley N, J.F. Shogren, B. White (1997) Environmental Economics in Theory and Practice, Macmillan, London. Shankar, U. (ed) (2001) Environmental Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Singh, Kartar (1994) Managing Common Pool Resources: Principles and Case Studies, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Tietenberg, T. (1994) Environmental Economics & Policy, Harper Collins, New York. Dorfman, M Robert (1972): Economics of the Environment, W. W. Norton & Co., New York. Goswami, Delep (1999): Current Laws on Environment Protection, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi. Karpagam M. (2001): Environmental Economics, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi. Thompson D. (2003): The Economics of Environmental Protection, Winthrop Publishers, Cambridge, Mass.
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS-II
ECONOMICS PAPER XII (SEM-VI)
1. Environmental Policy: Basic Approaches to Environmental Policy; Criteria for Evaluation: Efficiency; Fairness; Incentives for Long-run Improvements; Enforceability; Moral Consideration; Government Failure. (12 lectures) 2. Decentralised Regulation: Liability Laws; Property Rights; Moral Suasion. (8 lectures)
ECONOMICS
189
2009-2010
3. Command-and-Control Strategies: Use of Standards; Types of Standards: Ambient Standards, Emission Standards, Technology Standards; The Economics of Standards; Economics of Enforcement. (13 lectures) 4. Incentive-Based Strategies: Emission Taxes; Tax Rate; Effects of Emission Taxes on: Efficiency, Standards of Emission, Materials Balance, Uncertainty, Incentives to Innovate, Enforcement Costs; Other types of Charges. Abetment Subsidies. Transferable Discharge Permits. (15 lectures) 5. India's Environmental Policy: Nature of Environmental Problems in India; Environmental Protection Law in India. (15 lectures) 6. Environmental Issues in Developed and Developing Economies: Consumption pattern, Labour/Output Ratio, Capital-intensity of Production, Environmental Degradation and Ecological Stress. (12 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Barry C. Field (1997) Environmental Economics: An Introduction, McGraw Hill, Singapore. Bhattacharya, R.N. (2001) Environmental Economics: An Indian Perspective, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Bromley, D.W. (ed.) (1986) Natural Resource Economics, Policy Problems and Contemporary Analysis, Kluwer, Boston. Hanley N, J.F. Shogren, B. White (1997) Environmental Economics in Theory and Practice, Macmillan, London. Shankar, U. (ed) (2001) Environmental Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Singh, Kartar (1994) Managing Common Pool Resources: Principles and Case Studies, Oxford University Press, Delhi. Tietenberg, T. (1994) Environmental Economics & Policy, Harper Collins, New York. Dorfman, M Robert (1972): Economics of the Environment, W. W. Norton & Co., New York. Goswami, Delep (1999): Current Laws on Environment Protection, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi. Karpagam M. (2001): Environmental Economics, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi. Thompson D. (2003): The Economics of Environmental Protection, Winthrop Publishers, Cambridge, Mass.
ECONOMICS
190
2009-2010
GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT-I

ECONOMICS PAPER-XIII (SEM-V)
1. Economic Growth and Development: Meaning of Economic Growth and Development; Development and Underdevelopment; Role of International Development Institutions: IBRD and ADB; Measuring Development and Development Gap: Per Capita Income; Human Development Index; Social Capital. Other Indices of Development: Quality of Life; Size of Intellectual Capital; Food Security; Education, Health and Nutrition. Economic stagnation and Poverty. Inequality of Income and Wealth. (30 lectures) 2. Factors Affecting Economic Growth; Capital, Labour and Technology; Growth models: Harrod and Domar, Solow, Meade and Joan Robinson's. Introduction to New Growth Models. (25 lectures) 3. Technological Progress: Sources and Pattern of Technological Progress; Technological Changes and Productivity; Labour Saving versus Capital Saving Technological Changes; (20 lectures) Neutrality of Technical Progress of Hicks, Harrod; Learning By Doing.
REFERENCES:
Agenor, Pierre-Richard; Miller, Marcus; Vines David; Weber Axel (1999): The Asian Financial Crisis: Causes, Contagion and Consequences, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge U.K. Dasgupta, Biplab (1998) Structural Adjustment, Global Trade and the New Political Economy of Development, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi. Dasgupta, Dipankar (1997): The Macroeconomy: A Textbook View, Oxford University Press, Calcutta. Gilbert, C.L. and D. Vines (2000): The World Bank: Structure and Policies, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. U.K. Gillis M, Perkins D H, Roemer M, Snodgrass D R (1983): Economic Development, W.W. Norton & Co, New York. Hayami, Yujiro (1998): Development Economics, Clarendon Press, Oxford. Keith, N. W. (1997) Reframing International Development, Sage Publications, New Delhi. Naqvi, S.N.H. (1993): Development Economics: A New Paradigm, Sage Publications, Delhi. Ray, Debraj (1998): Development Economics, Oxford University Press, Delhi, Scott, Maurice FitzGerald (1989): A New View of Economic Growth, Clarendon Press, Oxford. Sen, Amartya (1999): Development as Freedom, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Thirlwall, A.P. (1994): Growth and Development, Macmillan, Hong-Kong.
ECONOMICS
191
2009-2010
Yotopoulos, Ran A & Nugent, Jeffery B. (1976): Economics of development: Empirical Investigation, Harper & Row, Publisher, New York.
GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT-II

ECONOMICS PAPER XIV (SEM-VI)
1. Human Capital: Size versus Quality of Work Force; Structural Imbalance and Investments in Human Capital; Migration of Human Capital, Reverse Migration and Economic Development. (15 lectures) 2. Institutions and Economic Systems: Introduction to Economic Systems; Economic Functions of the Market and the State; Centralized Economic Planning versus Market Mechanism; Failure of Ideology (Economic Systems Ideology); The System of New Developmental Market Economies; Cooperation between Government and Big Business. Role of Information Sharing in Co-ordination for Effective Forward and Backward Linkages. (25 lectures) 3. Institutional Reforms and Freedom: Role of Institutional Reforms; Amartya Sen's Institutional Freedoms as Ends and Means of Development: Political Freedoms; Economic Facilities; Social Opportunities; Transparency Guarantees; Protective Security. (18 lectures) 4. International Aspects of Economic Development: Role of Capital Inflows in Economic Development; Incentives to Capital Inflow; Role of Trade in Economic Development. Trade as an Engine of Growth. Static and Dynamic Gains from Trade; Prebisch, Singer and Myrdal Thesis and Immiserising Growth. Import Substitution and Export-led Growth. "Wild-geese-flying" Pattern of Development in East Asia. (17 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Agenor, Pierre-Richard; Miller, Marcus; Vines David; Weber Axel (1999): The Asian Financial Crisis: Causes, Contagion and Consequences, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge U.K. Dasgupta, Biplab (1998) Structural Adjustment, Global Trade and the New Political Economy of Development, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi. Dasgupta, Dipankar (1997): The Macroeconomy: A Textbook View, Oxford University Press, Calcutta. Gilbert, C.L. and D. Vines (2000): The World Bank: Structure and Policies, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. U.K. Gillis M, Perkins D H, Roemer M, Snodgrass D R (1983): Economic Development, W.W. Norton & Co, New York. Hayami, Yujiro (1998): Development Economics, Clarendon Press, Oxford. Keith, N. W. (1997) Reframing International Development, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
192
2009-2010
Naqvi, S.N.H. (1993): Development Economics: A New Paradigm, Sage Publications, New Delhi. Ray, Debraj (1998): Development Economics, Oxford University Press, Delhi, Scott, Maurice FitzGerald (1989): A New View of Economic Growth, Clarendon Press, Oxford. Sen, Amartya (1999): Development as Freedom, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Thirlwall, A.P. (1994): Growth and Development, Macmillan, Hong-Kong. Yotopoulos, Ran A & Nugent, Jeffery B. (1976): Economics of development: Empirical Investigation, Harper & Row, Publisher, New York.
FINANCIAL ECONOMICS-I
ECONOMICS PAPER-XV (SEM-V)
1. Introduction: Nature, meaning and importance of Investments; Investments in financial and non-financial assets. (10 lectures) 2. Forms of financial investments: Money market securities; common and preferred stock; Corporate, government and public sector bonds; alternative forms of investment; Characteristics and importance. (20 lectures) 3. Investment and returns: Interest rates, Dividends, Capital Gains; Time value of money; Inflation and returns; Measuring investment returns; Risk and risk factors; Measuring investment risks. (20 lectures) 4. Financial ratios:Liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turnover ratios, Profitability ratios,Capital Gearing ratios; Importance, Calculations, Interpretations and Limitations. (25 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Barua S K, V. Raghunathan, J.H. Varma: Portfolio Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi Bhole, L.M. (1999): Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi Bhole, L.M. (2000): Indian Financial Financial System, Chugh Publications, Allahabad. Edwards, F.R. and Ma, C.W. (1992): Futures and Options, McGraw Hill, New York. Francis J C & R.W. Taylor (1992): Theory and Problems of Investments, McGraw Hill, Schaum's Outline Series, Singapore. Keith Redhead,(1998): Financial Derivatives, Prentice- Hall of India, New Delhi. Kohn, Meir (1994): Financial Institutions and Markets, McGraw Hill, New York.
ECONOMICS
193
2009-2010
Ohlson, J.A. (1987): Theory of Financial Markets and Institutions, North Holland, Amsterdam. Pilbeam Keith(1998): Finance and Financial Markets, Palgrave , New Delhi. Singh, Preeti (2000): Investment Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. Vijay Baskar P and.Mahapatra, B. (2002): Derivatives Simplified , Sage Publishers, New Delhi.
FINANCIAL ECONOMICS-II
ECONOMICS PAPER-XVI (SEM-VI)
1. Security Market: Primary and secondary; Composition and organizations; Security market indexes; Security Markets in India; Nature and Composition of Regulatory Framework in India. (10 lectures) 2. Valuation: Valuation of bonds and common stock; Fundamental analysis; Technical analysis; Efficient markets theory. (20 lectures) 3. Derivatives: Hedging and arbitrage; Arbitrage pricing theory; Futures and Options, and Swaps. (25 lectures) 4. Portfolio analysis: portfolio diversification and performance evaluation. (20 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Barua S K, V. Raghunathan, J.H. Varma: Portfolio Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi Bhole, L.M. (1999): Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi Bhole, L.M. (2000): Indian Financial Financial System, Chugh Publications, Allahabad. Edwards, F.R. and Ma, C.W. (1992): Futures and Options, McGraw Hill, New York. Francis J C & R.W. Taylor (1992): Theory and Problems of Investments, McGraw Hill, Schaum's Outline Series, Singapore. Keith Redhead,(1998): Financial Derivatives, Prentice- Hall of India, New Delhi. Kohn, Meir (1994): Financial Institutions and Markets, McGraw Hill, New York. Ohlson, J.A. (1987): Theory of Financial Markets and Institutions, North Holland, Amsterdam. Pilbeam Keith(1998): Finance and Financial Markets, Palgrave , New Delhi. Singh, Preeti (2000): Investment Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. Vijay Baskar P and.Mahapatra, B. (2002): Derivatives Simplified , Sage Publishers, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
194
2009-2010
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS-I
ECONOMICS PAPER-XVII (SEM-V)
1. Introduction: Curve Fitting; Derivation of Least Squares; Random Variables; Estimators of (25 lectures) Mean; Variance and Covariance; Desirable Properties of Estimators. 2. Probability Distributions: Normal Distribution, Chi Square Distribution; t-Distribution; FDistribution. Hypothesis Testing and Confidence Intervals; Type I and Type II Errors; P-values. (25 lectures) 3. Two Variable Regression Model: Assumptions; Linear Regression Method; Least Squares Residuals; BLUE Properties of OLS; The Gauss-Markov Theorem; Hypothesis Testing and Confidence Intervals; Analysis of Variance and Correlation. (25 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Bacon, R. (1988) A First Course in Econometric Theory, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Gujarati, Damodar N. (1995): Basic Econometrics, McGraw Hill, Singapore. Gujarati, Damodar N. (1999): Essentials of Econometrics, Irwin/McGraw Hill, Singapore. Hebden, J. (1983) Applications of Econometrics, Heritage Publishers, New Delhi. Johnston, J. & J.D. Nardo (1997) Econometric Methods, McGraw Hill, New York. Kennedy, P. (1998) A Guide to Econometrics, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. Kmenta, J. (1997) Elements of Econometrics, University of Michigan Press, New York. Kuotsoyiannis A. (1977) Theory of Econometrics, Macmillan, London. Maddala, G.S. (1997) Econometrics, McGraw Hill, New York Pindyck, Robert S. & D.L. Rubinfeld, (1991) Econometric Models & Economic Forecasts, McGraw Hill, Singapore. Ramanathan, Ramu (2002) Introductory Econometrics with Applications, Thomson Asia Pte Ltd., Singapore
ECONOMICS
195
2009-2010
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS-II
ECONOMICS PAPER-XVIII (SEM-VI)
1. Multiple Regression Model: assumptions of the Model; Multiple Regression Equation; F test, (20 lectures) R Square, and Adjusted R Square; Partial Correlation. 2. Econometric Problems: Multicollinearity; Heteroscedasticity; Serial Correlation. Instrumental Variables and Model Specification. (25 lectures) 3. Dummy Variables: Use of Dummy Variables. (10 lectures)
4. Forecasting with a Single-Equation Regression Model: Unconditional Forecasting; Conditional Forecasting. Models of Qualitative Choice. Introduction to Simulation Models. (20 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Bacon, R. (1988) A First Course in Econometric Theory, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Gujarati, Damodar N. (1995): Basic Econometrics, McGraw Hill, Singapore. Gujarati, Damodar N. (1999): Essentials of Econometrics, Irwin/McGraw Hill, Singapore. Hebden, J. (1983) Applications of Econometrics, Heritage Publishers, New Delhi. Johnston, J. & J.D. Nardo (1997) Econometric Methods, McGraw Hill, New York. Kennedy, P. (1998) A Guide to Econometrics, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. Kmenta, J. (1997) Elements of Econometrics, University of Michigan Press, New York. Kuotsoyiannis A. (1977) Theory of Econometrics, Macmillan, London. Maddala, G.S. (1997) Econometrics, McGraw Hill, New York Pindyck, Robert S. & D.L. Rubinfeld, (1991) Econometric Models & Economic Forecasts, McGraw Hill, Singapore. Ramanathan, Ramu (2002) Introductory Econometrics with Applications, Thomson Asia Pte Ltd., Singapore.
ECONOMICS
196
2009-2010
QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS-I

ECONOMICS PAPER-XIX (SEM-V)
1.Basic Concepts: Functions, Sequences and Series; Equations; Identities; Systems of Equations; Application of Straight-line system; Slope of the Line; Homogeneous Function. (12 lectures) 2. Calculus: Differentiation of a Function; Equilibrium of a Firm and Consumer; Maxima and Minima; Elasticities; Inter-relationships among Total, Marginal, and Average Cost and Revenues; Constrained Optimization Problem; Integration of a Function; Consumer's and Producer's Surplus. (30 lectures) 3. Matrix Algebra: Various Types of Matrices; Matrix Operations; Determinants; Inverse of a (18 lectures) Matrix; Cramer's Rule; Input-Output Analysis: Simple Static Model. 4. Correlation and Regression: Simple Correlation; Pearson's Coefficient of Correlation and Rank Correlation. Regression: Coefficient of Regression; Estimation of a Regression Line in a Bivariate Distribution; Least Squares Method; Interpretation of Regression Coefficients. (15 lectures)
REFERENCES
Allen, R.G.D. (1974): Mathematical Analysis For Economists, Macmillan Press, London. Birchenhall, Cris & Paul Gront (1984): Mathematics for Modern Economics, Heritage Publishing, New Delhi. Chiang Alpha C. (1986): Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Levin, Richard I.(1986): Statistics for Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. Satyanarayana, M. & L. Raman (1980) Management Operations Research, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai Speigal, M.R. (1992): Theory and Problems of Statistics, McGraw Hill, London. Varian H. R. (2000): Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach, East-West Press, New Delhi.. Yamane, Taro (1973): Mathematics for Economists: An Elementary Survey, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
197
2009-2010
QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS-II

ECONOMICS PAPER XX (SEM-VI)
1. Linear Programming: Graphical Solution. Solution Using the Revised Simplex Method; Duality and Shadow Prices; Formulation of Linear Programming Problems; Transportation and Assignment Problems. (28 lectures) 2. Game Theory: Zero-Sum and Non-Zero-Sum Games; Pay-off Matrix; Dominant Strategy Equilibrium; Nash Equilibrium; Pure and Mixed Strategy; Repeated and Sequential Games. (8 lectures) 3. Probability: Types of Probability (Classical, Relative Frequency and Subjective Approaches); Probability Rules; Random Variable; Probabilities Under Conditions of Statistical Independence and Dependence; Bayes' Theorem. Uses of Expected Value in Decision Making; Probability Distributions: Binomial, Poisson Normal Distributions; Standard Normal; Student t; Chi Square and F-Distribution. (22 lectures) 4. Decision Theory: Decision Environment; Expected Profit Under Uncertainty; Assigning Probability Values; Using Continuous Distributions in Decision Theory: Marginal Analysis; Utility as a Decision Criterion; Helping Decision Makers Supply the Right Probabilities; Decision-Tree Analysis. Simulation: Principles and Development; Using a Simulation Model. (17 lectures)
REFERENCES
Allen, R.G.D. (1974): Mathematical Analysis For Economists, Macmillan Press, London. Birchenhall, Cris & Paul Gront (1984): Mathematics for Modern Economics, Heritage Publishing, New Delhi. Chiang Alpha C. (1986): Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Levin, Richard I.(1986): Statistics for Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. Satyanarayana, M. & L. Raman (1980) Management Operations Research, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai Speigal, M.R. (1992): Theory and Problems of Statistics, McGraw Hill, London. Varian H. R. (2000): Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach, East-West Press, New Delhi.. Yamane, Taro (1973): Mathematics for Economists: An Elementary Survey, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
198
2009-2010
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN ECONOMICS-I

ECONOMICS PAPER XXI (SEM-V)
1. Introduction: Scientific Methods of Research; Process of Scientific Method; Criteria of Scientific Methods of Research. (10 lectures) 2. Social Research: Assumptions and Steps in Social Research; Problems of Research in Social Sciences: Quantification, Organizing Controlled Experiments, Replication and Verification; Criteria of Good Research. (15 lectures) 3. Hypothesis: Meaning, Importance and Sources of Hypothesis; Characteristics of Good (15 lectures) Hypothesis; Difficulties in Formulating Hypothesis; Testing Hypothesis. 4. Research Methods: Different type of Research Methods: Social Survey, Case Study, Experimental Method, Statistical Method. (Definition, Features, Importance and Limitations). (15 lectures) 5 Empirical Investigations: Sources of Primary and Secondary Data; Census and Sampling Methods; Different Types of Samples: Simple Random, Stratified, Serially Stratified, Systematic, Cluster, Multistage and Sequential. Sampling and Non-sampling Errors. Census and National Sample Survey: Coverage, Utility and Limitations. (20 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Bell, J. (1999) Doing your Research Project, Viva Books, New Delhi Gilbert, Norma (1981): Statistics, Holt-Saunders, Japan Goode, William J. and Hatt, P.K.: Methods in Social Research, McGraw Hill, New Delhi Kothari, C.R. (1985): Research Methodology Methods and Techniques, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi. Mann, Peter H. (1988): Methods of Social Investigation, Disha Publications, Delhi Ostle, Bernard (1966): Statistics in Research, Oxford & IBH, Mumbai. Ross, R. (1974): Research: An Introduction, Barnes & Noble Books, New York. Speigal, M. R. (1992): Theory and Problems of Statistics, McGraw Hill, London
ECONOMICS
199
2009-2010
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN ECONOMICS-II

ECONOMICS PAPER XXII (SEM-VI)
1. Data Collection and Presentation: Data Collection and Presentation: Schedules, Questionnaire. Interview Method, Observations; (Definition, Features, Importance and Limitations). Classification of Data; Tables; Frequency Distribution; Graphical Presentation of Data: Histograms, Frequency Polygons, Cumulative Frequency Curves. (18 lectures) 2. Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion: Mean, Median and Mode. Mean Deviation; (20 lectures) Variance; Standard Deviation; Skewness and Kurtosis. 3. Simple Correlation and Regression: Scatter Diagrams; Pearson's Coefficient of Correlation; (15 lectures) Spearman's Rank Correlation; Coefficient of Regression; Curve Fitting. 4. Time Series Analysis: Smoothing by Moving Average Methods; Trend; Cyclical, Seasonal and Irregular Variations; Least Squares Method of Curve Fitting; Deseasonalising Time Series. (12 lectures) 5. Report Writing: Preparation of Synopsis; Explaining the Research Problem and Preparation of Bibliography; Notations and Symbols; Techniques for Referencing; Methods of Review of Literature; Preparation of Articles for Journals; Books; Preparation of Abstracts; Research Report Writing. (10 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Bell, J. (1999) Doing your Research Project, Viva Books, New Delhi Gilbert, Norma (1981): Statistics, Holt-Saunders, Japan Goode, William J. and Hatt, P.K.: Methods in Social Research, McGraw Hill, New Delhi Kothari, C.R. (1985): Research Methodology Methods and Techniques, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi. Mann, Peter H. (1988): Methods of Social Investigation, Disha Publications, Delhi Ostle, Bernard (1966): Statistics in Research, Oxford & IBH, Mumbai. Ross, R. (1974): Research: An Introduction, Barnes & Noble Books, New York. Speigal, M. R. (1992): Theory and Problems of Statistics, McGraw Hill, London
ECONOMICS
200
2009-2010
COMPUTER AND ITS APPLICATIONS-I

SB ECO PAPER-1 (SEM-V)
1. Introduction to Electronic Commerce: Scope of Electronic Commerce, Definition of Electronic Commerce. Electronic Commerce and the Trade Cycle, Electronic Markets, Electronic (5 lectures) Data Interchange, Internet Commerce. 2. Electronic Organization and storage of Data: Electronic storage device- Optical disks, DVDs, Storage Are Networks, RAID, Flash memory, smart cards and their applications, Expandable storage. (10 lectures) 3. Database Approach : Definition, Advantages of Database approach, Distributed Databases, (5 lectures) Data warehouses, Data marts, data mining. 4. Technologies- The Internet components- WWW, Client server model, Internet Service provider, Intranets architecture, advantages and disadvantages, management of intranet; Extranets; Webmaster; Components of Web architecture- HTML, HTTP, CGI, URL. (15 lectures) 5. Web applications Publishing, Distribution Channel, Network-centric computing, Intra business applications-Internal Corporate communications; Groupware, collaborative work and coordination; Online transaction processing, Decision support applications, Other intranet applications, Marketing and Advertising, Customer service and support, Searching online services. (12 lectures) 6. Web Software development tools -HTML basics, Multimedia tools, Client side scripting , server side scripting, Back end processing. (10 lectures) 7. Electronic Data Interchange: Definition, Benefits of EDI, Technology, Standards , (10 lectures) Communications, Implementation, Agreements, Security. 8. EDI and Business : EDI Trading patterns, EDI transactions, EDI adoption and EDI maturity, (8 lectures) Inter Organization System (IOS) , EDI and Internet Ecommerce.
REFERENCES
Whitely, David (2001): E- Commerce : Strategy ,technologies and applications, Tata McGraw Hill ,New Delhi Kalakota ,Ravi and Whinston, Andrew: Electronic Commerce-A Manager's Guide, Pearson Education, Singapore. Mack,Stephen and Platt,Janan: HTML No experience Required, BPB Publications,New Delhi Korth, Henry and Siberschatz ,Abraham Database System Concepts, Tata McGraw Hill ,New Delhi Andersen ,Virginia (2001): Access 2002 - The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
ECONOMICS
201
2009-2010
Bajaj, Kamlesh K. and Nag, Debjani, E-Commerce : The Cutting Edge of Business, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi Loshin, Pete and Murphy, Paul (1990): Electronic Commerce, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai. Schneider ,Gary P. and Perry ,James T. (2000): Electronic Commerce, Course Technology. Laudon, K.C., and Traver, C.G. (2003): E-commerce, Pearson. McKay ,Judy and Marshall ,Peter (2004): Strategic Management of eBusiness, John Wiley & Sons. Baumer ,David, Poindexter ,J C: "Cyber Law and E .Commerce", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. Sood, Vivek: Cyberlaw Simplified, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. Oberoi ,Sundeep: ."E- Security, Electronic Authentication and Information Systems Security" , Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. Trepper,Charles: ."E-Commerce Strategies, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi. Schneider, P. Gary, Perry James T : Electronic Commerce" , Course Technology, Thompson Learning Raisch,W, Milley D (2001): ."The eMarketplace: Strategies for Success in B2B eCommerce" McGraw-Hill, Inc. New York. *Relevant Software Packages (MS-Access, MYSQL, Frontpage, Coreldraw, Photoshop etc)
PRACTICALS:
Practicals will feature topics relevant to the theory. Data collection using Web browsers and search engines Designing databases with DBMS like MSAccess, MYSQL etc. Designing the simple web pages using HTML. Web development tools like Microsoft Frontpage
COMPUTER AND ITS APPLICATIONS-II

SB ECO PAPER-II(SEM-VI)
1. Inter Organizational E-Commerce : Inter Organizational Transactions, Purchasing online, After Sales Online, E Commerce in Desktop , Facilities Management. (10 lectures)
ECONOMICS
202
2009-2010
2. Business to Business Electronic Commerce: Credit transaction trade cycle, variety of electronic transactions- electronic market, EDI and Internet commerce; Electronic Markets (15 lectures) usage, advantages and disadvantages , future. 3. Business to Consumer Electronic Commerce: Consumer Trade Transactions Internet Ecommerce, e-shop, Internet Shopping and the Trade Cycle. Other E-commerce Technologies, Advantages and Disadvantages of consumer E-commerce; Elements Of e-Commerce:e visibility, eshop, Online payments, Delivering the goods, After sales services, Internet E (20 lectures) commerce security Web site evaluation model. 4. Integrated e- Commerce Technologies: The Full Set, Technology Adoption, Integrating the Supply Chain, e-Choice. (7 lectures) 5. E business: Cases of intranet bookshops, grocery supplies, Software and support, Electronic (16 lectures) newspaper, Internet Banking, Virtual Auction, Online share dealing. 6. Recent technologies : RFID Technology and it's applications. (7 lectures)
REFERENCES:
Whitely, David (2001): E- Commerce : Strategy ,technologies and applications, Tata McGraw Hill ,New Delhi Kalakota ,Ravi and Whinston, Andrew: Electronic Commerce-A Manager's Guide, Pearson Education, Singapore. Mack,Stephen and Platt,Janan: HTML No experience Required, BPB Publications,New Delhi Korth, Henry and Siberschatz ,Abraham Database System Concepts, Tata McGraw Hill ,New Delhi Andersen ,Virginia (2001): Access 2002 - The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi Bajaj, Kamlesh K. and Nag, Debjani, E-Commerce : The Cutting Edge of Business, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi Loshin, Pete and Murphy, Paul (1990): Electronic Commerce, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai. Schneider ,Gary P. and Perry ,James T. (2000): Electronic Commerce, Course Technology. Laudon, K.C., and Traver, C.G. (2003): E-commerce, Pearson. McKay ,Judy and Marshall ,Peter (2004): Strategic Management of eBusiness, John Wiley & Sons. Baumer ,David, Poindexter ,J C: "Cyber Law and E .Commerce", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi Sood, Vivek: Cyberlaw Simplified, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
ECONOMICS
203
2009-2010
.Oberoi ,Sundeep: ."E- Security, Electronic Authentication and Information Systems Security" , Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. Trepper,Charles: ."E-Commerce Strategies, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi. Schneider, P. Gary, Perry James T : Electronic Commerce" , Course Technology, Thompson Learning Raisch,W, Milley D (2001): ."The eMarketplace: Strategies for Success in B2B eCommerce" McGraw-Hill, Inc. New York. * Relevant Software Packages (MS-Access, MYSQL, Frontpage, Coreldraw, Photoshop etc)
PRACTICALS:
Practicals will feature topics relevant to the theory. Graphic designing tools like Coreldraw, Photoshop etc. Hands-on experience with various sites based on e-commerce E-shopping Online auctions Online Banking Online share market dealing
ECONOMICS OF FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

SB ECO PAPER-III
Introduction to Financial Markets- Money-Capital-Forex- Derivative markets. Capital market new issue market stock market . Financial instruments equity-bonds-warrants- repos debt instruments. Securities market in India-SEBI-stock exchanges Introduction to online trading. (5 lectures ) 1) Derivative instruments in exchange traded & over-the counter markets forward contract future contract options options on future- forward rate agreements-swaps. Type of traders Hedgers- Speculators-Arbitrageurs. Requirements for a successful derivative market. Factors contributing to the growth of derivatives price fluctuation-globalised markets technological advancement new financial theories. Mechanism of futures market. Determination of forward & future prices. Futures & Options market in India. Commodity futures market in India. Brief introduction to credit- weather-energy-insurance derivatives. ( 20 lectures) 2) Types Call options Put options. Stock option foreign currency option- index optionfuture options . American option Vs. European Option. Factors effecting option pricing. Trading strategies involving options spreads (bull/bear/box/butterfly/calendar) combinations (straddle/ strangle/ strips & straps) and others (arbitrage/ hedging/ speculation). Option pricing models Binomial Tree & Black- Scholes. ( 20 lectures )
ECONOMICS
204
2009-2010
REFERENCES:
John C Hull, 2006, Options, Futures & Other Derivatives, (6th Edition), Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi. Patwari D C & Anshul Bhargava, 2006, Options And Futures: An Indian Perspective ( 3rd Edition),Jaico Books, Mumbai. Sunil K Parameswaran, 2006,Future Markets: Made Easy- 250 Questions & Answers, Tata McGraw Hills, new Delhi. Franklin R Edward/ Cindy W Ma, 1992, Futures & Options, McGraw Hill International, New York. Robert A Strong, 1990, Speculative Markets: Options/ Futures & Hard Assets, Longman Financial Services Publishing. George Kleinman, 2005, Commodity Futures & Options, Taxmann, New Delhi. Verma J C. 2003 Credit Rating, Practice and Procedures, Bharat Law, New Delhi. Bhole L M , 2005, Financial Institutions & Markets, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
ECONOMICS
205
2009-2010
THIRD YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
ENGLISH
CURRICULUM
SEMESTER V & VI MAJOR ENGLISH PAPERS SEMESTER V

Paper 1 Autobiographical Writings Paper 2 - Shakespeare Paper 3 New Literatures In English Paper 4 Indian Literature in English Paper 5 Indian Drama in Translation Paper 6 Literary Criticism from Aristotle to Leavis
SEMESTER VI
Paper 1-- Modern American Literature Paper 2 Indian Fiction In Translation Paper 3 Contemporary Indian Women Novelists Paper 4 Goan Writing Paper 5 Modern Literary Theory Paper 6 Indian Diaspora Writing
AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL WRITINGS
PAPER 1
Autobiography is the narrative of self. It crystallizes collective self-reflective moments of a great soul. Yet, autobiographical writings are as much an engagement with the self as with history itself. Therefore, they are the legacies left behind by great men and women. The purpose of this paper is to acquaint students with the autobiographical discourses of great minds and noble hearts which negotiate the space between self and history.
TEXTS
1.The Story Of My Experiments With Truth M. K. Gandhi 2.My Feudal Lord Tehmina Durrani 3.The Autobiography Of Benjamin Franklin Benjamin Franklin
ENGLISH
206
2009-2010
BACKGROUND
Autobiography as a Genre
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Assignment 10 marks Seminar - 10 marks Semester End Examination [SEE] 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from background and texts - 20 marks. 20 marks
80 marks
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Barros Carolyn A.; Autobiography : Narrative of Transformation. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press 1998. Buckley, Jerome Hamilton ; The Turning Key: Autobiography and the Subjective Impulse. Cambridge, Harvard University Press,1984. Lejerne Philippe; On Autobiography Minneapolis University of Minneapolis University of Minnesota Press. 1988. Olney James ; Memory & Narrative : The Weave Of Life Writing. Chicago & London. The University of Chicago Press,1998. Pascal Roy; Design & Truth In Autobiography. Cambridge, Harvard University Press. 1960. Anderson Linda Autobiography. London: Routledge,2001. Olney James.ed. Autobiography: Essays Theoretical and Critical Princeton : Princeton Uni. Press,1980. Olney, James Metaphors of Self: The meaning of Autobiography. Princeton : Princeton Uni. Press, 1972. Swindells Julia ed. The Uses of Autobiography London: Taylor & Francis,1995. Marcus Laura Autobiographical Discourses Manchester: Manchester Uni. Press, 1994.
ENGLISH
207
2009-2010
SHAKESPEARE
PAPER 2
Through this paper students will be introduced to one of the geniuses of World Literature.
COURSE CONTENT TEXTS

1. As You Like It 2. Othello 3. Antony And Cleopatra
BACKGROUND
Students are to make a close study of the following: 1 Evolution of Shakespeare's dramatic genius 2 Elizabethan Drama and it's conventions 3 Shakespeare's sources 4 Social background of the Elizabethan Age 5 Nature of Shakespearean comedy 6 Nature of Shakespearean tragedy 7 Nature of historical plays of Shakespeare
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Assignment 10 marks Seminar - 10 marks 20 marks
Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from background and texts - 20 marks
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Preface To Shakespeare H. Granville Barker London B. T. Companion To Shakespearean Study ed. Granville Barker & G. B. Harrison Cambridge University Press. Shakespeare: The Poet And His Background Peter Quenell. Essays on Shakespeare and Elizabethan Drama ed. Richard Hosley Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. London. The Growth & Structure Of Elizabethan Comedy M. C. Bradbrook Chatto & Windus, London. Shakespeare's Imagery and What It Tells Us Caroline Spurgeon Press. Cambridge University
ENGLISH
208
2009-2010
Shakespearean Tragedy A. C. Bradley Atlantic Publishers. Shakespeare In His Age F. E. Halliday. Gerald Duckworth & Co. Ltd. Shakespeare's Comedies Bertrand Evans Oxford At the Clarendon Press. Shakespeare's Festive Comedies C. L. Barber Princeton, New Jersey. The Development of Shakespeare's Imagery W. H. Clemen University Paperbacks. Essays on Shakespeare & Elizabethan Drama ed. Richard Hosley Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. London. Nature in Shakespearean Tragedy Robert Spearght Collier Books, N. Y. Some Shakespearean Themes L. C. Knight Chatto & Windus, London. The Imperial Theme G. Wilson Knight University Paperbacks. Shakespeare : His World and His Art K. R. Srinivasa Iyengar Sterling Publishers.
NEW LITERATURES IN ENGLISH

PAPER 3
Literature at times is seen as an instrument of establishment because mainstream literature tends to gloss over the voices from the marginalized segments of society. However, of late such voices have succeeded in reaching out to an audience through their brave and refreshingly new writings. This paper aims to expose students to alternative literatures produced by marginalized voices.
TEXTS
1 Toni Morrison The Bluest Eye 2 Wole Soyinka The Lion And The Jewel
POETRY
1. Langston Hughes a)Dinner Guest: Me b) Black Panther 2 Countee Cullen a) Yet Do I Marvel b) Mood 3. Paul Laurence Dunbar We Wear The Mask
ENGLISH
209
2009-2010
4. Edward Braithwaite Prelude 5. Claude McKay a) If We Must Die b) The Barrier c) Yet do I Marvel 6. Imamu Amiri Baraka ( Le Roi Jones ) a) At the National Black Assembly 7. Erica Jong a) At The Edge Of The Body b) Literature Need Not c) Woman Enough 8. Hilarie Lindsay a) The White May Tree b) Barren Harvest c) The Importance Of Being Important d) Monuments of Men after driving through country towns 9. Sylvia Plath a) Lady Lazarus b) Daddy 10. Maya Angelou a) Phenomenal woman b) Still I Rise 11. Irving Layton O Jerusalem
BACKGROUND :
Harlem Renaissance, The Black Panthers, Feminism, Commonwealth themes, concerns and confusions.
Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from background and texts - 20 marks
ENGLISH
210
2009-2010
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The Oxford Guide To Contemporary Writing ed., John Sturrock; OUP,1996. Women, Love and Power Literary & Psychoanalytic Perspectives Elaine Hoffman Baruch N. Y. University Press. The Woman Reader Learning & Teaching Women's Writing Jean Milloy & Rebecca O'Rourke Routledge. Black Identity Francis E. Kearns Holt, Rinehart & Winston N. Y. Perspectives on the Afro American Novel Tarlochan Singh Anand ABS Pubs. Search For Identity In Black Poetry Nirmal Bajaj Atlantic Pubs. & Distributors. The Novels Of Toni Morrison A Study in Race Gender & Class K. Sumana Prestige Bks. New Delhi. African Literature Today ed. R. K. Dhawan Prestige Books. New Delhi. Aspects of Commonwealth Literature Bijay Kumar Das Creative Bks. New Delhi. Articulating Gender ed. Anjuali Bhelande, Mala Pandurang Pencraft International, Delhi. Commonwealth Literature Today ed. M. K. Bhatnagar. Colonial Consciousness in Commonwealth Literature ed. G. S. Amur & S. K. Desai Somaiya Pubs. Bombay. The African Poetry & Drama ed. Shyam S. Agarwalla, Prestige bks. New Delhi. Commonwealth Literature Recent Perspectives ed. Post-graduate Dept. of English, C. S. College, Satara - Creative Bks. Post Colonial Literatures In English History, Language, Theory Dennis Walder Blackwell Women In African Literature Roopali Sircar Creative Bks. Wole Soyinka Revisited Derek Wright TwaynePubs. N. Y. The Plays Of Wole Soyinka M. Pushpa Prestige Twentieth Century Canadian Poetry ed. Manorama Trikha Pencraft. Intnl. Critical studies in Commonwealth Literature K. Venkata Reddy Prestige. New Literatures In English Anisur Rehman Creative. Spectrum History Of Indian Literature In English Ram Sewak Singh & Charu Sheel Singh Atlantic.
ENGLISH
211
2009-2010
Changing Traditions In Indian English Literature ed. P.K. Rajan Creative Bks. Kamala Das and her Poetry A. N. Dwivedi Doaba House N. Delhi. Sylvia Plath The Poetry of Self Virendra Kumar Radha Pubns. Sylvia Plath Pashupati Jha Creative. The Fair Voice A Study of Women Poets in English Sunanda P. Chavan Sterling. Critical Essays on Post Colonial Literature. Bijay Kumar Das Atlantic. Black Feminist Fiction Harihar Kulkarni Creative Bks. Commonwealth Fiction. 3 vols. R. K. Dhawan Classical Pubg. N. Delhi. Colonial Consciousness in Black American, African and Indian Fiction ABS Pubns. Jalandhar. Colonialism/Postcolonialism Ania Loomba The New Critical Idiom Routledge. Studies in Women Writers in English ( 3 vols. ) Mohit K. Ray ; Rama Kundu Atlantic.
INDIAN LITERATURE IN ENGLISH

PAPER 4 TEXTS
1 Amitav Ghosh The Glass Palace 2 Anita Desai - Clear Light of Day
POETRY
1. Kamala Das The Old Playhouse 2. Keki Daruwala Boat-ride Along The Ganga 3. Adil Jussawala On First Approaching Santacruz Airport 4. Nissim Ezekiel a) Goodbye Party for Miss Pushpa T.S. b) Night Of The Scorpion 5. Eunice de Souza a) The Road b) Advice To Women c) Transcend Self You Say d) Varca 1942
ENGLISH
212
2009-2010
6. Dilip Chitre The Seventh Breakfast : News Of The World (from The First Ten Breakfasts Towards Self Realization ) 7. Manohar Shetty a) Jigsaw b) One Morning c) Bearings 8. Arun Kolatkar The Bus 9. Sujata Bhatt A Different History 10. Jayanta Mahapatra a) Life signs b) Hunger 11. A. K. Ramanujan a) Love Poem for A Wife b) Small Scale Reflection On A Great House
Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from the texts only - 20 marks
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Indian Literature in English Critical discourses. L. Khatri; Book Enclave, Jaipur, India. Five Indian English Poets Shirish Chindhade Atlantic pubs. Nine Indian Women Poets, An Anthology ed. Eunice de Souza Twenty Five Indian English Poets in English Ed. K. S. Ramamurti Post Colonial novel Narratives of Colonial Consciousness Om P. Juneja Creative Bks. N. Delhi. Commonwealth Literature Recent Perspectives ed. Post-graduate Dept. of English, C. S. College, Satara - Creative Bks. English Studies In India Widening Horizons C. D. Narasimhaiah Pencraft Intnl
ENGLISH
213
2009-2010
Colonialism/Postcolonialism Ania Loomba The New Critical Idiom Routledge. Indian Writing In English ed. Mohit K. Ray Atlantic. Feminist English Literature ed. Manmohan K. Bhatnagar Atlantic. Indian Writings in English. ed. Manmohan Bhatnagar Atlantic. (2vols) Spectrum of Indian Writing In English. K. A. Agarwal Book Enclave N. Delhi. Indian Writing In English A Critical Study ed. K. A. Agarwal Atlantic. Contemporary Indian Writings in English ed. Jaydipsinh dodiya Atlantic. Critical essays on Indian English Literature O. P. Budholia Book Enclave. Indian Poetry In English ed. Harimohan Prasad & Chakradhan Prasad. The poetic Art of A. K. Ramanujan A. N. Dwivedi B. K. Pubg. Corpn. Contemporary Indian Poetry In Eng. P. K. Kurup Atlantic. The Poetry of A. K. Ramanujan ed. M. K. Bhatnagar Atlantic. The Poetry and Translations of A. K. Ramanujan Rama Nait Prestige Indian Eng. Fiction 1980 1990. An assessment ed. Nilufer Bharucha & Vilas Sarang B. R. Pubg Corp. N. Delhi. Twice Born Fiction Meenakshi Mukherjee Pencraft Intnl. Five Indian Novelists V. V. N. Rajendra Prasad Prestige. Indian English Fiction (Post Independence) ed. Rajeshwar mittapatti & Hassandro Monti Atlantic. Images of Women in Fiction T. S. Anand & Harprasad Sidhu Creative. Indo English Fiction The Last Decade Indira Nityanandan & Reena Kothari Creative. Six Indian Novelists A. V. Suresh Kumar Creative. Feminist Visions - Indian English Women Novelists Anita Sinha Creative. Contemporary Indian Fiction In English ed. Avdesh K. Singh Creative. Critical Essays on Commonwealth Literature R. A Singh. Continuity : Five Indian English Poets R. A. Singh. Current Indian Creativity In English R. S. Tiwari.
ENGLISH
214
2009-2010
Existential Dimensions : A Study of Anita Desai's novella Shashipal. Essays on Indian Literature in English R. N. Singh The Poetry Of Keki Daruwalla R. A. Singh. Five Contemporary Indian Novelists P. K. Singh.
INDIAN DRAMA IN TRANSLATION

PAPER 5 TEXTS
1 Girish Karnad Nagamandala 2 Vijay Tendulkar Ghasiram Kotwal 3 Mahashweta Devi Rudali
BACKGROUND :
Theater of the Absurd and its Impact on Modern Indian Drama Theater of Protest in India People's Theater and other Movements in India
Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] 20 marks Assignment 10 marks Seminar - 10 marks Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from background and texts - 20 marks.
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
The Plays Of Girish Karnad Critical Perspectives ed. Jaydipsinh Dodiya Prestige. Indian Drama Today A Study in the Theme of Cultural Deformity M. Sarat Babu Prestige.
LITERARY CRITICISM FROM ARISTOTLE TO

LEAVIS
PAPER 6
This paper aims at offering a broad historical overview of western literary criticism until the advent of modern theory. The paper also introduces students to the classical schools of literary criticism like romanticism and formalism.
ENGLISH
215
2009-2010
TOPICS
1. Platonic Rejection of Literature 2. Aristotle's Justification of Literature 3. Aristotle's Notion of Imitation, Tragedy, Catharsis 4. Longinus on the Sublime 5. Neo-Classical Criticism : Dryden, Pope and Samuel Johnson 6. Romantic Criticism : Wordsworth and Coleridge 7. T. S. Eliot 8. I. A. Richards 9. F. R. Leavis 10. American New Criticism
Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on topics related to syllabus 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 on topics related to syllabus - 20 marks.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Brooks, Cleanth; Literary Criticism : A Short History Abrams, M. H.; Mirror and the Lamp Abrams, M. H.; Glossary of Literary Terms Welleck, Rene; History of Literary Criticism Welleck, Rene; Theory of Literature
MODERN AMERICAN LITERATURE

PAPER 1 TEXTS
1 Saul Bellow -- Seize the Day 2 Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire
POETRY
1. Robert Frost a) Stopping By Woods On A Snowy Evening b) Tree At My Window c) Acquainted With The Night d) Bereft
ENGLISH
216
2009-2010
2. Carl Sandburg a) Chicago b) The People Will Live On c) Fog 3.William Carlos Williams a) The Red Wheelbarrow b) Poem c) This Is Just To Say d) To A Poor Old Woman 4 E E.Cummings a) my sweet old etcetera b) Buffalo Bill's c) this little bride & groom are d) Next To Of course God 5.Stephen Dunn a) The Death Of God b) Their Divorce c) Odysseus's Secret d) A Postmortem Guide e) Oklahoma City 6. Robert Lowell Man and Wife 7. Theodore Roethke a) My Papa's Waltz b) Dolor c) The Waking 8. Archibald MacLeish Speech To A Crowd 9. Ezra Pound a) In A Station Of The Metro b) Alba c) The Garden Scheme of Examination Continuous Internal Assessment [ CIA ] Assignment 10 marks Seminar - 10 marks 20 marks
Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from the prescribed texts - 20 marks.
ENGLISH
217
2009-2010
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The New Oxford Book of American Verse, New York, University press,1976. Profiles Of modern American Authors Bernard Dekle; Charles E. Tuttle Co. Rutland, Vermont. ( U.K. Prentice-Hall ) The Story of American Literature Ludwig Lewisohn The Modern Library, N. Y. The Territory Ahead Critical Interpretations in American Literature Wright Morris Atheneum; 1957 by Macmillan. Modern American fiction Essays in Criticism ed. A. Walton Litz- OUP N.Y. 1963. The Theory of American Literature Howard Munford Jones Cornell University Press. Contemporary American Poetry Voice Of America Forum Lectures. Seven Modern American Novelists ed. William Van O' Connor. Popular Prakashan, Bombay The American Novel Today An Anthology compiled by G. G. Urwin Backgrounds of American Literary Thought . 3rd edition. Rod Horton & Herbert w. Edwards. Boris Ford. Vol 9 . American Literature American Literature 1890 1950 . An Anthology. Ed. Egbert S. Oliver S. Chand & Co. Ltd.Eurasia Pubg Hse, New Delhi. Twentieth Century Verse An Anglo American Anthology. The New Pocket Anthology of American Verse From Colonial Days to the Present. Ed. Oscar Williams Washington Square Press,Inc. N.Y. Living Masterpieces Of American Literature ed. Randall Stewart Brown University The Penguin Book Of American Verse ed. Geoffrey Moore. Poetry USA ed. Paul Molloy Scholastic Book Services. American Poetry An Anthology. Ed. Donald Hall. Current Perspectives on American Literature S. Prakash Rao Atlantic Pubs. & Distributors. Indian Essays in American Literature ed. Sujit Mukherjee & D. V. K. Raghavacharyulu ( Papers in Honour of Robert E. Spiller )- Popular Prakashan Bombay. American Literature Survey ed. Miton R. Stern & Seymour L. Grass . The 20th Century Light & Life Pubs.N, Delhi. 20th Century views Series Ezra Pound ed. Walter Sutton Prentice Hall Inc.
ENGLISH
218
2009-2010
20th C Views Series Robert Lowell ed. Thomas Parkison Prentice Hall Inc. 20thc Views Series Wallace Stevens ed. Marie Burroff Prentice Hall Inc. Modern Drama Essays in Criticism ed. Ravis Bogard & William I. Oliver- OUP.
INDIAN FICTION IN TRANSLATION

PAPER 2
This paper aims at acquainting students with fiction in the Indian languages. This should open for them new and hitherto unexplored vistas of pan Indian experiences and thoughts.
TEXTS
1 Samskara U.R. Ananthamurthy 2 Gora Rabindranath Tagore 3 Tamas Bhishm Sahani \
Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on each of the texts 20 marks each. Question 4 Short Notes 2 out of 5 from any aspects of texts - 20 marks.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The Profile Of Rabindranath Tagore ed. Rita D. Sil Khama Pubs. N. Delhi. Rabindranath Tagore Masti Venkatesha Iyengar Jeevana Karyalaya, basavingadi, Bangalore. Realism and Reality The Novel and Society in India OUP. U.R. Ananthamurthy's Samskara: A Critical Reader, eds.Kailas B.Baral et al.New Delhi: Pencraft International, 2005.
CONTEMPORARY INDIAN WOMEN NOVELISTS

PAPER 3 TEXTS
1 Arundhati Roy God Of Small Things 2 Shashi Deshpande That Long Silence 3 Meena Alexander Fault Lines
ENGLISH
219
2009-2010
BIBLIOGRAPHY
M.K. Naik & Shyamala A. Narayan. Indian English Literature 1980 2000: A Critical Survey, Pencraft International, 2001. Indian Women Novelists - 6 vols. R. K. Dhawan Prestige. Twice Born Fiction Meenakshi Mukherjee Pencraft Intnl Images of Women in Fiction T. S. Anand & Harprasad Sidhu Creative. Indo English Fiction The Last Decade Indira Nityanandan & Reena Kothari Creative. Recent Indian Fiction ed. R. S. Pathak prestige. Contemporary Indian Women Writers in English A Feminist Perspective ed. Surya Nath Pandey Atlantic. Changing Faces of Women in Indian Writing in English ed. M. Q. Khan 7 A. G. Khan Creative. Arundhati Roy's The God Of Small Things Critique & Commentary R. S. Sharma; Shashi Bala Talwar Creative Books. The God Of Small Things A Saga Of Lost Dreams K. V. Surendran Atlantic. The Critical Studies of Arundhati Roy's The God Of Small Things eds. Jaydipsinh Dodiya, Joya Chakravarty Atlantic. Arundhati Roy The Novelist Extraordinary ed. R. K. Dhawan Prestige. Man Woman Relationship in Indian Fiction Seema Suneel Prestige.] Feminist Social Thought An Introduction to Six Key Thinkers Vidyut Bhagwat Rawat pubns. N. Delhi. Who's who in Contemporary Women's Writing ed. Jane Eldridge Miller Routledge. 3 Women Novelists Essays in Criticism Ravi Nandan Sinha & Sujit Bose Book Enclave. Mothers and Mother Figures in Indo English Writing ABS Pubns. Studies in Women Writers in English ( 3 vols. ) Mohit K. Ray ; Rama Kundu Atlantic.
ENGLISH
220
2009-2010
GOAN WRITING
PAPER 4 TEXTS
1 Lambert Masceranhas Sorrowing Lies My Land 2 Manohar Shetty (ed) Ferry Crossing (Short Stories ) 3 Pundalik Naik Upheaval
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
Gomes, Olivinho J.F Old Konkani Languages and Literature - The Portuguses Role. Chanda Goa : Konkani Sorospot Prakashan 1999. Sar Dessai, Manohar, History of Konkani Literature ,New Delhi : Sahitya Akademi,2000. Issues of SOD: Konkani Research Bulletin, Thomas Stephen Konkani Kendra, Porvorim Goa. Pereira, Jose Literary Konkani, A Brief History : Goa Konkani Academi, 1992. ------------------------ Konkani Mandakini , Dharwad University 1972.
MODERN LITERARY THEORY

PAPER 5
This paper aims at introducing students to some of the major schools of literary theory which have come into prominence after 1960s. The paper also makes an attempt to highlight the contribution made by Karl Marx, Sigmund Freud, Ferdinand Saussure towards the emergence of modern literary theory.
TOPICS
1. Structuralism 2. Marxist Literary Criticism 3. Psychoanalysis 4. Feminism
ENGLISH
221
2009-2010
Semester End Examination [SEE] 80 marks 3 essay type questions with either/or option on the topics related to syllabus 20 marks each. Question 4 consists of Short Notes 2 out of 5 from any aspects of topics - 20 marks.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Barry, Peter; Beginning Theory; Manchester : Manchester United Press,1995. Bertens, Hans; Literary Theory : The Basics; London : Routledge, 2001. Abrams, M H.; A Glossary Of Literary Terms; Prism publishers,1999 Rooby, David & Jefferson, Anne (ed ); A Comparative Introduction To Modern Literary Theories. Eagleton, Terry; Literary Theory : An Introduction; London; Blackwell,1983. Selden, Ranan; A Reader's Guide To Contemporary Literary Theory, London; Harvester,1993. Webster, Roger; Studying Literary Theory : An Introduction; London, Arnold publishers, 1990. Hawthorn, Jeremy; A Glossary Of Contemporary Literary Theory; London; Edward Arnold, 1994.
INDIAN DIASPORA WRITING

PAPER 6 TEXTS
1 Kiran Desai The Inheritance Of Loss 2 Rohinton Mistry A Fine Balance 3 Gita Mehta A River Sutra
ENGLISH
222
2009-2010
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Critical Studies in Commonwealth Literature K. Venkata Reddy Prestige. Contemporary Indian Writings in English ed. Jaydipsinh dodiya Atlantic. Canadian Literature and Indian Literature New Perspectives A. G. Khan Creative Dislocations and Multiculturalisms ed. Jasbit Jain Rawat Pubs. Writers of the Indian Diaspora ed. Jasbir Jain Rawat Pubs.
ENGLISH
223
2009-2010
THIRD YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
FRENCH
CURRICULUM
FRENCH LANGUAGE AND CIVILIZATION

PAPER III SEMESTER I
Text Book: Panorama-3
TOPICS
I( Unit 2 p16) Souvenirs- Les souvenirs et la mmoire. Le temps et la dure. Le cinma. II(Unit 3 p.28) Aspirations- caractres-attitude-comportement-l'emploi et l'entreprise III(Unit 4 p 40 ) Vivre ensemble : Habitat et urbanisme : coutumes et traditions. La famille. La politique IV(Unit 7 p 16 ) Coups de coeurs- Les spectacles. Les arts. Les loisirs
GRAMMAR
(Unit1 to Unit 6) Temps du pass Conditionnel et subjonctif Propositions relatives et interrogation Expression du future Expressions du but, de la condition, de la restriction, de l'hypothse et de la cause
FRENCH
224
2009-2010
SEMESTER II
V (Unit 8 p 88) Dfis- L'Aventure. Le couple. Les problmes sociaux. L'conomie VI (Unit 9 p 100) Les uns et les autres- Traits de mentalits et valeurs des Franais. Questions d'ducation. Immigration. Tiers Monde VII ( Unit 10 p 112 ) Savoir vivre - Rgles de conduite et interdits poutant sur diffrents aspects de la vie quotidienne ( salutations, repas etc) VIII (Unit 12 p136) Evasions- Les paysages. Les rencontres . La lecture. La fte.
GRAMMAR
Unit 1 to Unit 12 Temps du pass Conditionnel et subjonctif Propositions relatives et interrogation Expression du future Expressions du but, de la condition, de la restriction, de l'hypothse et de la cause Caractrisation du nom, place de l'adjectif, complement determinative, propositions participes Expression de l'opposition et de la consession et la consquence Forme passive (pronominale et impersonelle) Expression de l'identit, de la resemblance , de la difference et de la comparaison
PAPER I
SEMESTER I
Study of 17th century literature French literature with reference to two texts: Le Malade Imaginaire :Molire La Princsse de Clves:Mme.de La Fayette TopicI:Le Classicisme ,la tragdie classique,la comdie,les rgles classiques,la querrelle des anciens et les modernes,le roman classique TopicII-La prciosit,le roman,le roman prcieux TopicIII-Les crivains classiques et les oeuvresTopic IV-Le Malade Imaginaire comme une comdie de caractre----l'intrigue---les procds comiques---la satire des mdecinsles personnages-etc. TopicVLa princesse de Clves comme un roman prcieuxclassiquepsychologiquel'intrigueles personnages etc.
FRENCH
225
2009-2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
La Littrature francaiseCcile de Ligny-Manuela Rousselet L'histoire de la littrature francaise-Castex et Surer XVII sicle L'histoire de la littrature francaiseLagard et Michard
INTERNAL MARKS:
Orals:15 Assignment:10 Total:25 Marks External: 75 Marks QI:Objective Question:15 Marks QII: Reference to context:15Marks QIII:Background question:15marks QIV:Question on the text prescribed:15Marks QV:Question on the prescribed text:15 Marks
SEMESTER II
Study of 18th century French literature with reference to two texts: Le jeu de l'amour et du hasardMarivaux Les rveries du promeneur solitaireRousseau TopicILa philosophie-la pense politique-philosophie et rflexion historique-nature et culture la comdie amoureuse TopicII-Le roman par lettres-la comdie satiriqueles voies nouvelles du romanvarit potique TopicIII- Les crivains du XVIII sicle et les oeuvres Topic IV- Le jeu de l'amour et du hasard- la comdie de l'amour-l'intrigueles personnages-les procds comiques etc Topic V- Les rveries du promeneur solitaire-analyse-promenades diffrentesdes rflexions de Rousseau-etc Reference BooksLa littrature francaise-C.de Ligny-M.Rousselot Castex et Surer-XVIII sicle Lagard et Michard-XVIII sicle Marking Scheme is same as that of the First Semester.
FRENCH
226
2009-2010

PAPER IV SEMESTER I
QI A)Reliez l'oeuvre et l'crivain A Corneille Racine Mme.De Svign La Rochefoucauld La Fontaine (05) B Les Maximes Les Fables Le Cid Andromaque Les Lettres (05)
B) Dire Vrai ou faux i) La Bruyre est un crivain du XVII sicle. ii) Corneille a crit des comdies. iii) Les Femmes Savantes est une comdie crite par Molire. iv) Dans le roman La Princesse de Clves ,l'crivain dcrit la cour de Henri IV v) Richelieu fonda L'Acadmie Franca C) Rpondez en franais aux questions suivantes i) Donnez un clbre salon du xvii sicle. ii)Quelle comdie de Molire tait interdite de jouer par le roi? iii) Ecrivez le nom du thtre fond par Molire. iv) Nommez un historiographe du roi au xvii sicle. v) Nommez un crivain(autre que Mme.de La Fayette) qui a crit un roman prcieux.
(10)
QII) Elaborez en vous rfrant au texte. (troix au choix) (15) i)Il est de mon devoir de m'opposer aux choses qui vous peuvent dshonorer. ii) Est-il possible qu'on laise comme cela un pauvre malade tout seul? iii) Si vous avez vu ce que j'ai os faire ,ayez la bont madame,de me laisser croire que vous l'ignorez. iv) Mais les hommes ccnservent-ils de la passion dans ces engagements ternels? QIII. A) Elaborez les aspects de la tragdie classique. OU B)Commenter les aspects diffrents de la prciosit au xvii sicle. (15)
QIV. A) Apprciez "Le Malade Imaginaire" comme une comdie de caractres. (15) OU B) Quels moyens Molire utilize-t-il dans "Le Malade Imaginaire"pour voquer le rire? (15) QV. A) Faites le portrait de M.de Nemours dans le roman "La Princesse de Clves. OU B) Analysez "La Princesse de Clves"comme un roman psychologique. (15) (15)
FRENCH
227
2009-2010
PAPER IV
SEMESTER I
Study of 17th century literature French literature with reference to two texts: Le Malade Imaginaire :Molire La Princsse de Clves:Mme.de La Fayette TopicI:Le Classicisme ,la tragdie classique,la comdie,les rgles classiques,la querrelle des anciens et les modernes,le roman classique TopicII-La prciosit,le roman,le roman prcieux TopicIII-Les crivains classiques et les oeuvresTopic IV-Le Malade Imaginaire comme une comdie de caractre----l'intrigue---les procds comiques---la satire des mdecinsles personnages-etc. TopicVLa princesse de Clves comme un roman prcieuxclassiquepsychologiquel'intrigueles personnages etc.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
La Littrature francaiseCcile de Ligny-Manuela Rousselet L'histoire de la littrature francaise-Castex et Surer XVII sicle L'histoire de la littrature francaiseLagard et Michard
INTERNAL MARKS:
Orals:15 Assignment:10 Total:25 Marks External: 75 Marks QI:Objective Question:15 Marks QII: Reference to context:15Marks QIII:Background question:15marks QIV:Question on the text prescribed:15Marks QV:Question on the prescribed text:15 Marks
SEMESTER II
Study of 18th century French literature with reference to two texts: Le jeu de l'amour et du hasardMarivaux Les rveries du promeneur solitaireRousseau TopicILa philosophie-la pense politique-philosophie et rflexion historique-nature et culture la comdie amoureuse
FRENCH
228
2009-2010
TopicII-Le roman par lettres-la comdie satiriqueles voies nouvelles du romanvarit potique TopicIII- Les crivains du XVIII sicle et les oeuvres Topic IV- Le jeu de l'amour et du hasard- la comdie de l'amour-l'intrigueles personnages-les procds comiques etc Topic V- Les rveries du promeneur solitaire-analyse-promenades diffrentesdes rflexions de Rousseau-etc
REFERENCE BOOKS
La littrature francaise-C.de Ligny-M.Rousselot Castex et Surer-XVIII sicle Lagard et Michard-XVIII sicle Marking Scheme is same as that of the First Semester.
MODEL PAPER
FRENCH (PAPER IV) SEMESTER I
Study of 17th and 18th century French Literature Duration : 3 hours Instructions : 1) Figures to the right indicate full marks 2) All answers must be written in French QI A) Reliez l'oeuvre et l'crivain A Corneille Racine Mme.De Svign La Rochefoucauld La Fontaine B) Dire Vrai ou faux i) La Bruyre est un crivain du XVII sicle. ii) Corneille a crit des comdies. iii) Les Femmes Savantes est une comdie crite par Molire. iv) Dans le roman La Princesse de Clves ,l'crivain dcrit la cour de Henri IV v) Richelieu fonda L'Acadmie Franca (05) B Les Maximes Les Fables Le Cid Andromaque Les Lettres (05) Total Marks : 80
FRENCH
229
2009-2010
C) Rpondez en franais aux questions suivantes I) Donnez un clbre salon du xvii sicle. ii)Quelle comdie de Molire tait interdite de jouer par le roi? iii) Ecrivez le nom du thtre fond par Molire. iv) Nommez un historiographe du roi au xvii sicle. v) Nommez un crivain(autre que Mme.de La Fayette) qui a crit un roman prcieux.
(10)
QII) Elaborez en vous rfrant au texte (20) i)Il est de mon devoir de m'opposer aux choses qui vous peuvent dshonorer. ii) Est-il possible qu'on laise comme cela un pauvre malade tout seul? iii) Si vous avez vu ce que j'ai os faire ,ayez la bont madame,de me laisser croire que vous l'ignorez. iv) Mais les hommes ccnservent-ils de la passion dans ces engagements ternels? QIII. A) Elaborez les aspects de la tragdie classique. OU B)Commenter les aspects diffrents de la prciosit au xvii sicle. QIV. A) Apprciez "Le Malade Imaginaire" comme une comdie de caractres. OU B) Quels moyens Molire utilize-t-il dans "Le Malade Imaginaire"pour voquer le rire? QV. A) Faites le portrait de M.de Nemours dans le roman "La Princesse de Clves. OU B) Analysez "La Princesse de Clves"comme un roman psychologique. (15)
(15) (15) (15) (15)
PAPER V
SEMESTER I
Study of romanticism in France in 19th century with reference to two texts Ruy Blas- Victor Hugo Les Mditations- Lamartine(poems-Le Lac, Le Vallon, L'isolement, Le Souvenir,L'Homme, Le Dieu, La Prire,La Foi) TopicI- le XIX sicle- les premiers romantiques-la posie romantique- les diffrents aspects du romantisme-le "mal du sicle" TopicII-Le drame romantique- le romantisme et le roman-les formes oniriques du romantisme TopicIII- Les crivains romantiques et les oeuvres Topic IV-Ruy Blas comme drame romantique-l'intrigue sentimentale ,tragique-et comique-les personnagesTopic V- Les Mditations lyrisme- nature-les sentiments- la philosophie
FRENCH
230
2009-2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
La Littrature Franaise C.de Ligny ,M.Rousselot Castex et surer-XIX Sicle Lagard et Michard XIX Sicle
INTERNAL MARKS:25
Orals :15 marks Assignment:10 marks External Marks:75 QI: Objective Question:15 marks Q II: Reference to context:15marks Q III: Background Question:15 marks Q IV: Question based on the prescribed text:15 marks Q V: Question based on the prescribed text:15 marks
SEMESTER II
Study of realism and naturalism in France in 19th century with reference to two texts Eugnie Grandet- Balzac Contes et Nouvelles-TomeI-Maupassant ReferenceBooks:same as Semester I TopicI-Entre romantisme et ralisme-prcurseurs de l'esthtique raliste-le roman raliste TopicII-Le naturalisme-le symbolisme-la critique littraire-les mouvements decadents-les potes parnassiens Topic III-les crivains realists et naturalists Topic IV-Eugnie Grandet roman raliste-scnes de la vie de province-l'histoire-les personnagesTopicV-le pessimisme de Maupassant-le naturalisme- la misre- la mort- les paysans- l'humouretc Marking scheme same as that of the First Semester
FRENCH
231
2009-2010
QUESTION PAPER
PAPER V SEMESTER I
QI A.Reliez l'crivain et l'oeuvre. A Victor Hugo Alfred de Musset Alfred de Vigny Mme de Stael Chateaubriand (05) B Les Nuits Les Destines Atala la Lgende des sicles Delphine (05)
B.Dire vrai ou faux i) Le Gnie du christianisme est une oeuvre crit par Victor Hugo ii) Alexandre Dumas est un romancier du XIX sicle. iii) Baudelaire a traduit les contes de Edgar Poe. iv) Chatterton est un drame romantique crit par Vigny. v) Georges Sand est une femme crivain du XIX sicle. C) Rpondez en franais aux questions suivantes. i) Citez un drame crit par Hugo.(autre que Ruy Blas) ii) Qui a t l'animateur du movement de l'art pour l'art? iii) Dans quelle oeuvre Victor Hugo a dfini l'esthtique du drame romantique? iv) Donnez le titre d'un roman crit par Hugo. v) Quel pome de Lamartine est dedi Byron? QII.Elaborez en vous rfrant au texte. (troix au choix) i)H!oui,jaloux du roi!sans doute. Puisque j'aime sa femme. ii)Vous n'tes que le gant et moi,je suis la main. iii) Plus je sonde l'abme,hlas!plus je m'y perds. iv) Un seul tre vous manque et tout est dpeupl! QIII.A) Faites ressortir les aspects diffrents dela posie romantique. OU B) Comment se dfinit le drame romantique au XIX Sicle? QIV.A) Apprciez Rus Blas comme drame romantique. OU B) Analysez le denoument de la pice Ruy Blas. QV) A) Dgagez les ides rligieuses de Lamartine. OU B) Apprciez Lamartine comme pote romantique.
(05)
(15)
(15) (15) (15) (15) (15) (15)
FRENCH
232
2009-2010
MODEL PAPER
FRENCH (PAPER III) SEMESTER I THE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND CIVILIZATION
Duration : 3 hours Instructions : 1) Figures to the right indicate full marks 3) All answers must be written in French I A. Mettez les verbes la forme qui convient 1. Excusez-moi, il faut que je (partir) . J'ai un rendez-vous 4 heures. 2. Je suis sre qu'il (arriver) en retard. Je ne peux pas compter sur lui. . 3. Comme il pleuvait, nous (dcider) rester la maison. 4. Puis que les ferroviaires sont en grve, je (prendre) le bus pour aller au bureau. 5. Nous sommes heureux que vous (pouvoir) assister cette rception I B. Transformez les phrase selon les indications entre parenthses 10 1. Les langues parles en Suisse sont le franais, l'allemand et l'italien ( Posez la question) 2. Les enfants, il leur faut 8 heures de sommeil par jour. ( Trouvez la question) 3. Si je trouvais un portefeuille dans le bus. (Terminez la phrase) 4. Si nos chiens aboient pendant la nuit, nos voisins.(Terminez la phrase) 5. Quand je (tre) riche, je (acheter) un avion et je (faire) le tour du monde.. (Mettez les verbes la forme convenable) 6. L'eau est un liquide. Nous ne pourrions pas vivre sans l'eau. ( Reliez les phrases en utilisant un pronom relatif) 7. Pour mon anniversaire cette anne, j'ai invit quatre personnes ______ j'ai fait connaissance pendant les vacances. (Remplissez le blanc avec un pronom relatif.) 8. Paul a attendu son appel toute la nuit. Pourtant Alice (promettre) de lui tlphoner ds son arrive en Angleterre. ( Mettez le verbe la forme convenable) 9. Ils travaillaient dans le mme bureau depuis deux ans mais il ne se parlaient pas. Un jour. (Compltez la phrase) 10. Il a t recrut par une grande compagnie franaise et il y (travaille ) depuis 12 ans.( Mettez le verbe la forme convenable) IC.Rpondez aux questions suivantes : 1. Citez deux hros des Franais. 2. Nommez deux monuments en France. 3. Compltez le proverbe : Le temps.. 4. Citez une cause de l'oubli 5. Citez une curiosit artistique en France (5) 5 Total Marks : 80
FRENCH
233
2009-2010
IIA. Quel souvenir d'enfance Marcel Proust a- t- il rappel un jour en mangeant une madeleine et en buvant un th ? Racontez une exprience semblable que vous avez fait. (20) Ou B. Ecrivez une lettre votre ami(e) et racontez brivement l'histoire d'un film que vous avez aim. (20) III A. Tous les jours la tlvision indienne cre de nouvelles idoles. Evoquez deux idoles des Indiens et donnez des raisons de leur popularit. (20) ou B. Parmi tous les stars de votre pays, qui est votre idole ? Pourquoi et comment voulez-vous la ressembler ? (20) IVA. Comme si vous tiez journaliste, rdigez un petit article sur un endroit touristique Goa. Evoquez des lments de sa situation, sa description et de ses particularits. (20) Ou B.Vous avez dcid d'arrter vos tudes pendant un an pour faire un voyage autour du monde. Ecrivez un dialogue pour prsenter vos arguments vos parents. (20)
FRENCH (PAPER III) SEMESTER II THE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND CIVILISATION

Duration : 3 hours Instructions : 1) Figures to the right indicate full marks 2) All answers must be written in French I A. Mettez les verbes la forme qui convient 1. Je souhaite que mes projets (tre ) adopts. 2. Le directeur demande que personne ne (sortir) avant la fin de la runion. 3. Comme il chante bien, on lui (demander) de chanter pour la crmonie d'ouverture. 4. Pour qu'elle (savoir) les informations, elle regarde la tl le soir. 5. Nous sommes heureux que notre fils (russir) l'examen d'entre. 5 Total Marks : 80
I B. Transformez les phrase selon les indications entre parenthses 10 1. La circulation automobile (interdire) dans la ville de Milan pendant la Coupe du monde de football. (Mettez le verbe la forme passive) 2. Le directeur a finalement pris la dcision de vendre son entreprise. (Mettez la forme passive) 3. Nous passons les vacances chez nos grands-parents. ( Posez la question) 4. Je peux travailler une journe entire sans m'arrter ( Trouvez la question) 5. Si je parlais une dizaine de langues..(Terminez la phrase) 6. Il y a des gens qui ne portent jamais leurs bijoux de peur..(Terminez la phrase) 7. Quand nous seront parents, nous (devenir) des personnes plus responsables. (Mettez le verbe la forme qui convient). 8. Choississez la conjonction convenable (de sorte que, si bien que, tel point que) Une femme instruite et active a moins d'enfants le capital du couple augmente. 9. Mettez une expression de comparaison (un peu plus, beaucoup moins...) En 1996, le nombre de Franais tre trs satisfaits de leurs vacances est..... celui de 1994. En revanche, le nombre des mcontents est ................. important. (2)
FRENCH
234
2009-2010
IC. Rpondez aux questions suivantes : (5) 1. Nommez deux prix littraires en France 2. Nommez deux moyens de transport que vous pouvez utiliser pour aller Mumbai 3 Deux ingrdients dans la mayonnaise. 4. Nommez deux pays voisins de la France. 5. Nommez deux potes franais. . II A.Qu'est- ce que le rave ? Evoquez deux autres manires de s'vader la vie quotidienne.. (20) Ou B. Comme si vous tiez journaliste, rdigez un petit article sur un endroit touristique Goa. Evoquez des lments de sa situation, sa description et de ses particularits. (20) . III A. Quels sont les contradictions que l'on peut trouver dans le comportement et la mentalit des Franais. Y-a-t-il des contradictions entre l'image des Franais dans votre pays et ce que vous avez dcouvert dans ce livre ? (20) Ou B.Que signifie pour vous une vie la franaise . Evoquez deux lments qui sont diffrents de votre pays. (20) IV A. Donnez cinq critiques qu'on a fait sur le comportement des hommes en couple. Imaginez cinq que l'on peut faire sur les femmes dans le couple. (20) Ou B. Quel est le dfi le plus ambitieux que vous vous tes lanc ? Est-il russi ? Quelles en taient les consquences ?. (20)
FRENCH
235
2009-2010
THE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND CIVILIZATION

PAPER III
Internal assessment: 20 marks 1. Assignment : 10 marks 2. Oral Examination: 10 marks
QUESTION NO. Q. I
TYPE Objective (Grammar & Vocabulary) Long answers on prescribed topics Long answers on prescribed topics Long answers on prescribed topics TOTAL
MARKS ALLOTTED 20
Q. II
20
Q. III
20
Q. IV
20 80
FRENCH
236
2009-2010
STUDY OF 17TH AND 18TH CENTURY FRENCH

LITERATURE
PAPER IV
Internal assessment: 20 marks 1. Assignment : 10 marks 2. Oral Examination: 10 marks
QUESTION NO. Q. I
TYPE Objective Questions
MARKS ALLOTTED 15
Q. II
Reference to Context
20
Q. III
Background Questions Long answers on prescribed topics Long answers on prescribed topics TOTAL
15
Q. IV
15
Q. V
15 80
FRENCH
237
2009-2010
STUDY OF ROMANTICISM, REALISM AND

NATURALISM IN FRANCE IN 19TH CENTURY
PAPER V
Internal assessment: 20 marks 1. Assignment : 10 marks 2. Oral Examination: 10 marks Semester end examination: 80 marks QUESTION NO. Q. I TYPE Objective Questions MARKS ALLOTTED 15
Q. II
Reference to Context
20
Q. III
Background Questions Long answers on prescribed topics Long answers on prescribed topics TOTAL
15
Q. IV
15
Q. V
15 80
FRENCH
238
2009-2010
THIRD YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
GEOGRAPHY
CURRICULUM
PRINCIPLES OF GEOMORPHOLOGY (GP-05)

SEMESTER V OPTION I - 3 UNITS (GENERAL) OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to introduce the latest concepts in physical geography, essentially geomorphology to the students of geography in a brief but adequate manner.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Distribution of Oceans and continents, Interior of the earth. Formation and structure of continents and ocean basins. Wegner's continental drift hypothesis and isostaticequilibrium - the concept of Plate tectonics; Shield areas and Mobile zones.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
Earth movements - orogeneic and epeirogenic, Structural landforms, earthquakes, volcanoes; Volcanic landforms, e.g. The Deccan trap Landscape, Materials of the earth crust; Minerals and rocks - rock types and their mode of formation. Denudation and weathering and types; weathering landforms. Mass wasting processes and landform effects climate and landforms; Morphogenetic regions.
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
239
2009-2010
III
Geomorphic agents and processes: Geomorphological landscapes: River moulded landscapes - Glacial landscapes in mountains and plains, Aeolian landscape in hot desert; karst landscape, coastal land forms in relation to sea-level changes and wave action
5+15
10
IV
Major geomorphological cycle concepts of (excluding slope analysis) W.M. Davis, Penck. Geomorphology and development, its relevance to mining and agricultural land use.
5+15
10
Applied Geomorphology Application of Geomorphology in environment management, transport development and urbanization
5+15
10
INSTRUCTION
1) Treatment in this paper will be with reference to India; Regional and local examples may be chosen wherever possible. 2) The objective of this course is to introduce the latest concepts in Geomorphology in a brief but adequate manner. The main thrust is to highlight the place of Geomorphology as a main discipline in order to understand Geo-physical processes responsible for initial development of landforms with different concepts or theories and their processes responsible for sculpturing the landscapes as to stress applied aspects of Geomorphology.
REFERENCE
Strahler, A.H. Modern Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, 1983. Strahler A. M. and Stratler A.H. - Elements of Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, 1983. Bunnett R.B. - Physical geography in Diagrams (Longmans, 1993) Tikka - R.N. - Physical Geography. Monkhouse, F.J. - Physical Geography (Latest Edition).
GEOGRAPHY
240
2009-2010
Dayal, P. - A text Book of Geomorphology, Shukla Book Dept, Patna. Sharma V.K. - Geomorphology: Processes and Forms, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. A. Holmes - Principles of Physical Geology (ELPS Thomas Nelson). A. K. Lobeck - Geomorphology (McGraw Hill) C.R. Twidale - Analysis of Landforms (J. Wiley, 1976) P. Birot general Physical Geography (Longmans, Green & Co)
GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA (GP: 06)

SEMESTER - V OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint students with Indian Geography Resource potential development and disparities in regional development and future vision.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
.Location: a) The kaleidoscope of Time-Space Relation, India & its neighbours. b) Unity in Diversity of physical & cultural environment. c) Triple Tectonic Divisions/Morphological divisions. d) Water Resources without referring Drainage System e) Climate: Factors, Seasons, Regional characteristics of Monsoons. .Resource Bases: a) Natural Resources - Soil, Forest, Mineral, Power Production and Conservation problems. b) Population resources, Composition and distribution, Racial, Religious & Ethnic Groups, Urban-Rural, Worker - Non-Worker Structure, Trends of Migration.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
241
2009-2010
III
.A) Resource development-Indian Agriculture 1.Traditional agriculture and present transformation before and after Independence (1947). 2. New Technology and Green Revolution Achievements. B) Regional Cropping pattern-Food-Non Food Grains, Agriculture types & problems, Growth and fluctuation Spatio-temporal trend.
5+15
10
IV
.Manufacturing Industries 1. Contemporary Behavioral & Structural Approach 2. Changing Order: Textile, Capital Intensive, Iron & Steel & Automobile Industry. 3. Knowledge Intensive High Technology Activity: Electrical, Electronic
5+15
10
Transport & Communication: Modes of transport, development of transport system, Transportation Planning
5+15
10
INSTRUCTION
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3.Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified
REFERENCE
Deshpande C.D: India-A Regional Interpretation Northern Book Centre, New Delhi, 1992. Learmonth, A.T.A. et.al(ed): Man and Land of South Asia Concept, New Delhi. Mitra, A.: levels of Regional Development India Census of India, Vol.I, Part I-A (i) and (ii) New Delhi,1967. Routray, J.K.: Geography of Regional Disparity Asian Institute of technology, Bangkok, 1993. Shafi, M: Geography of South Asia, McMillan & Co., Calcutta, 2000. Singh, R.L.(ed): India: A Regional Geography. National Geographical Society. Varnasi, 1971.
242
GEOGRAPHY
2009-2010
Spate, O.H.K. and Learmonth, A.T.A.; India and Pakistan - Land, People and Economy Methuen & Co., London, 1967. Valdiya, K.S.: Dynamic Himalaya, University Press, Hyderabad, 1998. Wadia, D.N.: Geology of India, McMillan & Co., London, 1967. Economic and Commercial Geography of India, Sharma and O.Coutinho.
MAP ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION (GP: 07)

SEMESTER V PRACTICALS V
A) Topographical Sheets: Introduction/comparison with respect to types, scales, grid reference, signs and symbols and colour schemes of SOI, Ordinal maps of UK / United States Geological Survey Maps (USGS). B) Topographical map interpretation Study and interpretation of Indian topographical maps of survey of India (Series - 1: 50000 or 1: 25000), Four maps of coastal plateau Mountainous and plain or desert landscapes, (detail study of topography, drainage, vegetation, landuse pattern, settlements, transport and communication and other aspects). Weather maps interpretation Study and interpretation of Indian daily weather report, Weather report of four seasons I) Summer seasons ii) S.W Monsoons iii) Retreating Monsoons iv) Winter Season. v) Weather forecasting-Practical aspect. Preparation of weather Station Model. Study Tour, Journal & Viva
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
40
20
II
40
20
III
20
05
Weightage: Total= 100
INSTRUCTION
1. Every candidate shall complete the laboratory course prescribed by the University entering all the experiment exercises in the laboratory journal, which shall be produced at the time of
243
GEOGRAPHY
2009-2010
Practical Examination along with a certificate signed both by the course Teacher and the Head of the Department of Geography of the concerned college to the effect that he/she has completed the prescribed course in a satisfactory manner. 2. A batch shall consist of not more than 20 students. 3. Workload - one lab session of 2 hrs (i.e. 3 lectures per week per batch). 4. The duration of practical exam: 4 hrs carrying 100 marks. 5. Practical examination is to be conducted at the end of Semester prior to the Theory (exam).
FIELD SURVEY TECHNIQUES-I

SEMESTER V OBJECTIVE:
The main objective of the fieldwork is to conduct an extensive survey of a contiguous wider region and identity salient landforms; their genesis and their impact on human life, flora and fauna. It also provide the students with the understanding of ground reality of a chosen village/town by observation; mapping of land quality, land use and cropping pattern and conducting Socio-economic survey of the households with the help of a specially prepared questionnaire.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction to Field Survey Meaning, Definition, Importance and scope utility to social sciences, course work v/s field study, Subjects involving field study.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+5
II
Requirements for field study: Planning, Resources, Manpower, number of days (Minimum-Maximum), Sources of expenditure, incentives for field study, weightage, Grade, Marking v/s experience
10+10
10
III
Planning for Field Study in Geography: Statement of purpose/Project, collection of background information, Location on maps, globes, Toposheets. Routes, days, batch formation, distribution of responsibilities, selection of places, selection of Routes, Accommodation, Rules and Regulations during tour, items to be carried, items not to be carried, equipments and infrastructures, local acquaintance administrative requirements.
10+10
20
GEOGRAPHY
244
2009-2010
SUGGESTED READING
Research Methodology by C.P. Kothari - John Wiley. Research Methodology in Geography by R.P. Mishra. Statistical Methods in Geography by A. Ahmed. Practical Geography by B. Ramesh Field Survey Manuals.
CLIMATOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY (GP: 08)

SEMESTER VI
Atmosphere in general: Weather and climate; Meaning and definition and Significance of climatology, Climatic elements. The Atmosphere - its composition & structure, Insolation: Horizontal & Vertical Distribution. Factors affecting temperature: Temporal distribution of temperature, inversions horizontal heat transport, Theories of precipitation and spatio-temporal patterns of precipitation.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
5+15
10
III
Dynamics of Atmosphere. Atmospheric motion: Laws of horizontal motion, types of winds, Divergences, vertical motion; local winds, global pressure variations and wind belts; seasonal shifts, recent views on circulation: Jet streams; Air masses, Fronts and Depressions: Concept, classification, properties, frontogenesis, warm and cold fronts, Occlusions, Zones of frontal development frontal depressions.
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
245
2009-2010
IV
Atmospheric Disturbances: Tropical Weather; climate; Tropical and temperate cyclones: characteristics, origin and tracks with special reference to Indian seas. The Asian and Indian monsoon: recent views, jet stream. Classification: Basis of Koppen's and Thornthwaite's climatic classification and types.
5+15
10
Oceanography Oceans: Their configuration and relief, A detailed study of Indian Ocean relief. Water characteristics; salinity, density, temperature, their regional and global distributional patterns. Ocean Circulations: Waves, tides, currents, their effects, tide theories. Surface current, circulation of the Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans; deep-water circulation, natural catastrophes of Lithosphere, Atmosphere, Hydrosphere.
5+15
10
INSTRUCTION
1. Treatment in this paper will be with reference to India; Regional and local examples may be chosen wherever possible. 2. The objective of this course is to introduce the latest concepts in Climatology in a brief but adequate manner. The main thrust is to highlight the place of Climatology as a main discipline in order to understand the Land-Atmosphere-Oceans interactions with different concepts or theories and their processes responsible for changes in their interactions.
REFERENCE
Strahler, A.H. Modern Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, 1983. Strahler A. M. and Strahler A.H. - Elements of Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, 1983. Bunnett R.B. - Physical geography in Diagrams (Longman, 1993) Tikka - R.N. - Physical Geography. Monkhouse, F.J. - Physical Geography (Latest Edition). P. Birot, General Physical Geography (Longman, Green & Co) Trewartha - Introduction to climate
GEOGRAPHY
246
2009-2010
Critchfield - General Climatology Barry & Charley - Atmosphere, weather & climate Lal - Climatology Stringer - Foundation of Climatology Tikka - Physical Geography Negi - Climatology & Oceanography Gerald - General Oceanography King - Oceanography Sharma & Vetal - Oceanography for geographers.
REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF INDIA

SEMESTER VI OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint students with Indian Geography Resource potential development and disparities in regional development and future vision.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Regional Development: Need and Concept A) Concept of development Planning regions, Multilevel Planning.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
Regions of regional disparity: Physical & Cultural bases. 1) North-Eastern States 2) Jammu & Kashmir 3) Jharkhand
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
247
2009-2010
III
A)Case studies of selected area 1)Metropolitan Regions: Mumbai Metropolitian Region 2)River Project: Narmada Project, Damodar Valley Corporation, North-Eastern States, Hydel Power Projects, Tehri project 3)Rural Development/Reconstruction e.g. Anand Dairy Farming, Narmada Bachav Andolan. 4) Tribal Development Block - Bastar Plateau A) Regional Development and Contemporary Issues 1) Globalization 2) Border issues 3) Water Disputes. 4) Socio -Ethnic Tension Regional Development: Future Vision 1) Indian Suez Canal 2) Konkan Railway Corporation Plans. 3) Golden Quadrangle 4) Oil and gas Pipe Line (Iran and India). 5) River-Linking Projects 6) Antarctica Expeditions
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10
INSTRUCTION
REFERENCES
Deshpande C.D: India-A Regional Interpretation Northern Book Centre, New Delhi, 1992. Learmonth, A.T.A. et.al(ed) : Man and Land of South Asia Concept, New Delhi. Mitra, A. : levels of Regional Development India Census of India, VolI, Part I-A (i) and (ii) New Delhi,1967. Routray, J.K.: Geography of Regional Disparity Asian Institute of technology, Bangkok, 1993. Shafi, M: Geography of South Asia, McMillan & Co., Calcutta, 2000. Singh, R.L.(ed): India: A Regional Geography. National Geographical Society. India, Varnasi, 1971.
GEOGRAPHY
248
2009-2010
Spate, O.H.K. and Learmonth, A.T.A.; India and Pakistan - Land, People and Economy Methuen & Co., London, 1967. Valdiya, K.S.: Dynamic Himalaya, University Press, Hyderabad, 1998. Wadia, D.N.: Geology of India, McMillan & Co., London, 1967. Economic and Commercial Geography of India, Sharma and O.Coutinho.
PRACTICALS-VI: REMOTE SENSING AND GIS

SEMESTER VI
Basics of Remote Sensing - Definition, nature and scope of remote sensing, Evolution of remote sensing, Application of remote sensing, Aerial photography and its components scale, Resolution, stereo model and mosaic, Angle of photograph, Interpretation of Aerial photographs- landuse study (2 photographs to be interpreted).
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
40
20
II
a) Satellite imageries - Components of EMRElectro Magnetic Radiation and remote sensing systems, types of satellites. b) Introduction to GIS-definition & development of GIS, Application of GIS, Components of GIS, Hardware & Software. Elements of GIS, Data Models. Field Work/Field Tour, Journal & Viva
40
20
III
20
05
Weightage: Total= 100.
INSTRUCTION
1. Every candidate shall complete the laboratory course prescribed by the University entering all the experiment exercises in the laboratory journal, which shall be produced at the time of Practical Examination along with a certificate signed both by the course Teacher and the Head of the Department of Geography of the concerned college to the effect that he/she has completed the prescribed course in a satisfactory manner. 2. A batch shall consist of not more than 20 students. 3. Workload - one lab session of 2 hrs (i.e. 3 lectures per week per batch). 4. The duration of practical exam: 4 hrs carrying 100 marks. 5. Practical examination is to be conducted at the end of Semester prior to the Theory (exam).
GEOGRAPHY
249
2009-2010
FIELD SURVEY TECHNIQUES-II

The main objective of the fieldwork is to conduct an extensive survey of a contiguous wider region and identity salient landforms; their genesis and their impact on human life, flora and fauna. It also provide the students with the understanding of ground reality of a chosen village/town by observation; mapping of land quality, land use and cropping pattern and conducting Socio-economic survey of the households with the help of a specially prepared questionnaire.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Preparation of Questionnaire, Schedule, Pilot Study, Coding, Tabulation, use of computer, field book. Social mapping. Field experience, Diary maintenance during field visits, Random checking, code of conduct of field study, Photography Slides. Analysis of the field data, Report writing, Presentation of Draft report, finalization of the report, ground updation, submission of the Report. Layout of a field/Project report. Conduct of Viva voce or interview. Preparation of map, flow chart, presentation of photography. Application of field Data in planning and Administration, Marketing of products, future prospects study. Corrective measurers, limitations of field survey
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
10+10
15
II
10+10
15
III
5+5
SUGGESTED READING
Research Methodology by C.P. Kothari - John Wiley. Research Methodology in Geography by R.P. Mishra. Statistical Methods in Geography by A. Ahmed. Practical Geography by B. Ramesh Field Survey Manuals.
GEOGRAPHY
250
2009-2010
GEOGRAPHY OF RURAL SETTLEMENT

SEMESTER V OBJECTIVES
1. To acquaint the students with the spatial and structural characteristics of human settlements. 2. To bring about awareness of/on special issues related to urban and rural settlements.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Definition, Nature, approaches and scope of geography of rural settlements. Development of geography of rural settlements.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
Evolution of Rural settlements and the process of settling. (With special reference to India).
5+15
10
III
Spatial organization of rural settlements: size, shape, distribution and hierarchy of settlements.
5+15
10
IV
Settlement sites, internal morphology and functions, house types and field patterns.
5+15
10
Salient features of rural settlements in Goa. Impact of urbanization on rural settlements and changing face of rural India. Need for planning.
5+15
10
INSTRUCTION
GEOGRAPHY
251
2009-2010
REFERENCE BOOKS
Clout R.D.: Rural geography, London, Pergamon Press 1970. Money D.C.: Patterns of Settlements: Evan Brothers, London, 1972 Mukherjee R. K.: Man and his habitation, Popular books, Bombay. Singh R.L. et al: Reading in rural settlement: Geography Varnasi. Misra H.N.: Rural development Heritage Publishers, New Delhi. Perdillon A.: Human Geography: Longman, London, 1966. Carter, Harold: The study of Urban Geography; Edward Arnold, London, 1972. Johnson J.H.: Urban Geography: An Introductory Analysis. Meyer. H.M. & Kohn C.F.: Readings in Geography Nangia Sudesh: Delhi Metropolitan Region Singh R.L.: Varnasi - Tara Publications, Varnasi.
AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY-I
SEMESTER V OBJECTIVES:
1. To familiarize the students with the concept, origin, and development of agriculture; to examine the role of agricultural determinants towards changing cropping patterns, intensity, productivity, diversification and specialization. The course further aims to familiarize the students with the application of various theories, models and classification schemes of cropping patterns and productivity; 2. To discuss environmental, technological and social issues in agricultural sector with special reference to India.
UNIT NO. I
COURSE CONTENT
Nature origin & dispersal of Agriculture
MARKS WEIGHTAGE 5+15
TEACHING PERIODS 10
II
Agricultural Activity: Physical & Cultural Environment. The Agricultural Systems of the World
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
252
2009-2010
III
The Agricultural Regions of the World - (Whittlesey's Scheme). Classification of Agricultural Regions: Land use & Land use capability, Landuse Efficiency. Regional Agricultural Specialization: Models/Theories of Agricultural location - Von Thunen Landuse theory, Landuse Analysis in India. Land use pattern: Approaches & References, Selected Agricultural concepts a) Measurements of Agricultural Productivity, Crop Combinational Analysis, Crop Diversification Analysis. b) Measurement of Regional Disparities in Agricultural production.
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10
INSTRUCTIONS
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3. Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified
REFERENCES
Bayliss Smith, T.P.: The Ecology of Agricultural Systems. Cambridge University Press, London, 1987. Berry, B.J.L. et. al.: The Geography of Economic Systems. Prentice Hall, New York, 1976. Brown, L. R.: The Changing World Food Prospects - The Nineties and Beyond. World Watch Institute, Washington D.C., 1990. Dyson, T.: Population and Food - Global Trends and Future Prospects. Routledge, London, 1996. Gregor, H.P.: Geography of Agriculture. Prentice Hall, New York, 1970. Grigg, D.B.: The Agricultural Systems of the World. Cambridge University Press. New York 1974. Hartshorne, T.N. and Alexander, J.W.: Economic Geography. Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1988. Mannion, A. M.: Agriculture and Environment Change. John Wiley, London, 1995. Morgan W. B. and Norton, R.J.C. : Agricultural Geography. Mathuen, London, 1971. Morgan, W. B.: Agriculture in the Third World - A Spatial Analysis. Westview Press, Boulder, 1978.
253
GEOGRAPHY
2009-2010
Sauer, C. O.: Agricultural Origins and Dispersals. M.I.T. Press, Mass, U.S.A., 1969. Singh, J and Dhillon, S.S.: Agricultural Geography, Tata McGraw Hill Pub.; New Delhi, 1988. Tarrant, J.R.: Agricultural Geography. Wiley, New York, 1974.
POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY-I
1) To facilitate students with geographical factors which have a bearing on the political and administrative organizations of space. 2) To enhance an awareness of multidimensional nature of geo-political space
UNIT NO. I
COURSE CONTENT
Nature, scope and subject matter of political geography. A new perspective: scope, redefined and recent trends Organic states, Geopolitik and Geopolitics Conceptual states: i) Spencer and Sclaffle ii) Friedrich Ratzel iii) Rodolf Kjella Geopolitik and Geopolitics - a new dimension Approaches to the study of political geography and its contemporary relevance 1) Law- Landscape approach of Whittlesey 2) Functional approach of Hartshrone 3) Political partitioning model of Gottmann 4) Unified field theory of Jone Concept of Territoriality, state, nation, nationalism, nation building 1) Location, size, shape of states 2) Spatial functions of states Frontiers and Boundaries Concept of frontiers and distinction between frontiers and boundaries
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
5+15
10
III
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10

GEOGRAPHY
254
2009-2010
INSTRUCTIONS
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3. Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified 4. Wherever possible Indian examples should be given first priority with world reference.
REFERENCES
Bhagwati, J.N. (ed): New International Economic Order - The North-South Debate, M.I.T. Press, London, 1976. Dikshit, R.D. : Political Geography: A Contemporary Perspective, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1982 (also latest edition). Glassner M. I. : Political Geography, John Wiley, New York,1993. Panikkar, K.M. Geographical factors in Indian History. Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, Bombay,1956 Pounds N.T.: Political Geography Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1972. Prescott, J.R.V.: Political Geography, Methuen & Co., London,1972. Schwartzberg, J.E.: A Historical Atlas of South Asia, University of Chicago press, U.S.A. 1993. Short, J.R.: An Introduction to Political Geography, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1982. Sudeepta Adhikari, Political Geography, Rawant Publications, Jaipur, New Delhi. Taylor P.J (ed): Political Geography of the 20th Century - A Global Analysis. New York, 1993. Taylor, Peter: Political Geography, Longman, London, 1985. William C. H. (ed): Political Geography of the New World Order Halsted Ben, New York, 1993
PRINCIPLES OF REGIONAL PLANNING

(CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS)
1. To understand and evaluate the concept of region in geography and its role and relevance in region planning; 2. To identify the issues relating to the development of the region through the process of spatial organization of various attributes and their inter relationship. 3. To identify the causes of regional disparities in development, perspectives and policy imperatives.
GEOGRAPHY
255
2009-2010
UNIT NO. I
COURSE CONTENT
Philosophy of Planning - need and scope, concept of space, area of locational attributes. Areal basis of planning: Economic, Social, Demographic Ecological implications. Regional Planning - Definition, Scope & Significance Geography and Planning: Sectoral/areal: Physical/perspective, Planning unit on the basis of the river basins; nodal regions, resource regions - Land use planning. Regions: Formal/functional - Regions for planning criteria, Methods of regionalisation; agglomerative, divisive.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
5+15
10
III
5+15
10
IV
Regional policy and Regional Planning, Planning at various level; National, State, Local Planning.
5+15
10
Case Study - U.K., China, Cuba
5+15
10
INSTRUCTIONS
Major thrust should be given for the local and regional environment.
REFERENCE
Gadgil D.R. : Planning in India. Asia Publishing House Bo Mishra R. P. Regional Planning: A Reader; Concepts Tools, Techniques and case studies, Mysore University Pr Chand, Mahesh and Puri K.: Regional Planning in India: All Publishers, New Delhi - 1983. Glicksen .A. : Regional Planning and Development: Leiden, Hagle, 1955 Freeman T.W. : geography and Planning, ( Hutchinsen University, London 1958) Sundaram K.V.: Urban and Regional Planning in India (Vikash Publishing House, New Delhi 1977).
GEOGRAPHY
256
2009-2010
Sengupta P. & Edasyuk Galina: Economic Regionalisation of India Problems & Approaches, Monograph Series. Vol I No.8 Indian Census, Delhi 1968) Prakas Rao V.L.S.: Regional Planning.
QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN GEOGRAPHY- I

SEMESTER V PRACTICALS VII: OBJECTIVES:
1. To introduce students with some basic statistical techniques, relevant to geographical research as the Project/Dissertation is compulsory at UG/PG level. 2. To acquaint students about their potentials & utilization: The knowledge of drawing inferences using the geographical database. 3. To provide students for an understanding and appreciation of the mutual dependence of different techniques and their relevance. 4. Data related to course content of all the theory papers must be used to co-related theory & practical aspects.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Geographical Database a) The Nature of Geography b) Areal limits on geographical data-base c) Geographical research and Statistical Techniques.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
20
10
II
A)Measurement scales in statistical geography. Nominal, ordinal, interval and ratio scale/ measurements B) Descriptive Statistics-I a) Classification, Tabulation and types b) Tabulation, (format) and types of table c) Graphical presentations, Frequency distribution and typical pattern of frequency distribution: Histogram and Frequency Polygon Measures of central tendency and partition values, Arithmetic & Geometric Mean, Median, Mode, Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles (Grouped & Ungrouped data)
10
05
III
20
10
GEOGRAPHY
257
2009-2010
IV
Descriptive statistics - II (Measures of Dispersion) a) Absolute measures of dispersion and skewness: Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Absolute Deviation, Standard Deviation, Variance and Combined mean. Relative measures of dispersion: Coefficient of variation (C.V.), Lorenz curve, and standard distance.
20
10
20
10
Weightage: 100.
INSTRUCTION
1. Maximum stress must be given to Indian statistical database related to other theory papers. 2. The weekly workload for this paper should be two labs. Two Sessions of two hours each (3 lectures each). 3. The University examination will be of four hours consisting 90 marks & Journal viva 10 marks i.e. total 100 marks. 4. Question No.1is of objective type (15 marks) and then Q. No.2 to 6 each will carry 15 marks with sub questions.
REFERENCE
Dr. Negi B.S.: Statistical Geography: Kedarnath- Ramanath, Meerut Gregory: Statistical methods and the Geographer, Longman S. London, 1963. Gupta S.P.: practical statistics Johnson R.J. : Multivariate statistical Analysis in Geography, Longman Khan Z.A: Text book of practical Geography New Delhi-1998 Pal Saroj K.: Statistical Techniques: A basic approach to Geography: Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi. P.K. Majumda : STATISTICS: A Tool for Social Sciences, Rawat Publications: Jaipur & New Delhi. Rastogi R.S.: Elementary Statistics: Rohit Publications Delhi-110 006 Succheti D.C. and Kapoor V.K. - statistics (theory, methods and application) Zamir Alvi: Statistical Geography: Method and Applications Rawat Publications, New Delhi
GEOGRAPHY
258
2009-2010
SKILLS IN PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-I

1) The course content allows students who need to acquaint with a different presentation of Earth Science than they have seen/perceived in the class. 2) It is less as a textbook, but more as skilled presentation. 3) Since important connections of natural surroundings are lost in the dry facts and abstract concepts the discussion with example orientation will give the reader a complete knowledge. 4) It supplements the classroom teaching and experiences. 5) Practice questions & exercises designed to reinforce a new way of learning with new material/technical data. Ultimately a firm grasp of the concepts of how and why our world works makes us partners in a relationship with nature as we are all immersed in every day as we are neither foreign objects or subjects rather than victims of it.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction to Earth Science: Observation & Inferences, Patterns of change, Metric measurements, Density, Gradient rate & time, Percent deviation. Dimensions of the Earth: Shape and size of earth, parts of the earth, Positions on the earth, Use of contour maps
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+5
II
5+5
III
Minerals and Rocks: Minerals, Rock formation. Types of rocks - Igneous, Sedimentary, Metamorphic. Earthquakes & volcanoes: Movements of the crust, plate boundaries, plate tectonics, Earthquakes & analysis of seismic waves, finding the epicentre of the earthquakes. Weathering & Erosion: Physical & Chemical weathering, Weathering rates, Erosion, Stream erosional-Depositional Systems, Other erosional depositional systems.
5+5
IV
5+5
5+5
Weightage: 25+25=50
GEOGRAPHY
259
2009-2010
INSTRUCTION
1. The teachers can refer all the books related to practicals in Geography, both related to Cartography & Statistical Analysis
GEOGRAPHY OF URBAN SETTLEMENT

1. To acquaint the students with the spatial and structural characteristics of human settlements. 2. To bring about awareness of/on special issues related to urban and rural settlements.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Nature, approach and scope of urban geography. Development of urban geography. Definition of urban places, problems of defining urban places. Site and situations of urban places (towns and cities) functional classification of towns.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
5+15
10
III
Hierarchy of Urban settlements, Urban morphology, theories related to urban landuse. City- Region, concept, urban systems; rank size and Private City Model. Trends and patterns of urbanization - India and Goa. Case study metropolitan i.e. Mumbai, Kolkata, Delhi (any one suggested by BOS) Problems of urbanization with special reference to slums, pollution, urban climate, garbage management. Urban planning and sustainable development of cities.
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10
INSTRUCTION
GEOGRAPHY
260
2009-2010
REFERENCE BOOKS
Clout R.D.: Rural Geography, London, Pergamon Press 1970. Money D.C.: Patterns of Settlements: Evan Brothers, London, 1972 Mukherjee R. K.: Man and his habitation, Popular books, Bombay. Singh R.L. et al: Reading in rural settlement: Geography Varnasi. Misra H.N.: Rural development Heritage Publishers, New Delhi. Perdillon A.: Human Geography: Longman, London, 1966. Carter, Harold: The study of Urban Geography; Edward Arnold, London, 1972. Johnson J.H.: Urban Geography: An Introductory Analysis. Meyer. H.M. & Kohn C.F.: Readings in Geography Nangia Sudesh: Delhi Metropolitan Region Singh R.L.: Varnasi - Tara Publications, Varnasi.
AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY-II
1. To familiarize the students with the concept, origin, and development of agriculture; to examine the role of agricultural determinants towards changing cropping patterns, intensity, productivity, diversification and specialization. The course further aims to familiarize the students with the application of various theories, models and classification schemes of cropping patterns and productivity; 2. To discuss environmental, technological and social issues in agricultural sector with special reference to India.
UNIT NO. I
COURSE CONTENT
Agricultural Transformation in India since 1947, Green Revolution, White Revolution Cropping Patterns: Food Crops & Non- food Crops, Spatio-Temporal Analysis.
TEACHING PERIODS 10
II
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
261
2009-2010
III
Contemporary issues, Spatio-temporal growth & fluctuation in production. Agricultural policy. Components of Agro meteorological study: Agro climatic Regions of India. Green Revolution and New techniques: Case Study of India
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10
INSTRUCTIONS
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3. Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified
REFERENCES
Bayliss Smith, T.P.: The Ecology of Agricultural Systems. Cambridge University Press, London, 1987. Berry, B.J.L. et. al.: The Geography of Economic Systems. Prentice Hall, New York, 1976. Brown, L. R.: The Changing World Food Prospects - The Nineties and Beyond. World Watch Institute, Washington D.C., 1990. Dyson, T.: Population and Food - Global Trends and Future Prospects. Routledge, London, 1996. Gregor, H.P.: Geography of Agriculture. Prentice Hall, New York, 1970. Grigg, D.B.: The Agricultural Systems of the World. Cambridge University Press. New York 1974. Hartshorne, T.N. and Alexander, J.W.: Economic Geography. Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1988. Mannion, A. M.: Agriculture and Environment Change. John Wiley, London, 1995. Morgan W. B. and Norton, R.J.C. : Agricultural Geography. Mathuen, London, 1971. Morgan, W. B.: Agriculture in the Third World - A Spatial Analysis. Westview Press, Boulder, 1978. Sauer, C. O.: Agricultural Origins and Dispersals. M.I.T. Press, Mass, U.S.A., 1969. Singh, J and Dhillon, S.S.: Agricultural Geography, Tata McGraw Hill Pub.; New Delhi, 1988. Tarrant, J.R.: Agricultural Geography. Wiley, New York, 1974.
GEOGRAPHY
262
2009-2010
POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY-II
SEMESTER VI OBJECTIVES:
1) To facilitate students with geographical factors which have a bearing on the political and administrative organizations of space. 2) To enhance an awareness of multidimensional nature of geo-political space
UNIT NO. I
COURSE CONTENT
Elements of Spatial structural state. The core area & capital cities. Territorial sea and maritime boundaries. Territorial sea and maritime boundaries jurisdiction zone. Delimitation of maritime boundaries, measurement of the territorial seas. The median line boundaries, continental sea, the EEZ. Global Strategic views 1. The views of Mackinder (Heartland), Spykman (Rimland) 1744. Critical assessment of Heartland & Rimland Model. Federalism: (World with special reference to India) Federalism as a geographical phenomenon. Desirability development pattern of Federalist, Concept of symmetry & Asymmetry Model of federalist. Underdevelopment International Policies, North-South Dialogues, New International Economic Order. International tensions identification-factors consisting to such tensions. Case study of West Asia, Indian Ocean Region, Regionalism & International relations.
TEACHING PERIODS 10
II
5+15
10
III
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
263
2009-2010
INSTRUCTIONS
1. 1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2. Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3. Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified 4. Wherever possible Indian examples should be given first priority with world reference.
REFERENCES
Bhagwati, J.N. (ed): New International Economic Order - The North-South Debate, M.I.T. Press, London, 1976. Dikshit, R.D. : Political Geography: A Contemporary Perspective, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1982 (also latest edition). Glassner M. I. : Political Geography, John Wiley, New York,1993. Panikkar, K.M. Geographical factors in Indian History. Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, Bombay,1956 Pounds N.T.: Political Geography Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1972. Prescott, J.R.V.: Political Geography, Methuen & Co., London,1972. Schwartzberg, J.E.: A Historical Atlas of South Asia, University of Chicago press, U.S.A. 1993. Short, J.R.: An Introduction to Political Geography, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1982. Sudeepta Adhikari, Political Geography, Rawant Publications, Jaipur, New Delhi. Taylor P.J (ed): Political Geography of the 20th Century - A Global Analysis. New York, 1993. Taylor, Peter: Political Geography, Longman, London, 1985. William C. H. (ed): Political Geography of the New World Order Halsted Ben, New York, 1993.
REGIONAL PLANNING IN INDIA

SEMESTER VI
UNIT NO. I COURSE CONTENT
Regional Planning: Need in India context & Strategy. Manpower Planning In India. Planning problems, Objectives and priorities in India.
TEACHING PERIODS 10
II
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
264
2009-2010
III
Indicies of economic development, Resource regionalisation of India - Industrial regions.
5+15
10
IV
Growth centre strategy; District Planning. Metropolitan Planning. Case study of 2 regional plans of two contrast regions Planning in Goa. Tribal and coastal region, drought and flood region, Local Government and Planning.
5+15
10
5+15
10
INSTRUCTIONS
Major thrust should be given for the local and regional environment.
REFERENCE
Gadgil D.R. : Planning in India. Asia Publishing House Bo Mishra R. P. Regional Planning: A Reader; Concepts Tools, Techniques and case studies, Mysore University Pr Chand, Mahesh and Puri K.: Regional Planning in India: All Publishers, New Delhi - 1983. Glicksen .A. : Regional Planning and Development: Leiden, Hagle, 1955 Freeman T.W. : geography and Planning, ( Hutchinsen University , London 1958) Sundaram K.V.: Urban and Regional Planning in India (Vikash Publishing House, New Delhi 1977). Sengupta P. & Edasyuk Galina : Economic Regionalisation of India Problems & Approaches, Monograph Series. Vol I No.8 Indian Census, Delhi 1968) Prakas Rao V.L.S. : Regional Planning.
GEOGRAPHY
265
2009-2010
QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN GEOGRAPHY- II

SEMESTER - VI OBJECTIVES
1. To introduce students with some basic statistical techniques, relevant to geographical research as the Project/Dissertation is compulsory at UG/PG level. 2. To acquaint students about their potentials & utilization: The knowledge of drawing inferences using the geographical database. 3. To provide students for an understanding and appreciation of the mutual dependence of different techniques and their relevance. 4. Data related to course content of all the theory papers must be used to co-related theory & practical aspects.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Non- Parametric Statistics Co-relation and Regression analysis a) Scatter Diagram b) Karl Person's Co-efficient correlation c) Spearman's rank correlation d) Kendall's rank correlation regression analysis. Parametric Statistics Sampling Techniques a) Significance in research and data collection. b) Sampling Plan c) Methods of sampling d) Sampling estimates Non-Parametric Hypothesis testing a) Meaning, types of hypothesis b) Testing of hypothesis i) Chi-square test ii) Variance analysis. Matrices & Indices c) Elementary introduction to geographic matrices d) Index numbers: unweighted, weighted indices and cost of living index Application of Computer Cartography Simple exercises for representation of geographic data.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
20
10
II
20
10
III
20
10
IV
20
10
Field trip & Survey Report. Journal and viva voce
20
10
GEOGRAPHY
266
2009-2010
Weightage: 100.
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Maximum stress must be given to Indian statistical database related to other theory papers. 2. The weekly workload for this paper should be two labs. Two Sessions of two hours each (3 lectures each). 3. The University examination will be of four hours consisting 90 marks & Journal viva 10 marks i.e. total 100 marks. 4. Question No.1is of objective type (15 marks) and then Q. No.2 to 6 each will carry 15 marks with sub questions.
REFERENCES
Dr. Negi B.S.: Statistical Geography: Kedarnath- Ramanath, Meerut Gregory: Statistical methods and the Geographer, Longman S. London, 1963. Gupta S.P.: practical statistics Johnson R.J. : Multivariate statistical Analysis in Geography, Longman Khan Z.A: Text book of practical Geography New Delhi-1998 Pal Saroj K.: Statistical Techniques: A basic approach to Geography: Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi. P.K. Majumda : STATISTICS: A Tool for Social Sciences, Rawat Publications: Jaipur & New Delhi. Rastogi R.S.: Elementary Statistics: Rohit Publications Delhi-110 006 Succheti D.C. and Kapoor V.K. - statistics (theory, methods and application) Zamir Alvi: Statistical Geography: Method and Applications Rawat Publications, New Delhi
SKILLS IN PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-II

SEMESTER VI OBJECTIVES:
1) The course content allows students who need to acquaint with a different presentation of Earth Science than they have seen/perceived in the class. 2) It is less as a textbook, but more as skilled presentation. 3) Since important connections of natural surroundings are lost in the dry facts and abstract concepts the discussion with example orientation will give the reader a complete knowledge. 4) It supplements the classroom teaching and experiences. 5) Practice questions & exercises designed to reinforce a new way of learning with new material/technical data.
GEOGRAPHY
267
2009-2010
6) Ultimately a firm grasp of the concepts of how and why our world works makes us partners in a relationship with nature as we are all immersed in every day as we are neither foreign objects or subjects rather than victims of it.
UNIT NO.
COURSE CONTENT
Meteorology and Energy in the Atmosphere: Structure & Composition of Atmosphere, Atmospheric temperature, Pressure, Moisture, Winds, Air masses and Storms. Water Cycle & climate: Hydrological Cycle, Water budget, ground water, Water Divides.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+5
II
5+5
6 6
III
Motions of the Earth: Earths rotation & revolution. Astronomy: Eclipses, The moon, tides, solar system Scientific Notations (exercises).
5+5
IV
5+5
5+5
Weightage: 25+25=50
INSTRUCTION
1. The teachers can refer to all the books and instruments related to practicals in Geography, Cartography & Statistical Analysis.
DISASTER MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING-I

OPTION III (HONORS) SEMESTER V
Definition of Disaster, Natural Disasters: Earthquake, Flood, Landslide, Drought, Desertification, Snowfall, Hail Storms, Climatic disorders, Avalanches. Extreme climate disasters, Cloud Burst, Incessant rain, Cyclones, High Tides, Tsunamis, Hurricanes, Volcanic eruption,
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
268
2009-2010
II
Global warming, congestion, pollution, accidents, deforestation, Drug abuse, Moral degradation, ethical erosion. Insecurity, AIDS, HIV, Genetic diseases, Health disorders, and terrorism, Fanaticism. Causes of the natural and human disasters, two examples of each of the devasting natural human calamities. (self assessment and reported causes). Consequences of the natural and human disasters, one case study of each of the disasters, disaster prone areas in the world, India and Goa. Disaster Mapping. Field Trip / Case Study on natural disasters
5+15
10
III
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10
INSTRUCTIONS
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2.Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3.Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified 4. Due weightage for maps, diagrams in teaching as well as in paper setting are mandatory.
SUGGESTED READING
Natural Disasters - R.B. Singh, Ashis Publication, Delhi. Human Geography - Majid Hussain, Rawat Publication, Jaipur. Earthquake - Visaria Natural Disasters Mitigation Measures - IIRS, Dehradun. Human Resource Development - UNESCO Measures.
GEOGRAPHY
269
2009-2010
DEVELOPMENT OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT

To have an elementary knowledge of evolution of Geography since its inception till date.
UNIT NO. I
COURSE CONTENT
Nature of Geography, Geography as a scientific discipline. Its relation to other sciences. Scientific explanations.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
Evolution of Geography: Ancient period, Dark ages, Age of exploration, Consolidation period (1750-1950) and Modern Era (1950- till date).
5+15
10
III
Modern Geographical thought-Alexander Von Humboldt, Carl Ritter, Charles Darwin
5+15
10
IV
Schools of Geographical thought-French, German, British, Possibilism, Determinism, Neo Determinism.
5+15
10
Geography as a study of man-Environment relationship, Areal differentiation and spatial organization. Dualism and dichotomies and Quantitative Revolution.
5+15
10
REFERENCE:
Abler,Ronald: Adams, John S. Gould, Peter: Spatial Organization : The Geographer's View of the World, Prentice Hall, N.J., 1971. Ali S.M. : The Geography of Puranas, Peoples Publishing House, Delhi, 1966. Amedeo, Douglas: An Introduction to Scientific Reasoning in Geography, John Wiley, U.S.A. 1971.
GEOGRAPHY
270
2009-2010
Dikshit, R.D.(ed.): The Art & Science of Geography integrated Readings, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1994. Hartshorne, R.: Perspectives on nature of Geography, Rand McNally & Co.,1959. Hussain, M. : Evolution of Geographic Thought, Rawat Pub. Jaipur, 1984. Johnston, R.J.: Philosophy and Human Geography, Edward Arnold, London, 1983. Johnston, R.J. : The Future of Geography, Methuen, London, 1988. Minshull, R. : The Changing Nature of Geography, Hutchinson University Library, London,1970.
DISASTER MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING-II

SEMESTER VI
Meaning and Definition of Disaster Management, Importance of past data, scientific study of potential zones through traditional and modern techniques. (Introduction to Social mapping U.S., Remote Sensing, GIS, GPS, Radar, Satellite etc). Role of media. Precautionary measures, formation of groups, forecasting measures, Role of the Government, People's Participation, Rescue and relief operations, Agencies to be contacted and concerned.
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+20
15
II
5+20
10
III
Disaster Mitigation: Meaning and Definitions, Mitigation measures, What to do and what not to do, Rehabilitation programmes, Review and Redressal of Rescue and Rehabilitation, Corrective Measures.
10+20
15
IV
Local Field Trip*/ Report: A Case Study Human disasters
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
271
2009-2010
INSTRUCTIONS
1.Maximum thrust may be given to local regional and national examples. 2.Q. No. 1 being objective it should include questions from all units of the term. 3.Questions should be set with due weightage to all the units as specified 4. Due weightage for maps, diagrams in teaching as well as in paper setting are mandatory.
SUGGESTED READING
Natural Disasters - R.B. Singh, Ashis Publication, Delhi. Human Geography - Majid Hussain, Rawat Publication, Jaipur. Earthquake - Visaria Natural Disasters Mitigation Measures - IIRS, Dehradun. Human Resource Development - UNESCO Measures.
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN GEOGRAPHY

SEMESTER VI
Introduction to Computers: Data input, data representation, instructing computer, disc and tape, Operating system/DOS, Introduction to software. Computer and Geographic data: Scale of measurement, location data, data structure, Computers in Cartography: Hardware for computer mapping, software for computer mapping. Application of Computer Cartography: simple exercises for representation of Geographic data. Journal
MARKS WEIGHTAGE
TEACHING PERIODS
5+15
10
II
5+15
10
III
5+15
10
IV
5+15
10
5+15
10
GEOGRAPHY
272
2009-2010
REFERENCES:
Cole & King (1968): Quantitative Geography, Mathuen, London. Haggett Peter (1990): Geography & Modern synthesis, Harper International, New York. Hammond R. Mc. Cullagh P. (1974): Quantitative techniques in Geography Calrendon Press, Oxford. Maguire David J. (1989): Computers in Geography, Longman scientific & Technical, London. Mather Paul M. (1993): Computer application in Geography John Willy & Sons, New York, USA.
GEOGRAPHY
273
2009-2010
THIRD YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
HISTORY
CURRICULUM
HISTORY OF INDIA (FROM 1526 - 1818)

SEMESTER V - PAPER V
1. Early Mughals (a) Sources (b) Babur & Humayun (c)The Suri Interlude 2. Consolidation and Expansion of the Mughal Empire (a) Akbar (b) Jahangir Noorjahan, Shahjahan (c) Aurangzeb 3. The Later Mughals: Decline 4. The Marathas (a) Shivaji (b) Maratha Mughal Conflict (1680-1707) (c) The Peshwas (1707-1818) --15 lectures
--15 lectures
--10 lectures --20 lectures
5. Advent of the Europeans in India and the establishment of the English East India Company's Rule in India : Conquest of Bengal ; Anglo-Mysore Wars: Tipu Sultan. --15 lectures
SOCIO-ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA (1526 TO

1818) SEMESTER VI PAPER VI:
1. Administration --16 lectures (a) The Mughals : Central and Provincial (b) Reforms of Sher Shah Suri (c) Akbar : Mansabdari and Revenue System (d) The Maratha Administration: Civil and Military
HISTORY
274
2009-2010
2. Economy (a) Agriculture and Agrarian relations (b) Industry and Technology (c) Trade and Commerce 3. Society and Culture (a) Social Stratification (b) Social Life (c) Status of Women (d) Language and literature (e) Art and Architectures 4. Religious reform movements (a) Din-i-ilahi (b) Sant traditions (c) Sufism (d) Sikhism
--16 lectures
--17 lectures
--16 lectures
RISE OF INDIAN NATIONALISM (1857 1905)

SEMESTER V PAPER VII:
1. Major Schools of thoughts: Imperialist, Nationalist, Marxist, Cambridge and Subaltern (to be taught with reference to the period 1857-1947) 2. Different Perceptions on the Revolt of 1857 Consequences of the Revolt 3. Socio-Religious Reform Movement English Education Press 4. Genesis of Indian Nationalisms: The Nature of Colonial RuleEarly Associations The birth of the Indian National Congress: Myth and Reality 5. Development of Freedom Movement (1885 1905) : The Congress programme of Constitutional, Administrative and Economic reforms The economic Ideology Moderates and beginnings of Extremist politics. --12 lectures
HISTORY
275
2009-2010
TOWARDS FREEDOM (1905 1947)

SEMESTER VI PAPER VIII:
1.Nationalist Movement (1905-1918) Growth of Militant --16 lectures Nationalism Partition of Bengal Anti-Partition Movement Swadeshi and Boycott Movements World War I Home Rule Leagues, Rise of Communal politics: Muslim League and Hindu Mahasabha. 2. Nationalist Movement (1916-1935): Emergence of Gandhi. --17 lectures The concept of Satyagraha Rowlatt Act Jallianwalla Bagh Khilafat and Non-Cooperation Movements Swarajists Simon Commission - Role of Revolutionaries: Bhagat Singh Civil Disobedience Movements GandhiIrwin Pact 3. Struggle for Freedom (1935-1942) : Congress Ministries --16 lectures Growth of Socialist Ideas Tribal and Peasant Movement Politics and Reform in Princely states Growth of Communalism World War II the INA. 4. Final Phase 1942 1947: Quit India Movement Demand for Pakistan RIN Revolt Towards the transfer of power. --16 lectures
INDIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE

SEMESTER V PAPER IX:
1. The Nehru era (1947 1964) (a) Integration of states (b) Making of the constitution (c) Nehru's domestic and foreign policy: Five Year Plans; India's role in NAM 2. India from 1964 1984 (a) Lal Bahadur Shastri (b) Domestic policy of Indira Gandhi. Emergency. (c) Role of the Janata Party (d): Indo-Pak Wars. Foreign Policy. 3. India from 1984-1996 (a) Domestic policy: New Educational Policy, New Economic Policy (1991), 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments (b) Foreign Policy. -- 15 lecture
-- 20 lectures
-- 20 lectures
4. Towards the 21st Century --20 lectures (a) Coalition Politics (b) Creation of New States (c) Social and Environmental movements: Narmada Bachao Andolan, Gender and Dalit (d) Science & Technology
HISTORY
276
2009-2010
WORLD REVOLUTIONS
SEMESTER VI PAPER X :
--13 lectures --13 lectures --13 lectures --36 lectures 1. The Glorious or Bloodless Revolution of 1688 2. The American War of Independence 3. The French Revolution of 1789 4. Twentieth Century Revolutions (a) The Bolshevik Revolution (b) The Maoist Revolution (c) Cuban Revolution
GOA SINCE LIBERATION

SEMESTER V/VI PAPER XI
1. Integration: Military Rule and the Transition to Democracy. 2. Cabinet Government: The Bandodkar Era; Later MGP and Congress Governments, 1973-1990; Coalition Politics; The rule of the BJP. The Role of the Governors. 3. Transformation: Tenancy Reforms. Educational Expansion. Status of Women and Children. Industrial Development. -- 15 lectures -- 20 lectures
-- 20 lectures
4. Issues and Movements: Opinion Poll, Mining, ZACL, -- 20 lectures Ramponkar, Half-ticket student's agitation Politics of Language, Demand for Statehood, Tourism, Konkan Railway Nylon 6,6, Mhadei issue, Heritage Movement, Saleli issue, Goa Bachao Abhiyan, Role of NGOs.
HISTORY OF THE MARATHAS (1630-1818)

SEMESTER V/VI PAPER XII :
--20 lectures 1. Rise of the Maratha Power (a) Factors contributing to the rise of the Maratha power (b) Shivaji and Swaraj (c) Shivaji - Goa relations 2. Administration of Shivaji (a) Civil (b) Military
--17 lectures
HISTORY
277
2009-2010
3. The Maratha Swaraj : The struggle (1680-1707) (a) Sambhaji (b) Rajaram (c) Tarabai (d) Maratha Goa relations 4. Rise and fall of the Peshwas (a) Balaji Vishwanath, Bajirao I (b) Balaji Bajirao: Empire. The Panipat debacle (c) Revival under Madhavrao I (d) Decline and Fall of the Maratha power
--18 lectures
--20 lectures
ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS: EGYPT, CHINA, INDIA

& GREECE
(EARLIEST TIMES TO 500 A.D. ) SEMESTER V/VI PAPER XIII:
1. The Egyptian Civilization (a) Location, Characteristics of Social Life, Political System and Economy (b) Main Pharaohs: Hatshepsut, Rameses Iife, Tutankhamen, Akhenaton (c)Contributions to : Sciences, art, architecture, pyramids script food. 2. Chinese Civilization (a) Location, Characteristics of Social Life, Political System and Economy (b) Main Dynasties: Chin-Shih Huangdi, Han Wu Ti Tang (c) Contribution to : Sciences, inventions, art and architecture, commerce, philosophy agriculture, food. 3. Indus Valley civilization (a) Location, Social life (b) Contribution to town-planning of Harappa and Mohenjodaro, art and architecture, religion, sciences, commerce, food. (c) Decline 4. Hellenic civilization (a) Location Characteristics of social life (b) Greek city states with special reference to Athenian Democracy and Spartan Militarism (c) Golden Age of Pericles Contributions to sciences, Philosophy, literature, art and architecture. --18 lectures
--19 lectures
--20 lectures
--18 lectures
HISTORY
278
2009-2010
HISTORY OF MODERN CHINA (1839-1976)

SEMESTER V/VI PAPER XIV :
1. China and the West (a) Opium Wars (b) Boxer uprising (c) Empress dowager (Tzu-His) 2. Imperialism and Nationalism in China (a) Oper Door Policy (b) Sino Japanese War (c) Russo Japanese War (d) Sun Yat Sen and the Revolution (e) Overthrow of the Manchus, Republic 3. The Chinese Republic 1911-28 (a) The early Republic : Warlordism (b) Sun Yat-Sen and the Kuomintang (KMT) (c ) C.C.P. 4. China between 1928-49 (a) Chiang Kai-Shek (b) Achievements and Failures of the Chiangkai-Shek regime 5. Communist China under Mao (a) The Communist Revolution of 1949 (b) Mao Zedong (c ) Political, Social, Economic reconstruction (d) Cultural Revolution --15 lectures
--15 lectures
--15 lectures
--15 lectures
--15 lectures
HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

(C.1776-1945)
SEMESTER V/V PAPER XV:
1. The Background: The land and indigenous people; settlement and colonization by Europeans; early colonial society and politics: indentured labour - White and Black. 2. Making of the Republic: Revolution Sources of conflict: Revolutionary groups. Ideology: The War of Independence and its historical interpretations. Processes and Features of Constitution making: Debates: Historical interpretations.
HISTORY
279
2009-2010
3. Evolution of American Democracy: Federalists-Rise or political parties 1840 to 1860; Judiciary role of the Supreme Court. Expansion of Frontier; Turner's Thesis: Marginalization. Displacement and decimation of native Americans: Case histories of: Tecumseh: Shawnee Prophet. Limits of democracy, Blacks and women. 4. Early Capitalism: Beginnings of industrialization, Immigrants and changing composition of Labour: Early Labour Movements. 5. The Agrarian South: Plantation economy, Slave Society and Culture: Slave resistance. 6. Ante Bellum Foreign Policy: War of 1812: Monroe Doctrine: Manifest Destiny. 7. Civil War: Abolitionism and Sectionalism, Issues and interpretations, Rise of Republicanism. Emancipation and Lincoln. 8. Reconstructions: Political changes and agrarian transformation: Conservative and Radical phases. The New South: Participants and Reactions - Carpet Baggers: Scalawags. Blacks, Ku KIux Klan. 9. Industrial America: Growth of Capitalism and Big Business, Business cycles; Depression. 10. Resistance and Reform: Labour movements and Unionization, Agrarian crises and populism, Urban corruption and progressivism, New Deal. 11. Imperialism: Spanish-American War; Expansion in the Far East and Latin America; World War I and Fourteen Points: Isolationism; Americans in World War II, Bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. 12. Afro-American Movements: Black Movements: Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Dubois; NAACP and Marcus Gnrvey. 13. Women's Movements: Rise of the Lowell Factor System, Abolitionists and Women's rights movement, Suffrage, Afro-American women.
HISTORY
280
2009-2010
14. Religious, Cultural and Intellectual Trends. Religious movements; Early Revivalism; Puritans; Quakers; Mormons; Temperance, Mass culture ( circa 1900 - 1945 ), Major literary trends (circa 1900-1945).
THE RISE OF THE MODERN WEST (MID-15TH

CENTURY TO THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION)
SEMESTER V/VI PAPER XVIII:
1. Transition from feudalism to capitalism: problems and theories. 2. Early colonial expansion: motives, voyages and explorations; the conquests of the Americas: beginning of the era of Colonization; mining and plantation; the African slaves. 3. Renaissance: its social roots, city states of Italy; spread of humanism in Europe: Art. 4. Origins, course and results of the European Reformation in the 16th century. 5. Economic developments of the sixteenth century: Shift of economic balance from the Mediterranean to the Atlantic; Commercial Revolution: Influx of American silver and the Price Revolution. 6. Emergence of European state system: Spain; France; England; Russia 7. 17th century European crisis: economic, social and political Dimensions. 8. The English Revolution: major issues; political and intellectual currents. 9.Rise of modern science in relation lo European society from the Renaissance to the 17th century 10. Mercantilism and European economics: 17 th and 18th centuries. 11. European politics in the 18th century parliamentary monarchy; patterns of Absolutism in Europe 12.Political and economic issues in the American Revolution. 13. Preludes to the Industrial Revolution.
HISTORY
281
2009-2010
MAHATMA GANDHI IN INDIAN HISTORY

SEMESTER V/VI PAPER XVIII :
1. M.K. Gandhi : Early Life. In South Africa 2. Arrival in India The Champaran, Kheda Ahmedabad issues 3. The Non C-operation Movement The Civil Disobedience Movement: The Dandi March Quit India Movement. 4. Gandhian Philosophy and Techniques Satyagraha : Truth and Non-Violence 5. Impact of the Mahatma --12 lectures --15 lectures
--20 lectures
-- 20 lectures -- 8 lectures
READING LIST
Gandhi M.K. Gandi M.K. Chandra, Bipen Brown, Judith : My Experiments with Truth : Hind Swaraj : India's struggle for freedom : Gandhi's rise to power
HISTORY OF INDIA (FROM 1526 TO 1818)

SEMESTER V PAPER V: SUGGESTED READINGS:
Alam, Muzaffar. The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India. Awadh and the Punjab. 1707-1748. Delhi, OUP, 1986. Alam, Muzaffar, and Sanjay Subrahmanyam. (eds.). The Mughal State. Delhi, 1998. Ali, M. Athar. The Mugal Nobility under Aurangazeb, London, 1966. Fox, Richard G. Kin, Clan, Raja and Rule. University of California Press, 1971. Fukazawa, Hiroshi. The Medieval Deccan. Peasants, Social Systems, and States. Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries, New Delhi, OUP, 1991. Grewal, J.S. The Sikhs of the Punjab. Cambridge, 1990. Gordon. S. Marathas 1600-1818. 1993.
HISTORY
282
2009-2010
--------------. Marathas, Marauders, and State Formation in Eighteenth-Century India. Delhi, OUP. 1994. Jackson, Peter. The Delhi Sultanate. Cambridge, 1999. Keay, John. India: A History, New York, 2000. Kosambi, D.D. An Introduction to the Study of Indian History. Bombay., Popular Prakashan. Kulke, Hermann (ed.). The State in India 1000-1700. Delhi, OUP. 1995. Majumdar, R.C. The Age of Imperial Unity, Bombay, 1951. Majumdar, R.C. et.al. An Advanced History of India. London, 1960. Mehta J.L. Srivastava A.L. Marshall P.J. Mukhia, Harbans. (ed.). Perspectives on Medieval History. New Delhi, Vikas, 1993. Penderel, Moon. The British Conquest and Dominion of India. London, 1989. Richards, John F. The Mughal Empire, Cambridge, 1993. Rizvi, S.A.A. The Wonder That Was India 2. London, 1987. Spear, Percival. Oxford History of India. Oxford, 1958. Tripathi, R. Some Aspects of Muslim Administration. Allahabad, 1964. Majumdar, R.C. : History and Culture of the Indian people Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan Volumes
SOCIO-ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA (1526 TO

1818)
SEMESTER VI PAPER VI: SUGGESTED READINGS:
Ahmad, Aziz. Studies in Islamic Culture in the Indian Environment. Oxford, 1964. Ali, M.A. Mughal Nobility Under Aurangazeb. Bombay, 1966. Chicherov, A.I. Indian Economic Developments 16 to 18 centuries. Moscow, 1971. Chitnis, K.N. Socio-Economic History of Medieval India. Delhi, Atlantic Publishers, 2002.
283
HISTORY
2009-2010
Chopra, P.N. Some Aspects of Social Life during the Mughal Age (1526-1707). Jaipur, 1963. Habib, Irfan. The Agrarian System of Mughal India, 1556-1707. New York, Asia, 1973. ---------------- ed. Medieval India I: Researches in the History of India 1200-1750. New Delhi, OUP, 1992. Hodivala, S. Studies in Indo-Muslim History, Bombay, 1939. Kulkarni, A.R. Maharashtra in the Age of Shivaji. Poona, 1969. Moreland, W.H. From Akbar to Aurangazeb. London, 1923. Moreland, W.H. The Agrarian System of Moslem India, Cambridge, 1929. Mukherji, R.K. The Economic History of India 1600-1800. Allahabad, 1945. Naqui, N.K. Urban Centers and Industries in Upper India. Bombay, 1968. Prasad, Ishwari. History of Medieval India. Allahabad, 1952. Qureshi, I.H. The Administration of the Sultanate of Delhi. Lahore, 1944. Rayachaudhury, Tapan. (ed.). Contributions to Indian Economic History. Calcutta, 1960. Rayachaudhury, Tapan and Irfan Habib. The Cambridge Economic History of India, 2: c. 1200-c. 1750. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1982. Rizvi, S.A.A. Religious and Intellectual History of the Muslims in Akbar's Reign, New Delhi, 1975. Pearson, M.N. Coastal Western India, New Delhi, 1981. Sarkar, Jadunath. Mughal Administration. Calcutta, 1963. Sharma, R.S. Indian Society Historical Probings, in Memory of D.D. Kosambi. New Delhi, 1974. Stein, Burton. Vijayanagara. Cambridge, 1989.
RISE OF INDIAN NATIONALISM (1857 1905)

SEMESTER V PAPER VII: SUGGESTED READINGS :
Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition : A History of Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 2004 ). Chand, Tara, History of the Freedom Movement in India, 4 Vols.,( New Delhi, Govt. of India, 1983 ).
HISTORY
284
2009-2010
Chandra, Bipan, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1979). Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1982 ). _____ , Communalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Vikas, 1984 ). Chandra, Bipan and others, India's Struggle for Independence, ( New Delhi, Penguin Books, 1989 ). Choudhury, S.B., Civil Rebellion in the Indian Mutinies ( 1857-59), ( Calcutta, 1957). ____ , Theories of the Indian Mutiny ( 1857-59), ( Calcutta, The World Press, 1965 ). Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, ( Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1982 ). Dutt, R.P., India To-Day, ( Calcutta, Manisha Granthalaya, 1986 reprint). Engineer, Asghar Ali and Moin Shakir, Communalism in Modern India, ( Delhi, 1988 reprint ). Gallaghar, Johnson and Anil Seal ( eds.), Locality, Province and Nation : Essays on Indian Politics 1870-1940, (1973). Gopal, S.,British Policy in India 1858-1905, ( Cambridge, 1965 ). Guha, Ranajit (ed.), Subaltern Studies, 6 vols., ( New Delhi, OUP,1982-89) and Subaltern Studies, vols. VII to X. ( 1993 2000). Jones, Kenneth W., Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India, (Cambridge, 1994). Kumar, Kapil, Congress and Classes : Nationalism, Workers and Peasants, ( New Delhi, South Asia Books, 1988 ). Kumar, Ravinder,Essays in the Social History of Modern India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Low, D.A., ( ed.),Congress and the Raj : Facets of the Indian Struggle 1917-47, ( New Delhi, OUP, Reprint 2004 ). Majumdar, R.C., History of the Freedom Movement in India, 3vols., ( Calcutta, Firma L.K. Mukhopadhyay, 1962-63). ______ ( ed.), British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance ( HCIP ), ( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1974). _____ ( ed.), Struggle for Freedom ( HCIP),( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1979). Masselos, Jim, Indian Nationalism : An History, ( New Delhi, Sterling, 1985 ).
HISTORY
285
2009-2010
Mehrotra, S.R., The Emergence of Indian National Congress, ( Delhi, Vikas,1971 ). Metcalf, Thomas R.,The Aftermath of Revolt : India, 1857-1870, ( Princeton, 1965). Mukherjee, Rudrangshu, Awadh in Revolt 1857-58 : A Study of Popular Resistance, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1984 ). Nanda, B.R., Gokhale, The Indian Moderates and the British Raj, ( Delhi, 1977). _____ (ed. ), Essays on Modern Indian History, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Rothermund,D., The Phases of Indian Nationaliam and Other Essays, ( Bombay, Nachiketa Publications, 1970). Roy, Tirthankar, The Economic History of India,1857-1947, (New Delhi, OUP, 2000). Sarkar, Sumit, The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal (1903-08),( New Delhi, 1973). _____ , Modern India 1885-1947, ( New Delhi, Macmillan, 1983 ). Seal, Anil, The Emergence of Indian Nationalism,( Cambridge, 1968).
TOWARDS FREEDOM (1905 1947)

SEMESTER V PAPER VIII: SUGGESTED READINGS :
Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition : A History of Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 2004 ). Brown, Judith M., Gandhi's Rise to Power : Indian Politics 1915-1922, (Cambridge, 1972 ). Chand, Tara, History of the Freedom Movement in India, 4 Vols.,( New Delhi, Govt. of India, 1983 ). Chandra, Bipan, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1979). ____ , Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1982 ). _____ , Communalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Vikas, 1984 ). Chandra, Bipan and others, India's Struggle for Independence, ( New Delhi, Penguin Books, 1989 ).
HISTORY
286
2009-2010
Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, ( Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1982 ). ____ (Ed.), Peasant Struggles in India, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1985 ). Dutt, R.P., India To-Day, ( Calcutta, Manisha Granthalaya, 1986 reprint). Engineer, Asghar Ali and Moin Shakir, Communalism in Modern India, ( Delhi, 1988 reprint ). Gallaghar, Johnson and Anil Seal ( eds.), Locality, Province and Nation : Essays on Indian Politics 1870-1940, (1973). Gopal, S.,British Policy in India 1858-1905, ( Cambridge, 1965 ). Guha, Ranajit (ed.), Subaltern Studies, 6 vols., ( New Delhi, OUP,1982-89) and Subaltern Studies, vols. VII to X. ( 1993 2000). Handa, R.L., History of Freedom Movement in Princely States, ( Delhi, 1968). Jones, Kenneth W., Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India, (Cambridge, 1994). Kumar, Kapil, Congress and Classes : Nationalism, Workers and Peasants, ( New Delhi, South Asia Books, 1988 ). Kumar, Ravinder,Essays in the Social History of Modern India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Low, D.A., ( ed.),Congress and the Raj : Facets of the Indian Struggle 1917-47, ( New Delhi, OUP, Reprint 2004 ). Majumdar, R.C., History of the Freedom Movement in India, 3vols., ( Calcutta, Firma L.K. Mukhopadhyay, 1962-63). ______ ( ed.), British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance ( HCIP ), ( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1974). _____ ( ed.), Struggle for Freedom ( HCIP),( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1979). Masselos, Jim, Indian Nationalism : An History, ( New Delhi, Sterling, 1985 ). Mehrotra, S.R., The Emergence of Indian National Congress, ( Delhi, Vikas,1971 ). Metcalf, Thomas R.,The Aftermath of Revolt : India, 1857-1870, ( Princeton, 1965). Mukherjee, Rudrangshu, Awadh in Revolt 1857-58 : A Study of Popular Resistance, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1984 ). Nanda, B.R., Gokhale, The Indian Moderates and the British Raj, ( Delhi, 1977). _____ (ed. ), Essays on Modern Indian History, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Pandey, B.N., The Break-up of British India, ( London, Macmillan,1969).
HISTORY
287
2009-2010
Panikkar, K.N. (ed.), National and Left Movements in India, ( New Delhi, 1980). Rothermund,D., The Phases of Indian Nationaliam and Other Essays, ( Bombay, Nachiketa Publications, 1970). Roy, Tirthankar, The Economic History of India,1857-1947, (New Delhi, OUP, 2000). Sarkar, Sumit, The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal (1903-08),( New Delhi, 1973). _____ , Modern India 1885-1947, ( New Delhi, Macmillan, 1983 ). Seal, Anil, The Emergence of Indian Nationalism,( Cambridge, 1968). Shakir, Moin,Khilafat to Partition A Study of Major Political Trends among Indian Muslims during 1919 1941,(Delhi, 1983). Stokes, Eric, Peasant and the Raj, ( Cambridge, 1978). Wolpert, Stanley, Jinnah of Pakistan, ( New York, 1984 ). Jeffrey, Robun )ed.) Paramountcy in
INDIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE

SEMESTER VI PAPER IX: SUGGESTED READINGS:
Appadorai, A.,Contemporary India : Essays on Domestic and Foreign Policy, ( Delhi, Indian Books Centre, 1987). Appadorai, A. and Rajan,M.S., India's Foreign Policy and Relations, (New Delhi,1985). Basu, D.D. Introduction to the Constitution of India,(New Delhi, 1984, 8th edition). Benevalensky, Non-Aligned Movement : From Belgrade to Delhi, ( Bangalore, Navakarnataka Publications, 1985). Brass, Paul R., The Politics of India Since Independence, ( New Delhi, 1992). Chandra, Bipan and others, India After Independnece, (New Delhi, Viking, 1999). Chandra, Bipan, Essays on Contemporary India,( New Delhi, 1993 ). Chakravarty, Sukhamoy, Development Planning : The Indian Experience, ( Oxford, 1987). Chopra, Surendra (ed.), Studies in India's Foreign Policy, (Amritsar,1980).
HISTORY
288
2009-2010
De Souza, Peter Ronald (ed.), Contemporary India transitions, ( New Delhi, Sage, 2000). Dutt, V.P., India's Foreign Policy, ( New Delhi, Vani Educational Books for Vikas Publishing House, 1984 ). Engineer, Asghar Ali, Communal Riots in Post-Independence India, (Hyderabad, Sangam Books, 1984). Forbes, Geraldine, Women in Modern India, ( Delhi, 1998 ). Gadgil, Madhav and Ramachandra Guha, The Fissured Land:An Ecological History of India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1997 ). Guha, Ramachandra and Madhav Gadgil, Ecology and Equity, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1996). Gupta, D.C.,Indian Government and Politics 1947- 1981, ( New Delhi, Vikas, 1985 ). Haksar, P.N., India's Foreign Policy and Its Problems, ( Delhi, Indian Books Centre, 1989). Jalan, Bimal (ed.), The Indian Economy:Problems and Prospects, ( New Delhi, 1989). Kothari, Rajni, Politics in India, ( New Delhi, 1986). Kumar, Dharma (ed.), The Cambridge Economic History of India, vol. II, (Delhi,1983). Kumar, Radha, The History of Doing, ( New Delhi, 1993). Madan, G.R., India's Social Transformation, Vol.I, Problems of Economic Development,( New Delhi, Allied, 1979). Menon, V.P., Transfer of Power in India, ( New Delhi, Sangam Books, 1979). _____ , Integration of Indian States, ( Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1985). Nanda, B.R. (ed.), Indian Foreign Policy:The Nehru Years, ( Delhi, 1986). Pandey,J.N., Constitutional Law of India, ( Central Law Agency, Allahabad,1998 edition). Patil, V.T. (ed.), Studies on Nehru, ( Delhi,1988). Prasad, Bimal (ed.), India's Foreign Policy : Studies in Continuity and Change,( Vikas, New Delhi, 1979). Prashad, Vijay,Untouchable Freedom:A Social History of a Dalit Community, ( Delhi, OUP, 2000). Pylee, M.V., India's Constitution, ( New Delhi, S.Chand & Co., 1994). Rao, B.Shiva (ed.),The Framing of India's Constitution : A Study,( New Delhi, 1968). Rao,M.S.A. Social Movements in India, 2Vols., ( New Delhi, Manohar, 1979).
HISTORY
289
2009-2010
Ray, S.K., Indian Economy,( New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 1989 ). Robb, Peter, Dalit Movements and the Meaning of Labour in India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1993). Sarkar, Tanika, Hindu Wife, Hindu Nation : Community, Religion and Cultural Nationalism, ( London, Hurst & Co., 2001). Singh, Yogendra, Modernisation of Indian Tradition, ( Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 1988). Srinivas, M.N., Social Change in India, ( Bombay, Orient Longman, 1972). _____ (ed.), Dimensions of Social Change in India, ( Bombay, Allied, 1978). _____ (ed.), Caste : Its Twentieth Century Avatar,( New Delhi, Viking, 1996). Thorner, Daniel, The Shaping of Modern India,( New delhi Allied, 1980). Tomlinson,B.R.,The Economy of Modern India, 1860 1970, (The New Cambridge History of India, Cambridge, 1993). Vanaik, Achin, The Furies of Indian Communalism : Religion, Modernity and Secularisation, ( New York, Verso, 1997 ). Zavos, J., The Emergence of Hindu Nationalism in India, (New Delhi, OUP, 2000 ). Zelliot, E., From Untouchable to Dalit : Essays on Ambedkar Movement, ( New Delhi, Manohar, 1992 ).
WORLD REVOLUTIONS
SEMESTER V PAPER X : SUGGESTED READINGS:
Ashton, T.S, The Industrial Revolution, 1760-1830, 1984. Brinton, Crane, The Anatomy of Revolution, 1953. ____________, A Decade of Revolution, 1934. Brown, J.S, and Paul Duguid, The Social Life of Information, Boston, Harvard Business School Press, 2000. Cairncross, Francis, The Death of Distance, London, Orion, 1997. Carr, E.H, The Bolshevik Revolution, 1917-1923, 4 vols., 1950-1954. Chamberlin, W.H, The Russian Revolution, 1917-1921, 2 vols., 1952. Davenport, T.R.H, Birth of the New South Africa, University of Toronto Press, 1998.
HISTORY
290
2009-2010
Debroey, Steven, South Africa Under the Curse of Apartheid, Rowman and Littlefeed, Pub-Inc., 1990. Dukes, Paul, October and the World, 1979. Fitzgerald, C.P., Revolution in China, 1952. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1999. Kuo, P.C, China: New Age and New Outlook, 1956. Madelin, L, The French Revolution, 1928. Mathiez, A, The French Revolution, 1928. Page, W. Stanley, Lenin and World Revolution, 1959. Rostow, W.W, The Prospect of Communist China, 1954. Snow, Edgar, Red Star Over China. Thompson, J.M, The French Revolution, 1945. Travelyan, G.M, The English Revolution,1688-1689, 1939. Toynbee, Arnold, The Impact of the Russian Revolution: The Influence of Bolshevism in the World Outside Russia, 1967.
GOA SINCE LIBERATION

SEMESTER VI PAPER XI SUGGESTED READINGS:
Alvares, Claude, ed., Unwanted Guest-Goan v/s Dupont, Mapusa: The Other India Press, 1991. Alvares, Claude, Fish, Curry and Rice: A Citizen's Report On The Goan Environment. Mapusa. The Other India Book Press, 2001. Angle, P, Goa: An Economic Review, Bombay: Goa Hindu Association, 1983. Angle, P, Goa: Concepts and Misconcepts, Bombay: The Hindu Association, 1994. Cabral e Sa, ed. Redefining Horizons Goa: Four Decades of Freedom, Panaji: Directorate of Information and Publicity, Government of Goa 2002. Dantas, Norman, ed., The Transforming of Goa, Mapusa: The Other India Press, 1999. D'Souza, B.G. Goan Society in Transition A Study in Social Change, Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1975.
HISTORY
291 23
2009-2010
Economic Survey 2002-2003, Panaji: Directorate of Planning, Statistics and Evaluation, Government of Goa, 2003. Esteves, Sarto, Goa and Its Future, Bombay: Manaktalas, 1966. Esteves, Sarto, Politics and Political Leadership in Goa, New Delhi: Sterling, 1986. Fernandes, Aureliano, Cabinet Government in Goa, 1961-93. Gune V.T., ed. Gazetteer of Goa, Daman and Diu, vol. I, Panaji: Gazetteer Department, 1979. Newman, Robert S, Of Umbrellas, Goddesses and Dreams: Essays on Goan Culture and Society, Mapusa : The Other India Press, 2001. Priolkar, A.K., Goa Rediscovered, Bombay: Bhatkar Book International, 1967. Robinson, Rowena, Conversion, Continuity and Change: Lived Christianity in Southern Goa, New Delhi: Sage, 1998. Rubinoff, Arthur G, The Construction of a Political Community: Integration and Identity in Goa. Saksena, R.N., Goa: Into the Mainstream, New Delhi: Abhinav Publications, 1974. Sousa, T.R. de, ed., Indo-Portuguese History: Old Issues, New Questions, New Delhi: Concept, 1985. Techno-Economic Survey of Goa, Daman and Diu, New Delhi: NCAER, 1964.
HISTORY OF THE MARATHAS (1630-1818)

SEMESTER V PAPER XII : SUGGESTED READINGS :
Apte, B.K (ed.), Chatrapati Shivaji's Coronation Tercentenary Volume. Bombay:University of Bombay, 1974-75. Apte, B.K, A History of the Maratha Navy and Merchant Ships, Bombay: State Board for Literature and Culture, 1973. Bal Krishna, Shivaji the Great, Kolhapur :Arya Book Depot, 1940. Chitnis, KN., Socio-Economic Aspects of Medieval India, Poona: Poona Uni., 1979. Chitnis, KN., Glimpses of Medieval Indian Ideas and Institutions. Gune, VT., Judicial System of the Marathas, Poona: S.M. Katre, 1953..
HISTORY
292
2009-2010
Kamble, B.R.(ed.), Studies in Shivaji and his Times, Kolhapur : Shivaji Uni., 1982. Kulkarni, A.R., Maharashtra in the Age of Shivaji, Poona: Deshmukh and Co., 1969. Pissurlecar Pandurang: Portuguese-Maratha Sambhandh Majumdar, R.C. (ed.), The History and Culture of the Indian People, vol. VIII. Bombay: Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1977. Mate, M.S., Maratha Architecture. Mahajan, T.T., Industrial, Trade and Commerce Under the Peshwas, Jaipur: Criteria Publishers. Pagdi, S.M., Eighteenth Century Deccan, Popular, Bombay, 1963. Pawar, A.G. (ed.), Maratha History Seminar Papers, Kolhapur: Shivaji University. Ranade, M.G., Rise of the Maratha Power, Publication Division, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1974. Raychaudhari, T & Irfan Habib, (eds.), The Cambridge Economic History of India, Hyderabad : Orient Longman, 1984, 2 vols. Sen, S.N., Administrative System of the Marathas, Calcutta: R.P. Bagchi, 1976. Sen, S.N., Military System of the Marathas, Bombay: Orient Longmans, 1958. 09. Sardessai, G.S., Main Currents of Maratha History, Bombay: KB. Dhavale, 1949. Sardar, G.B., Saint Poets of Maharashtra, New Delhi: Orient Longmans, 1969. Sherwani, H.K & P.M. Joshi, History of Medieval Deccan, 2 vols., Hyderabad: Govt. of Andhra Pradesh, 1973. Alam, Muzaffar. The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India. Awadh and the Punjab. 1707-1748. Delhi, OUP, 1986. Alam, Muzaffar, and Sanjay Subrahmanyam. (eds.). The Mughal State. Delhi, 1998. Ali, M. Athar. The Mugal Nobility under Aurangazeb, London, 1966. Fox, Richard G. Kin, Clan, Raja and Rule. University of California Press, 1971. Fukazawa, Hiroshi. The Medieval Deccan. Peasants, Social Systems, and States. Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries, New Delhi, OUP, 1991. Grewal, J.S. The Sikhs of the Punjab. Cambridge, 1990. Gordon. S. Marathas 1600-1818. 1993.
HISTORY
293
2009-2010
--------------. Marathas, Marauders, and State Formation in Eighteenth-Century India. Delhi, OUP. 1994. Jackson, Peter. The Delhi Sultanate. Cambridge, 1999. Keay, John. India: A History, New York, 2000. Kosambi, D.D. An Introduction to the Study of Indian History. Bombay., Popular Prakashan. Kulke, Hermann (ed.). The State in India 1000-1700. Delhi, OUP. 1995. Majumdar, R.C. The Age of Imperial Unity, Bombay, 1951. Majumdar, R.C. et.al. An Advanced History of India. London, 1960. Mehta J.L. Srivastava A.L. Marshall P.J. Mukhia, Harbans. (ed.). Perspectives on Medieval History. New Delhi, Vikas, 1993. Penderel, Moon. The British Conquest and Dominion of India. London, 1989. Richards, John F. The Mughal Empire, Cambridge, 1993. Rizvi, S.A.A. The Wonder That Was India 2. London, 1987. Spear, Percival. Oxford History of India. Oxford, 1958. Tripathi, R. Some Aspects of Muslim Administration. Allahabad, 1964. Majumdar, R.C. : History and Culture of the Indian people Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan Volumes Ahmad, Aziz. Studies in Islamic Culture in the Indian Environment. Oxford, 1964. Ali, M.A. Mughal Nobility Under Aurangazeb. Bombay, 1966. Chicherov, A.I. Indian Economic Developments 16 to 18 centuries. Moscow, 1971. Chitnis, K.N. Socio-Economic History of Medieval India. Delhi, Atlantic Publishers, 2002. Chopra, P.N. Some Aspects of Social Life during the Mughal Age (1526-1707). Jaipur, 1963. Habib, Irfan. The Agrarian System of Mughal India, 1556-1707. New York, Asia, 1973. ---------------- ed. Medieval India I: Researches in the History of India 1200-1750. New Delhi, OUP, 1992. Hodivala, S. Studies in Indo-Muslim History, Bombay, 1939.
HISTORY
294
2009-2010
Kulkarni, A.R. Maharashtra in the Age of Shivaji. Poona, 1969. Moreland, W.H. From Akbar to Aurangazeb. London, 1923. Moreland, W.H. The Agrarian System of Moslem India, Cambridge, 1929. Mukherji, R.K. The Economic History of India 1600-1800. Allahabad, 1945. Naqui, N.K. Urban Centers and Industries in Upper India. Bombay, 1968. Prasad, Ishwari. History of Medieval India. Allahabad, 1952. Qureshi, I.H. The Administration of the Sultanate of Delhi. Lahore, 1944. Rayachaudhury, Tapan. (ed.). Contributions to Indian Economic History. Calcutta, 1960. Rayachaudhury, Tapan and Irfan Habib. The Cambridge Economic History of India, 2: c. 1200-c. 1750. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1982. Rizvi, S.A.A. Religious and Intellectual History of the Muslims in Akbar's Reign, New Delhi, 1975. Pearson, M.N. Coastal Western India, New Delhi, 1981. Sarkar, Jadunath. Mughal Administration. Calcutta, 1963. Sharma, R.S. Indian Society Historical Probings, in Memory of D.D. Kosambi. New Delhi, 1974. Stein, Burton. Vijayanagara. Cambridge, 1989. Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition : A History of Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 2004 ). Chand, Tara, History of the Freedom Movement in India, 4 Vols.,( New Delhi, Govt. of India, 1983 ). Chandra, Bipan, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1979). ____ , Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1982 ). _____ , Communalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Vikas, 1984 ). Chandra, Bipan and others, India's Struggle for Independence, ( New Delhi, Penguin Books, 1989 ). Choudhury, S.B., Civil Rebellion in the Indian Mutinies ( 1857-59), ( Calcutta, 1957). ____ , Theories of the Indian Mutiny ( 1857-59), ( Calcutta, The World Press, 1965 ).
HISTORY
295
2009-2010
Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, ( Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1982 ). Dutt, R.P., India To-Day, ( Calcutta, Manisha Granthalaya, 1986 reprint). Engineer, Asghar Ali and Moin Shakir, Communalism in Modern India, ( Delhi, 1988 reprint ). Gallaghar, Johnson and Anil Seal ( eds.), Locality, Province and Nation : Essays on Indian Politics 1870-1940, (1973). Gopal, S.,British Policy in India 1858-1905, ( Cambridge, 1965 ). Guha, Ranajit (ed.), Subaltern Studies, 6 vols., ( New Delhi, OUP,1982-89) and Subaltern Studies, vols. VII to X. ( 1993 2000). Jones, Kenneth W., Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India, (Cambridge, 1994). Kumar, Kapil, Congress and Classes : Nationalism, Workers and Peasants, ( New Delhi, South Asia Books, 1988 ). Kumar, Ravinder,Essays in the Social History of Modern India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Low, D.A., ( ed.),Congress and the Raj : Facets of the Indian Struggle 1917-47, ( New Delhi, OUP, Reprint 2004 ). Majumdar, R.C., History of the Freedom Movement in India, 3vols., ( Calcutta, Firma L.K. Mukhopadhyay, 1962-63). ______ ( ed.), British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance ( HCIP ), ( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1974). _____ ( ed.), Struggle for Freedom ( HCIP),( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1979). Masselos, Jim, Indian Nationalism : An History, ( New Delhi, Sterling, 1985 ). Mehrotra, S.R.,The Emergence of Indian National Congress,(Delhi, Vikas,1971 ). Metcalf, Thomas R.,The Aftermath of Revolt : India, 1857-1870, ( Princeton, 1965). Mukherjee, Rudrangshu, Awadh in Revolt 1857-58 : A Study of Popular Resistance,( New Delhi, OUP, 1984 ). Nanda, B.R., Gokhale, The Indian Moderates and the British Raj, ( Delhi, 1977). _____ (ed. ), Essays on Modern Indian History, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Rothermund,D., The Phases of Indian Nationaliam and Other Essays, ( Bombay, Nachiketa Publications, 1970). Roy, Tirthankar, The Economic History of India,1857-1947, (New Delhi, OUP, 2000).
HISTORY
296
2009-2010
Sarkar, Sumit, The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal (1903-08),( New Delhi, 1973). _____ , Modern India 1885-1947, ( New Delhi, Macmillan, 1983 ). Seal, Anil, The Emergence of Indian Nationalism,( Cambridge, 1968). Appadorai, A.,Contemporary India : Essays on Domestic and Foreign Policy, ( Delhi, Indian Books Centre, 1987). Appadorai, A. and Rajan,M.S., India's Foreign Policy and Relations, (New Delhi,1985). Basu, D.D. Introduction to the Constitution of India,(New Delhi, 1984, 8th edition). Benevalensky, Non-Aligned Movement : From Belgrade to Delhi, ( Bangalore, Navakarnataka Publications, 1985). Brass, Paul R., The Politics of India Since Independence, ( New Delhi, 1992). Chandra, Bipan and others, India After Independnece, (New Delhi, Viking, 1999). Chandra, Bipan, Essays on Contemporary India,( New Delhi, 1993 ). Chakravarty, Sukhamoy, Development Planning : The Indian Experience,( Oxford, 1987). Chopra, Surendra (ed.), Studies in India's Foreign Policy, (Amritsar,1980). De Souza, Peter Ronald (ed.), Contemporary India transitions, ( New Delhi, Sage, 2000). Dutt, V.P., India's Foreign Policy, ( New Delhi, Vani Educational Books for Vikas Publishing House, 1984 ). Engineer, Asghar Ali, Communal Riots in Post-Independence India, (Hyderabad, Sangam Books, 1984). Forbes, Geraldine, Women in Modern India, ( Delhi, 1998 ). Gadgil, Madhav and Ramachandra Guha, The Fissured Land:An Ecological History of India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1997 ). Guha, Ramachandra and Madhav Gadgil, Ecology and Equity, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1996). Gupta, D.C.,Indian Government and Politics 1947- 1981, ( New Delhi, Vikas, 1985 ). Haksar, P.N., India's Foreign Policy and Its Problems, ( Delhi, Indian Books Centre, 1989). Jalan, Bimal (ed.), The Indian Economy:Problems and Prospects, ( New Delhi, 1989). Kothari, Rajni, Politics in India, ( New Delhi, 1986). Kumar, Dharma (ed.), The Cambridge Economic History of India, vol. II, (Delhi,1983).
HISTORY
297
2009-2010
Kumar, Radha, The History of Doing, ( New Delhi, 1993). Madan, G.R., India's Social Transformation, Vol.I, Problems of Economic Development,( New Delhi, Allied, 1979). Menon, V.P., Transfer of Power in India, ( New Delhi, Sangam Books, 1979). _____ , Integration of Indian States, ( Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1985). Nanda, B.R. (ed.), Indian Foreign Policy:The Nehru Years, ( Delhi, 1986). Pandey,J.N., Constitutional Law of India, ( Central Law Agency, Allahabad,1998 edition). Patil, V.T. (ed.), Studies on Nehru, ( Delhi,1988). Prasad, Bimal (ed.), India's Foreign Policy : Studies in Continuity and Change,( Vikas, New Delhi, 1979). Prashad, Vijay,Untouchable Freedom:A Social History of a Dalit Community, ( Delhi, OUP, 2000). Pylee, M.V., India's Constitution, ( New Delhi, S.Chand & Co., 1994). Rao, B.Shiva (ed.),The Framing of India's Constitution : A Study,( New Delhi, 1968). Rao,M.S.A. Social Movements in India, 2Vols., ( New Delhi, Manohar, 1979). Ray, S.K., Indian Economy,( New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 1989 ). Robb, Peter, Dalit Movements and the Meaning of Labour in India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1993). Sarkar, Tanika, Hindu Wife, Hindu Nation : Community, Religion and Cultural Nationalism, ( London, Hurst & Co., 2001). Singh, Yogendra, Modernisation of Indian Tradition, ( Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 1988). Srinivas, M.N., Social Change in India, ( Bombay, Orient Longman, 1972). _____ (ed.), Dimensions of Social Change in India, ( Bombay, Allied, 1978). _____ (ed.), Caste : Its Twentieth Century Avatar,( New Delhi, Viking, 1996). Thorner, Daniel, The Shaping of Modern India,( New delhi Allied, 1980). Tomlinson,B.R.,The Economy of Modern India, 1860 1970, (The New Cambridge History of India, Cambridge, 1993). Vanaik, Achin, The Furies of Indian Communalism : Religion, Modernity and Secularisation, ( New York, Verso, 1997 ). Zavos, J.,The Emergence of Hindu Nationalism in India, (New Delhi,OUP,2000 ).
HISTORY
298
2009-2010
Zelliot, E., From Untouchable to Dalit : Essays on Ambedkar Movement, ( New Delhi, Manohar, 1992 ). Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition : A History of Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 2004 ). Brown, Judith M., Gandhi's Rise to Power : Indian Politics 1915-1922, (Cambridge, 1972 ). Chand, Tara, History of the Freedom Movement in India, 4 Vols.,( New Delhi, Govt. of India, 1983 ). Chandra, Bipan, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1979). ____ , Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1982 ). _____ , Communalism in Modern India, ( New Delhi, Vikas, 1984 ). Chandra, Bipan and others, India's Struggle for Independence, ( New Delhi, Penguin Books, 1989 ). Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, ( Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1982 ). ____ (Ed.), Peasant Struggles in India, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1985 ). Dutt, R.P., India To-Day, ( Calcutta, Manisha Granthalaya, 1986 reprint). Engineer, Asghar Ali and Moin Shakir, Communalism in Modern India, ( Delhi, 1988 reprint ). Gallaghar, Johnson and Anil Seal ( eds.), Locality, Province and Nation : Essays on Indian Politics 1870-1940, (1973). Gopal, S.,British Policy in India 1858-1905, ( Cambridge, 1965 ). Guha, Ranajit (ed.), Subaltern Studies, 6 vols., ( New Delhi, OUP,1982-89) and Subaltern Studies, vols. VII to X. ( 1993 2000). Handa, R.L., History of Freedom Movement in Princely States, ( Delhi, 1968). Jones, Kenneth W., Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India, (Cambridge, 1994). Kumar, Kapil, Congress and Classes : Nationalism, Workers and Peasants, ( New Delhi, South Asia Books, 1988 ). Kumar, Ravinder,Essays in the Social History of Modern India, ( Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Low, D.A., ( ed.),Congress and the Raj : Facets of the Indian Struggle 1917-47, ( New Delhi, OUP, Reprint 2004 ).
HISTORY
299
2009-2010
Majumdar, R.C., History of the Freedom Movement in India, 3vols., ( Calcutta, Firma L.K. Mukhopadhyay, 1962-63). ______ ( ed.), British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance ( HCIP ), ( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1974). _____ ( ed.), Struggle for Freedom ( HCIP),( Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1979). Masselos, Jim, Indian Nationalism : An History, ( New Delhi, Sterling, 1985 ). Mehrotra, S.R.,The Emergence of Indian National Congress,(Delhi, Vikas,1971 ). Metcalf, Thomas R.,The Aftermath of Revolt : India, 1857-1870, ( Princeton, 1965). \ Mukherjee, Rudrangshu, Awadh in Revolt 1857-58 : A Study of Popular Resistance,( New Delhi, OUP, 1984 ). Nanda, B.R., Gokhale, The Indian Moderates and the British Raj, ( Delhi, 1977). _____ (ed. ), Essays on Modern Indian History, ( New Delhi, OUP, 1983 ). Pandey, B.N., The Break-up of British India, ( London, Macmillan,1969). Panikkar, K.N. (ed.), National and Left Movements in India, ( New Delhi, 1980). Rothermund,D., The Phases of Indian Nationaliam and Other Essays, ( Bombay, Nachiketa Publications, 1970). Roy, Tirthankar, The Economic History of India,1857-1947, (New Delhi, OUP, 2000). Sarkar, Sumit, The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal (1903-08),( New Delhi, 1973). _____ , Modern India 1885-1947, ( New Delhi, Macmillan, 1983 ). Seal, Anil, The Emergence of Indian Nationalism,( Cambridge, 1968). Shakir, Moin,Khilafat to Partition A Study of Major Political Trends among Indian Muslims during 1919 1941,(Delhi, 1983). Stokes, Eric, Peasant and the Raj, ( Cambridge, 1978). Wolpert, Stanley, Jinnah of Pakistan, ( New York, 1984 ). Jeffrey, Robun )ed.) Paramountcy in Ashton, T.S, The Industrial Revolution, 1760-1830, 1984. Brinton, Crane, The Anatomy of Revolution, 1953. ____________, A Decade of Revolution, 1934.
HISTORY
300
2009-2010
Brown, J.S, and Paul Duguid, The Social Life of Information, Boston, Harvard Business School Press, 2000. Cairncross, Francis, The Death of Distance, London, Orion, 1997. Carr, E.H, The Bolshevik Revolution, 1917-1923, 4 vols., 1950-1954. Chamberlin, W.H, The Russian Revolution, 1917-1921, 2 vols., 1952. Davenport, T.R.H, Birth of the New South Africa, University of Toronto Press, 1998. Debroey, Steven, South Africa Under the Curse of Apartheid, Rowman and Littlefeed, Pub-Inc., 1990. Dukes, Paul, October and the World, 1979. Fitzgerald, C.P., Revolution in China, 1952. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1999. Kuo, P.C, China: New Age and New Outlook, 1956. Madelin, L, The French Revolution, 1928. Mathiez, A, The French Revolution, 1928. Page, W. Stanley, Lenin and World Revolution, 1959. Rostow, W.W, The Prospect of Communist China, 1954. Snow, Edgar, Red Star Over China. Thompson, J.M, The French Revolution, 1945. Travelyan, G.M, The English Revolution,1688-1689, 1939. Toynbee, Arnold, The Impact of the Russian Revolution: The Influence of Bolshevism in the World Outside Russia, 1967. Hall, Maurice: Window on Goa Nunes, Judilia: Monuments of Old Goa Goa Heritage Action Group: Parmal Claude Alvares(ed.): Fish Curry and rice Fonseca, Jose Nicolau da : An Historical and Archeological sketch of the city of Goa. Malgaonkar, Mnohar: Inside Goa
HISTORY
301
2009-2010
Khedekar, Venayak: Loksarite Doshi, Saraju (ed.) : Goa Cultural Patterns Goa Heritage Action Group: Walking in and around Panaji Kamat, Pratima: Farar Far Mitragotri V.R.: Socio-Cultural History of Goa Dhume, Anant R: The Cultural History of Goa. Bodhe, Gopal: Goa A View from Heaven Phaldesai, Pandurang: Kaleidoscope of Goa Sakhardande Prajal: Panorama: The Navhind Times Column titled "Pages from the Past History and Heritage of Goa". Costa Cosme Heritage of Govapuri Alvares, Claude, ed., Unwanted Guest-Goan v/s Dupont, Mapusa: The Other India Press, 1991. Alvares, Claude, Fish, Curry and Rice: A Citizen's Report On The Goan Environment. Mapusa. The Other India Book Press, 2001. Angle, P, Goa: An Economic Review, Bombay: Goa Hindu Association, 1983. Angle, P, Goa: Concepts and Misconcepts, Bombay: The Hindu Association, 1994. Cabral e Sa, ed. Redefining Horizons Goa: Four Decades of Freedom, Panaji: Directorate of Information and Publicity, Government of Goa 2002. Dantas, Norman, ed., The Transforming of Goa, Mapusa: The Other India Press, 1999. Draft Industrial Policy of Goa 2001. D'Souza, B.G. Goan Society in Transition A Study in Social Change, Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1975. Economic Survey 2002-2003, Panaji: Directorate of Planning, Statistics and Evaluation, Government of Goa, 2003. Esteves, Sarto, Goa and Its Future, Bombay: Manaktalas, 1966. Esteves, Sarto, Politics and Political Leadership in Goa, New Delhi: Sterling, 1986. Fernandes, Aureliano, Cabinet Government in Goa, 1961-93. Gune V.T., ed. Gazetteer of Goa, Daman and Diu, vol. I, Panaji: Gazettee 3Department, 1979.
HISTORY
302
2009-2010
Newman, Robert S, Of Umbrellas, Goddesses and Dreams: Essays on Goan Culture and Society, Mapusa : The Other India Press, 2001. Priolkar, A.K., Goa Rediscovered, Bombay: Bhatkar Book International, 1967. Robinson, Rowena, Conversion, Continuity and Change: Lived Christianity in Southern Goa, New Delhi: Sage, 1998. Rubinoff, Arthur G, The Construction of a Political Community: Integration and Identity in Goa. Saksena, R.N., Goa: Into the Mainstream, New Delhi: Abhinav Publications, 1974. Sousa, T.R. de, ed., Indo-Portuguese History: Old Issues, New Questions, New Delhi: Concept, 1985. Techno-Economic Survey of Goa, Daman and Diu, New Delhi: NCAER, 1964. Apte, B.K (ed.), Chatrapati Shivaji's Coronation Tercentenary Volume. Bombay:University of Bombay, 1974-75. Apte, B.K, A History of the Maratha Navy and Merchant Ships, Bombay: State Board for Literature and Culture, 1973. Bal Krishna, Shivaji the Great, Kolhapur :Arya Book Depot, 1940. Chitnis, KN., Socio-Economic Aspects of Medieval India, Poona: Poona Uni., 1979. Chitnis, KN., Glimpses of Medieval Indian Ideas and Institutions. Gune, VT., Judicial System of the Marathas, Poona: S.M. Katre, 1953.. Kamble, B.R.(ed.), Studies in Shivaji and his Times, Kolhapur : Shivaji Uni., 1982. Kulkarni, A.R., Maharashtra in the Age of Shivaji, Poona: Deshmukh and Co., 1969. Pissurlecar Pandurang: Portuguese-Maratha Sambhandh Majumdar, R.C. (ed.), The History and Culture of the Indian People, vol. VIII. Bombay: Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1977. Mate, M.S., Maratha Architecture. Mahajan, T.T., Industrial, Trade and Commerce Under the Peshwas, Jaipur: Criteria Publishers. Pagdi, S.M., Eighteenth Century Deccan, Popular, Bombay, 1963. Pawar, A.G. (ed.), Maratha History Seminar Papers, Kolhapur: Shivaji University.
HISTORY
303 23
2009-2010
Ranade, M.G., Rise of the Maratha Power, Publication Division, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1974. Raychaudhari, T & Irfan Habib, (eds.), The Cambridge Economic History of India, Hyderabad : Orient Longman, 1984, 2 vols. Sen, S.N., Administrative System of the Marathas, Calcutta: R.P. Bagchi, 1976. Sen, S.N., Military System of the Marathas, Bombay: Orient Longmans, 1958. 09. Sardessai, G.S., Main Currents of Maratha History, Bombay: KB. Dhavale, 1949. Sardar, G.B., Saint Poets of Maharashtra, New Delhi: Orient Longmans, 1969. Sherwani, H.K & P.M. Joshi, History of Medieval Deccan, 2 vols., Hyderabad: Govt. of Andhra Pradesh, 1973. Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India, Orient Longman, New Delhi, 2004. Chand, Tara, History of the Freedom Movement in India, 4 vols., Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1983. Chandra, Bipan, Communalism in Modern India, Vikas, New Delhi, 1984. ____________, Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in Modern India, People's Publishing House, New Delhi, 1982. __________ et.al., India's Struggle for Independence, Penguin Books, New Delhi, 1989. ____________et.al., India After Independence, Viking, New Delhi, 1999. Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1982. __________, ed. Peasant Struggles in India, OUP, New Delhi, 1985. Desikacharya, R.V., Readings in the Constitutional History of India 1757-1947, Indian Book Centre, Delhi, 1987. Durgadas, From Curzon to Nehru and After, London, Collins, 1969. Gopal S., British Policy in India 1858-1905, Cambridge, 1965. Gupta, D.C., Indian National Movement and Constitutional Development, Vikas, New Delhi, 1970. Handa, R.L., History of Freedom Struggle in Princely States, Delhi, 1988. Jones, Kenneth, W., Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India, Cambridge, 1994.
HISTORY
304
2009-2010
Majumdar, R.C. ed., British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance and Struggle for Freedom, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, Bombay, 1969. _________, History of Freedom Movement in India, Firma L.K. Mukhopadhyay, Calcutta, 1962. Masselos, Jim, Indian Nationalism: An History, Sterling, New Delhi, 1985. Menon V.P., Integration of the Indian States, Orient Longman, Hyderabad, 1985. Palme Dutt, R., India To-Day, Manisha Granthalaya, Calcutta, 1986 Reprint. Pandey, B.N., The Break-up of British India, Macmillan, London, 1969. Sarkar, Sumit, Modern India 1885-1947, Macmillan, New Delhi, 1983. Basham, A.L., The Wonder That Was India, London, 1967. ____________ ed., A Cultural History of India, OUP, Delhi, 1975. Bhandarkar R.G., Vaishnavism, Shaivism and Minor Religious System, Strassburg,1913. Ghosh, Aurobindo, Foundations of Indian Culture, Pondicherry, 1972. Ghoshal, U.N., Studies in Indian History and Culture, Orient Longman, Calcutta, 1965. Jatin, N., Studies in Jaina Philosophy, Bombay, 1951. Kabir, Humayun, The Indian Heritage, Asia Publishing, Bombay ,1964. Kosambi, D.D., The Culture and Civilization of Ancient India in Historical Outline, Vani Books, New Delhi, 1966. Kulkarni, Chidambara, Vedic Foundations of Indian Culture, Sri Dvaipayana Trust, Bombay, 1973. Limaye, Madhu, Manu, Gandhi and Ambedkar and Other Essays, Gyan Publishing House, New Delhi, 1995. Mahadevan T.M.P., Outlines of Hinduism, Bombay, 1960. Majumdar, R.C, Races and Cultures of India, Bombay, 1964. __________et.al., An Advanced History of India, Macmillan, Madras, 1978. Radhakrishnan, S, The Hindu View of Life, London, 1957. Raman, Varadaraja V, Glimpses of Indian Heritage, Popular, Bombay, 1989. Rawlinson, H.G, India: A Short Cultural History, London, 1965. Shastri, K.A.N., Aspects of Indian History and Culture, 1974.
HISTORY
305
2009-2010
Stein, Burton, A History of India, Blackwell, 1998. Thapar, Romila, A History of India, Vol. I, Penguin Books, 1985 edition. Barnes, H.E., The History of Western Civilisation, Harcourt Brace, 2 vols. 1935. Bailey C. and Others, The Legacy of Rome, Oxford, 1929. Cheney, S., A World History of Art, Viking, 1937. Collins, R.W., A History of Medieval Civilisation, Ginn, 1936. Cotterill, H.B., Ancient Greece: A Sketch of its Art, Literature and Philosophy viewed in connection with its External History, Stokes, 1913 Dietz, D. The Story of Science,Dodd Mead, 1934 . Durant, The Story of Civilisation. Freidell, E., A Cultural History of the Modern Age, Knopf, 1930-32. Gardner, H. Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace, 1926. Haskin, C.H., Studies in Medieval Culture, Oxford, 1929. Hiriyanna, M, Outline of Indian Philosophy Lenard, P. Great Men of Science,Macmillan, 1933. Porter, A.K., Medieval Architecture, Baker and Taylor, 1909, 2Vols. Swain,J.E.,A History of World Civilisation,Eunasia Publishing House, New Delhi. Singer, C. A Short History of Medicine, Oxford, 1928 . Smith V.A., A History of Fine Art in India, Oxford, 1930. Sarton, G., Introduction to the History of Science, William and Wilkins, 1927-31,2vols. Smith, P. History of Modern Architecture. Smith, P. History of Modern Culture, Holt, 1930-34, 2 Vols. Basham, A.L., (ed.), A Cultural History of India,Delhi, 1975. Burns and Ralph, World Civilisation, Vols. I and II, Norton & Co., New York, 1974. Charles, Moraze (ed.), The 19th Century, Vol. V, No.4, UNESCO Civilisation Series, George Allen & Unwin, 1975. Childe, Gordon, Man Makes Himself, London, 1965.
HISTORY
306
2009-2010
Garraty and Gay (ed.), History of the World, Harper&Row, 1981. Judd, History of World Civilisation Paul, Johnson, History of the Modern World,Weidenford & Nicholson, 1984. Lewis, Morgan, Ancient Society, Cambridge, 1964. Redfield, Robert, The Primitive World and Its Transformations, London, 1953. Taylor, Edward, Anthropology : An Introduction to the Study of Man and Civilisation,New York, 1960. Wiet and Elisseeff, The Great Medieval Period, Vols. III, 1&2. Will and A. Durant, The Story of Civilisation. Swain, J.E., History of World Civilisation. William H. Mc Neill, Rise of the West.
HISTORY
307
2009-2010
THIRD YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
PHILOSOPHY
CURRICULUM
HISTORY OF WESTERN PHILOSOPHY - I

SEMESTER V - PAPER III
Unit I 15 Lectures 1.Pre-Socratic Thought: (a) Problem of Substance, (b) Problems of Change with reference to Milesians, Pythagoras, Heraclitus, Parmenides, Anaxagoras, Atomists. 2. Sophists and Socrates Epistemology and Ethics Unit II 15 Lectures 1.Plato Theory of knowledge and ideas 2.Aristotle Criticism of the theory of idea ( Plato); Concept of Substance; Four Causes; Actuality and Potentiality. Unit III 15 Lectures 1.Descartes Philosophical method; Doctrine of substance; Mind-Body theory; Theory of Innate Ideas. Unit IV 15 Lectures 1. Spinoza Theory of Knowledge; Doctrine of substance; Attributes and Modes 2.Leibniz Monadology; Pre-established harmony.
BOOKS OF STUDY
1. F.Thilly: History of Philosophy (Revised Edition) 2. K.Rogers: Student's History of Philosophy 3. W. K.Wright: History of Philosophy 4. W.T.Stace: Critical History of Greek Philosophy
BOOKS OF REFERENCE
B.Russell: History of Western Philosophy D.J.O'Connor (ed): A Critical History of Western Philosophy
PHILOSOPHY
308
2009-2010
Falkenberg: History of Modern Philosophy Copleston: History of Philosophy Paul Edwards (ed) Encyclopedia of Philosophy Scruton Roger: A History of Western Philosophy R. Solomon and K. Higgins: A Short History of Philosophy
HISTORY OF WESTERN PHILOSOPHY-2

SEMESTER VI PAPER III
Unit I 15 Lectures 1.John Locke Criticism of Innate ideas; Theory of knowledge; Notion of Substance; Political Philosophy Unit II 1. Berkeley Criticism of material substance; esse est percipi. 2.Hume Theory of substance; causality Unit III 1.Kant Theory of Knowledge. Unit IV 1.Hegel Method of Dialectics; Idea of Absolute. 15 Lectures
15 Lectures 15 Lectures
BOOKS OF STUDY
1. F.Thilly: History of Philosophy (Revised Edition) 2. K.Rogers: Student's History of Philosophy 3. W. K. Wright: History of Philosophy 4. W.T.Stace: Critical History of Greek Philosophy
BOOKS OF REFERENCE
B.Russell: History of Western Philosophy D.J.O'Connor (ed): A Critical History of Western Philosophy Falkenberg: History of Modern Philosophy Copleston: History of Philosophy Paul Edwards (ed) Encyclopedia of Philosophy Scruton Roger: A History of Western Philosophy R. Solomon and K. Higgins: A Short History of Philosophy
PHILOSOPHY
309
2009-2010
HISTORY OF INDIAN PHILOSOPHY- 1

SEMESTER V PAPER IV
Unit I 15 Lectures Background to Indian Philosophy Common features of Indian Philosophical Systems: Upanishadic conceptions of Atman and Brahman. Unit II 15 Lectures 1 Carvaka Philosophy Theory of Knowledge, Metaphysics and Ethics. 2. Jaina Philosophy Kinds of Knowledge: Nayavada, Syadvada, Anekantavada. 3. Buddhist Philosophy (Schools of Buddhism excluded) Anti-metaphysical attitude; Four Noble Truths, Theory of Dependent origination and Eight-fold Path; Nirvana; Theory of No-Soul (Nairatmyavada). Unit III 15 Lectures 1. Nyaya Philosophy-Epistemology (Pramanas, Paratahpramanyavada, Khyati); God and proofs for his existence; Theory of causation (Asatkaryavada) Unit IV 1. Vaisesika Philosophy Seven Categories; Theory of Atomism. 15 Lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. M.Hiriyana: Outlines of Indian Philosophy 2. S.N.Dasgupta: History of Indian Philosophy (Abridged by R.R.Agarwala and S. K. Jain into a single volume) 3. Chatterjee and Datta: Introduction to History of Indian Philosophy 4. C.D.Sharma: Critical History of Indian Philosophy 5. R. Puligandla: Indian Philosophy 6. Richard King: An Introduction to Hindu and Buddhist Thought
BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

J.N.Sinha: Outlines of Indian Philosophy S.Radhakrishnan and H.Kabir: History of Philosophy (Eastern) S.N.Sharma: Indian Philosphy. Umesh Mishra: History of Indian Philosophy S.N.Dasgupta: History of Indian Philosophy (Five Volumes)
PHILOSOPHY
310
2009-2010
HISTORY OF INDIAN PHILOSOPHY- 2

SEMESTER VI PAPER IV
Unit I 15 Lectures 1.Sankhya Philosophy Nature of Purusa and Prakrti; Theory of causation (Satkaryavada); theory of Evolution, Self and Liberation. 2.Yoga Philosophy Yoga Psychology (Antakarana): Eight steps of Yoga disciplines, Nature of God. 3.Mimamsa Philosophy Svatah-pramanyavada, theories of error. Unit II 15 Lectures 1.Advaita Vedanta of Sankara Brahman Atman Iswara; Maya Avidya; Nature and status of the world, Self, and Tat Tvam Asi; Liberation and means for its achievement. Unit III 15 Lectures 1.Visistadvaita Vedanta of Ramanuja God's (Para Brahman) Nature and Attributes; Soul-Body relationship; Criticism of Sankara's Mayavada; Nature and status of the world and its creation; Self and Tat Tvam Asi; Liberation and means for its achievement. Unit IV 15 Lectures 1.Dvaita Vedanta of Madhva Concept of 'Difference'; Bheda and five-fold differences (PancaBheda); Nature and attributes of God; Nature and status of the world, Self and Tat Tvam Asi; Liberation and means for its achievement.
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. M.Hiriyana: Outlines of Indian Philosophy 2. S.N.Dasgupta: History of Indian Philosophy (Abridged by R.R.Agarwala and S. K. Jain into a single volume) 3. Chatterjee and Datta: Introduction to History of Indian Philosophy 4. C.D.Sharma: Critical History of Indian Philosophy 5. R. Puligandla: Indian Philosophy
BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

J.N.Sinha: Outlines of Indian Philosophy S. Radhakrishnan and H. Kabir: History of Philosophy (Eastern) S.N.Sharma: Indian Philosophy. Umesh Mishra: History of Indian Philosophy S.N.Dasgupta: History of Indian Philosophy (Five Volumes)
PHILOSOPHY
311
2009-2010
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION - 1
SEMESTER V PAPER V
UNIT I a)Nature of Philosophy of Religon its scope and methods b)Relation of Philosophy of Religion to: 1. Philosophy 2. Theology 3. Art 4. Morality 15 Lectures
UNIT II 15 Lectures a)Grounds for belief in God Ontological, Cosmological, Teleological Moral, argument from religious experience, argument from miracles b)Grounds for belief in God in -Nyaya and - Yoga Philosophy UNIT III Human Destiny -Belief in immortality of Soul (arguments for and against immortality of Soul) -Theory of Karma -Re-incarnation, Transmigration and salvation UNIT IV Problem of Evil Nature and kinds of Evils 15 Lectures
15 Lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) John Hick : Philosophy of Religion H.D. Lewis : Philosophy of Religion John E. Smith: Philosophy of Religion Brian Davies : Introduction to Philosophy of Religion Paul Edward (ed) : Encyclopedia of Philosophy William Blackstone: The Problem of Religious Knowledge. Max Charlesworth: Philosophy and Religion A. R. Mohapatra: Philosophy of Religion
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION - 2
SEMESTER VI PAPER V
UNIT I Prayer- worship and mysticism -Theories of Religion Cognitive (Jnana Yoga) -Volitional (Karma Yoga) and (Bhakti Yoga) Emotive 15 Lectures
PHILOSOPHY
312
2009-2010
UNIT - II 15 Lectures Philosophical Principles of Religion Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Islam and Christianity Confucianism and Taoism UNIT III 15 Lectures Religious Language -Theories of religious language: Analogical, Symbolic and non cognitive theories (J.H. Randall, Braithwaite, Wittgenstein) UNIT - IV 15 Lectures Modern challenges to religion Agnosticism, Skepticism and faith, Atheism, Freud's view and Marx's View, Challenges of science and technology to religion
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) John Hick : Philosophy of Religion H.D. Lewis : Philosophy of Religion John E. Smith: Philosophy of Religion Brian Davies : Introduction to Philosophy of Religion Paul Edward (ed) : Encyclopedia of Philosophy William Blackstone: The Problem of Religious Knowledge. Max Charlesworth : Philosophy and Religion A. R. Mohapatra: Philosophy of Religion
PHILOSOPHY OF MIND-1
SEMESTER V PAPER VI
UNIT I 15 Lectures Survey of the Problems of Philosophy of Mind: Relation between Philosophy of Mind and other disciplines psychology, law, ethics and metaphysics. UNIT II 15 Lectures Theories of Mind: Dualism, Identity theory, Physicalism, Idealism, Double-Aspect. UNIT III 15 Lectures Mind and Body - mental and physical events; Our knowledge of Other Minds Mind-Body Theories - Interactionism, Psycho-Physical parallelism and Epiphenomenalism UNIT IV 15 Lectures The Concept of Mind in Indian philosophy: Antahkarana in Nyaya, Samkhya and Advaita; Antahkarana and Sakshin; Difference between Antahkarana and the Western Concept of Mind.
PHILOSOPHY
313
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. Jerome Shaffer: Philosophy of Mind. E.J. Lowe: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Mind. Saraswati Chennakesavan: Concept of mind in Indian Philosophy Paul Edwards: Encyclopedia of philosophy.
PHILOSOPHY OF THE MIND-2

SEMESTER VI PAPER VI
UNIT I 15 Lectures Concept of Self- Nature and development of self concept ; Self, Soul and the Problem of Death. UNIT II The Problem of Personal Identity. UNIT III Theories of Personality- Freud, Adler and Jung. UNIT IV Behaviourism - Personality, Perception and Emotion. Gestalt - Perception, learning Hormic -Instincts, Personality, sentiments, Emotion. 15 Lectures 15 Lectures 15 Lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Paul Edwards: Encyclopedia of Philosophy. J. Teichman: The Mind and soul. John Hospers: Introduction to Philosophical Analysis. Edna Heidbreder: Seven Psychologies. Woodsworth: Contemporary Psychology. Hall and Lindzey: Theories of Personality. P.K. Mohapatra: Personal Identity
PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY-1
SEMESTER V PAPER VII
Unit I Various conceptions of philosophy: (a) Metaphysical, (b) Analytical, Phenomenological. Unit II Rejection of metaphysics by 15 Lectures
15 Lectures
PHILOSOPHY
314
2009-2010
(a) Logical Positivism (b) Existentialism Unit III 15 Lectures Knowledge and Scepticism; Knowledge by Acquaintance and Knowledge by Description Unit IV 15 Lectures Theories of Perception: (a) Nave Realism; (b) Representative Realism; (c) Idealism; (d) Phenomenalism..
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. John Hospers : An introduction to Philosophical Analysis. H.Titus : Living Issues in Philosophy. A.J.Ayer: Central Problems of Philosophy B.Russell : Problems of Philosophy A.C.Ewing : Fundamental questions of Philosophy Cunningham: Problems of Philosophy Paul Edwards (Ed): Encyclopedia of Philosophy W. S. Sahakian: History of Philosophy
PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY-2
SEMESTER VI PAPER VII
Unit I 1) Nature of Truth according to (a) correspondence theory , (b) coherence theory pragmatic theory (d) Svatah pramanyavada, (e) and Paratah pramanyavada. 2) Criterion of truth. 15 Lectures
Unit II 15 Lectures Normative and Metaethical Theories (a) Naturalism, (b) Emotivism, (c) Intuitionism and (d) Prescriptivism. Unit III Evolution a) Evolution and Creation b) Views of (I) Jean deLamacrch, (ii) Charles Darwin, (iii) Henri Bergson, (iv) Loyd Morgan, (v) Herbet Spencer. 15 Lectures
PHILOSOPHY
315
2009-2010
Unit IV Causation (a) Genesis of the belief in Causation, (b) Causation as necessary connection; and (c) Determinism and Free Will.
15 Lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. John Hospers : An introduction to Philosophical Analysis. G.W.Cunningham: Problems of Philosophy Paul Edwards (Ed): Encyclopedia of Philosophy W. S. Sahakian: History of Philosophy A.C.Ewing : Fundamental questions of Philosophy J. N. Sinha: Outlines of Indian Philosophy Harry J. Gensler: Ethics: A Contemporary Introduction
INDUCTIVE AND DEDUCTIVE LOGIC-1

SEMESTER V PAPER VIII
Unit I 15 lectures a) What is Logic? Types of reasoning Inductive and deductive b) Comparative Study of Aristotelion and Modern Classification of propositions Unit II a) Eductions Seven forms b) Syllabus Rules of four figures and Moods c) Testing Syllogism by Venn diagram Unit III a) Quantification Theory 1) Singular Proposition 2) Quantification 3) Traditional Subject predicate proposition b) Relations, Relational arguments Relations, Domain, Field of relation Unit IV Truth Table: Direct and Indirect Testing Validity 15 lectures
15 lectures
15 lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Copi and Cohen, Introduction to Logic (11th Edition) L.S. Stebbing, A modern Introduction to Logic Cohen and Nagel, Logic and Scientific Method Chris Horner and Emrys Westacott, Thinking Through Philosophy Tidman and Kahne, Modern Introduction to Logic and Philosophy. Hurley, Concise Introduction to Logic
PHILOSOPHY
316
2009-2010
INDUCTIVE AND DEDUCTIVE LOGIC-2

SEMESTER VI PAPER VIII
Unit I Induction and Problem of Induction Unit II Kinds of Inductions Analogy Unit III Hypothesis Unit IV Causal Connections - Mills methods of Experimental Inquiries 15 lectures 15 lectures 15 lectures 15 lectures
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Copi and Cohen, Introduction to Logic (11th Edition) L.S. Stebbing, A modern Introduction to Logic Cohen and Nagel, Logic and Scientific Method Chris Horner and Emrys Westacott, Thinking Through Philosophy Tidman and Kahne, Modern Introduction to Logic and Philosophy. Hurley, Concise Introduction to Logic
APPLIED ETHICS-1
SEMESTER V PAPER IX
UNIT I 15 Lectures Applied ethics: The bearing of factual knowledge on ethical evaluation (science-morality) statement; biogenetic research and moral issues. UNIT II 15 Lectures Issues of Reproductive Technology, Sex-Selection; Prenatal Diagnosis; In-Vitro Fertilization; and Organ Donation. UNIT III 15 Lectures Ethical issues in aging and death, with particular reference to recent development in Biotechnology. UNIT IV 15 Lectures Ethical issues in Manipulating the Human Gene line; Genetic Engineering and Cloning.
PHILOSOPHY
317
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Peter Singer: Practical Ethics. Phillipa Foot: Virtues and Vices Richard A. Mc Cormick: How Brave a new World. John Perry and Edna Perry: Face to Face- the individual and social problems. H.Titus- Range of Ethics. H.Titus- Ethics for Today. Darryl R.J.Macer: A Cross-cultural Introduction to Bioethics.
BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

C.H.Pesche: Christian Ethics. Warren T. Reich- (ed.) Encyclopedia of Bio-Ethics (relevant articles). R.G.Frey and C.H.Wellman: A Companion to Applied Ethics. Helga Kushe and Peter Singer(ed): Bio-Ethics : An Anthology Beauchamp Tom and Walters Leroy: Contemporary Issues in Bio-Ethics.
APPLIED ETHICS-2
SEMESTER VI PAPER IX
UNIT I a) Public Interest, Eradication of Child labor. b) Population and Ethical Concerns. 15 Lectures
UNIT II 15 Lectures a) Uniformity of Marriage and Divorce Laws, Racial Differences and Prejudices. b) AIDS and Ethics. UNIT III 15 Lectures Nuclear Power-its uses and justification; energy crisis: resources and preservation; Radiation Pollution and use of radioactive chemicals. UNIT IV 15 Lectures Ecological Crisis: Environment, Bio-diversity and extinction, Global Warming, sustainable development, Eco - tourism.
BOOKS FOR STUDY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Peter Singer: Practical Ethics. Phillipa Foot: Virtues and Vices Richard A. Mc Cormick: How Brave a new World. John Perry and Edna Perry: Face to Face- the individual and social problems. H.Titus- Range of Ethics. H.Titus- Ethics for Today. Darryl R.J.Macer: A Cross-cultural Introduction to Bioethics.
PHILOSOPHY
318
2009-2010
BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

C.H.Pesche: Christian Ethics. Warren T. Reich- (ed.) Encyclopedia of Bio-Ethics (relevant articles). R.G.Frey and C.H.Wellman: A Companion to Applied Ethics. Helga Kushe and Peter Singer(ed): Bio-Ethics : An Anthology Beauchamp Tom and Walters Leroy: Contemporary Issues in Bio-Ethics.
PHILOSOPHY
319
2009-2010
THIRD YEAR
BACHELOR OF ARTS
SOCIOLOGY
CURRICULUM
The Board approved the following papers for T.Y. B.A. (Sociology), prepared on the basis of the UGC Model Curriculum (Annexure I). Sociology Paper V Semester (V): History of sociology I Sociology Paper VI Semester (V): Social Concerns in Contemporary India - I Sociology Paper VII Semester (V): Women and Society in India I Sociology Paper VIII Semester (V): Sociology of Education I Sociology Paper IX Semester (V): Rural Sociology Sociology Paper X Semester (V): Population and Society I Sociology Paper XI Semester (VI): History of sociology II Sociology Paper XII Semester (VI): Social Concerns in Contemporary India II Sociology Paper XIII Semester (VI): Women and Society in India II Sociology Paper XIV Semester (VI): Sociology of Education II Sociology Paper XV Semester (VI): Urban Sociology Sociology Paper XVI Semester (VI): Population and Society II
HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGY I
PAPER V SEMESTER (V): OBJECTIVES: To familiarises the students with the social, political, economic, and intellectual contexts in which sociology emerged as a distinctive discipline. 2. Two introduce the students to the major ideas of Comte, Spencer, and Durkheim. 1. Emergence of sociology as a discipline (15 marks) 15 lectures 1.1 The economic, political, and social forces that facilitated the emergence of sociological theory 1.2 Intellectual forces that shaped the sociological theory: Enlightenment and counterenlightenment
SOCIOLOGY
320
2009-2010
2. Auguste Comte (30 marks) 2.1 Static and dynamic sociology 2.2 The law of three stages 2.3 Positivism 3. Herbert Spencer (20 marks) 3.1 The evolutionary doctrine 3.2 The organic analogy 3.3 The types of society 4. Emile Durkheim and French sociology (35 marks) 4.1 Social facts: Concept and characteristics 4.2 The Division of Labour in Society: Mechanical and organic solidarity 4.3 Suicide 4.4 Religion
20 lectures
15 lectures
25 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Barnes, H.E.: Introduction to the history of sociology. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1959. Coser, Lewis: Masters of sociological thought. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979. Fletcher, Ronald: The making of sociology ( 2 vols ). Jaipur: Rawat, 1994. Francis, Abraham M: Modern sociological theory. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1955 Francis, Abraham and Morgan J H: Sociological thought, New Delhi: Macmillan India Ltd. (2002). Ritzer, George: Sociological theory. New Delhi: Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 1996. Zeitlin, I.M.: Ideology and the development of Sociological Theory, (3rd edition), New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India, 1986.
SOCIAL CONCERNS IN CONTEMPORARY INDIA - I

PAPER VI SEMESTER (V): OBJECTIVES: To make students understand the meaning and nature of social problems. 2. To sensitise students to some of the problems faced by people in contemporary India. 1. Introduction (25 marks) 1.1 Meaning of a social problem 1.2 Approaches to the study of social problems 1.3 Theories of deviance 20 lectures
SOCIOLOGY
321
2009-2010
2. Population dynamics (25 marks) 2.1 India's population profile: Emerging trends 2.2 Demographic trends in Goa 2.3 Comparison between India and Goa 3. Poverty and unemployment (25 marks) 3.1 The problem of poverty: Extent, causes and remedies 3.2 The problem of unemployment: Extent, causes and remedies 4. Delinquency and child abuse (25 marks) 4.1 Juvenile delinquency: Meaning, types, and causes 4.2 Child labour 4.3 Paedophilia with special reference to Goa
20 lectures
20 lectures
20 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Ahuja, Ram: Social problems in India. Jaipur: Rawat, 1997. Madan, G.R.: Indian social problems (Vols. I and II). New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1995. Mamoria, C.B.: Social problems and social disorganisation. New Delhi: Kitab Mahal, 1999. Merton, R.K. and R. Nisbet (ed): Contemporary social problems (3rd edition). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1971. Thomas, G.: AIDS in India: Myth and reality. Jaipur: Rawat, 1994. Gokhale, S. D. et al: Aging in India. Mumbai. Somaiya Publications Pvt. Ltd. 1999. Pai Panandikar and P. N. Chaudhari: Demographic transition in Goa and policy implications. New Delhi: Uppal Publishing House. 1983.
WOMEN AND SOCIETY IN INDIA I

PAPER VII SEMESTER (V): OBJECTIVES: To introduce the students to the field of women's studies and feminist perspectives to the status of women in contemporary Indian society. 2. To familiarize students with position of women through the ages. 1. Introduction (25 marks) 20 lectures 1.1 Social construction of gender 1.2 Sex and gender 1.3 Women in the family: Socialisation and gender roles, Private/public dichotomy, Sexual division of labour
SOCIOLOGY
322
2009-2010
2. Feminist theories (25 marks) 2.1 Liberal feminism 2.2 Radical feminism 2.3 Marxist feminism 2.4 Socialist feminism 3. Women in Indian society: The changing profile (25 marks) 3.1 Vedic 3.2 Medieval 3.3 Colonial 3.4 Independent India
15 lectures
20 lectures
4. Women's empowerment (25 marks) 20 lectures 4.1 Seventy fourth constitutional amendment and women's political empowerment 4.2 SHGs and empowerment
BASIC READINGS:
Agnes, Flavia: State, gender and the rhetoric of law reform. Bombay: SNDT Women's University, 1995. Desai, Neera and Maitreyi Krishna Raj: Women and society in India. Bombay: Ajanta Publications, 1987. Devendra, Kiran: Changing status of women in India. New Delhi: Vikas, 1994. Ghadially, Rehana: Women in Indian society. New Delhi: Sage, 1998. Kosambi, Meera: Womens oppression in the public gaze. Bombay: SNDT Womens University, 1994. Upadhyay, H.C.: Status of women in India. Delhi: Anmol Publications, 1991
SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION I
PAPER VIII SEMESTER (V): OBJECTIVE: To introduce the students to the field of sociology of education in general and issues relating to education in Indian society. 1. Introduction to sociology of education (15 marks) 1.1 Nature and scope of sociology of education 1.2 Sociology of education ad educational sociology 1.3 Theoretical perspectives on education: Functionalist, Liberal and Marxian 2. Education: Basic concepts (25 marks) 2.1 Sociological meaning of education 15 lectures
20 lectures
SOCIOLOGY
323
2009-2010
2.2 Socialization and education 2.3 Formal, informal and nonformal education 3. Agencies of education (30 marks) 3.1 Family 3.2 Peer group 3.3 School/college 3.4 Mass media 4. Social history of education in India (30 marks) 4.1 Pre-colonial: Vedic, Buddhist and Muslim 4.2 Colonial: British 4.3 Post-independence developments 4.4 The new educational policy initiative 20 lectures
20 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Chaube, S.P. and Akhilesh Chaube: Philosophical and sociological foundations of education. Agra: Vinod Pustak Mandir, 1981. Chitnis, Suma and Philip G.Altbach (eds.): Higher education reform in India: Experience and perspectives. New Delhi: Sage, 1993. Gore, M.S. and Suma Chitnis: Education and modernization in India. Jaipur: Rawat, 1982. Jayaram, N.: Sociology of education in India. Jaipur: Rawat, 1990. Mathur, S.S.: A sociological approach to Indian education. Agra: Vinod Pustak Mandir, 1981. Shukla, Sureshchandra and Krishna Kumar (eds.): Sociological perspective in education. Delhi: Chanakya Publications, 1990. Chaube, S.P., and Akhilesh Chaube: Education in ancient and medieval India. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House. 1999 Shah, B.V. and K.B. Shah: Sociology of education. New Delhi: Rawat Publications. 1998. Haralambos, M.: Sociology: Themes and Perspectives, Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1997.
RURAL SOCIOLOGY
PAPER IX SEMESTER (V): OBJECTIVES:
To provide the knowledge on the distinctiveness of sociological scholarship as a separate cognitive discipline on rural dimensions in India. 2. To develop an understanding of the fundamental social reality, social processes and changes in development perspectives of rural communities.
SOCIOLOGY
324
2009-2010
1. Rural Sociology (15 marks) 1.1 Nature, scope, and significance 1.2 Indian rural society its basic features. 2. Village Social Structure (25 marks) 2.1 Family in rural India 2.2 Caste system and Jajmani relations 2.3 Rural elite and village panchayats 2.4 Social mobility Sanskritisation and Westernisation 2.5 Dominant castes 3. Rural Economy (40 marks) 3.1 Land tenure systems and land reforms: Critical evaluation 3.2 Rural indebtedness 3.3 Village co-operatives 3.4 Peasant movements 3.5 Green revolution 4. Rural Development Programmes: An Overview (20 marks)
10 lectures
20 lectures
30 lectures
15 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Desai, A. R. Rural Sociology in India. Mumbai: Popular Prakashan, 1977. Dhanagare, D.N. Peasant movements in India. New Delhi: OUP, 1988. Doshi, S. L. Rural sociology. Jaipur: Rawat Publishers, 1999. Mehta Sushila. A study of rural sociology in India, 1980.
POPULATION AND SOCIETY I

PAPER X SEMESTER (V): OBJECTIVES:
. To acquaint students of the demographic patterns and trends in Indian society. 2. To understand the influence of population on social phenomena. 1. Introduction (30 marks) 1.1 Definition, nature, scope and importance of population studies 1.2 Origin and development of population studies. 1.3 Theories of population growth 20 lectures
2. Concepts and measurement of population trends in India (30 marks) 20 Lectures 1.4 Concepts still birth, live birth, foetal death, sterility, fecundity, parity etc. 1.5 Structure of population age, sex, literacy and occupational composition 3. Population dynamics (30 marks) 20 Lectures 1.6 Fertility, Mortality and Migration- definition, sources, measures and factors affecting them.
SOCIOLOGY
325
2009-2010
4. Population explosion (10 marks) 1.7 World population growth 1.8 Population growth in India causes and effects.
15 Lectures
BASIC READINGS:
.Jayapalan, N. Social Demography. Jaipur: Book Enclave, 2004. Dubey, Surendra Nath. Population of India Delhi: Autorspress, 2001. Narasaiah, M. Lakshmi. Population Growth. New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House, 2001. Bose, Asish. Demographic Diversity of India. Delhi: R.B Publishing Corporation, 1991. Sinha, .V.C and Zacharia. E. Elements of Demography. New Delhi: Allied Publishers Private Limited, 1984. Rajendra, Sharma. Demography and Population Problems. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers, 1977.
HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGY II
SOCIOLOGY PAPER XI SEMESTER (VI): OBJECTIVES:
To help students to gain an understanding of major ideas of Max Weber, Karl Marx and Vilfredo Pareto. 2. To introduce the students with the major schools of sociological theory and some current trends. 1. Karl Marx (25 marks) 1.1 The Concept of Dialectics and Historical materialism 1.2 Class conflict 1.3 Alienation 2. Max Weber (25 marks) 2.1 Social action: Concept and types 2.2 Verstehen 2.3 Religion and Social Change 2.4 Types of Authority 3.Vilfredo Pareto (20 marks) 3.1 Logical and Non-logical Action 3.2 The circulation of elites 4. Introduction to the Selected Schools of Sociological Theory (30 marks) 4.1 Functionalism 4.2 Conflict Theory 4.3 Symbolic Interactionism 4.4 Exchange theory 20 lectures
20 lectures
10 lectures
25 lectures
SOCIOLOGY
326
2009-2010
BASIC READINGS:
Barnes, H.E.: Introduction to the history of sociology. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1959. Coser, Lewis: Masters of sociological thought. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979. Fletcher, Ronald: The making of sociology ( 2 vols ). Jaipur: Rawat, 1994. Francis, Abraham M: Modern sociological theory. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1955 Francis, Abraham and Morgan J H: Sociological thought, New Delhi: Macmillan India Ltd. (2002). Haralambos, M.: Sociology: Themes and Perspectives, Ritzer, George: Sociological theory. New Delhi: Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 1996.Sociology Paper XII
SOCIAL CONCERNS IN CONTEMPORARY INDIA

II
SEMESTER (VI): OBJECTIVES:
To make students understand the meaning and nature of social problems. 2. To sensitise students to some of the problems faced by people in contemporary India. 1. Substance abuse (30 marks) 1.1 Alcoholism 1.2 Drug abuse 2. Problem of AIDS (15 marks) 3. Problems of specific social categories (30 marks) 3.1 SCs, STs and OBCs 3.2 Gender discrimination 4.Current challenges (25 marks) 4.1 Corruption 4.2 Communalism 4.3 Terrorism 25 lectures
10 lectures 25 lectures
15 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Ahuja, Ram: Social problems in India. Jaipur: Rawat, 1997. Madan, G.R.: Indian social problems (Vols. I and II). New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1995.
SOCIOLOGY
327
2009-2010
3. Mamoria, C.B.: Social problems and social disorganisation. New Delhi: Kitab Mahal, 1999. 4. Merton, R.K. and R. Nisbet (ed): Contemporary social problems (3rd edition). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1971. 5. Thomas, G.: AIDS in India: Myth and reality. Jaipur: Rawat, 1994. 6. Gokhale, S. D. et al: Aging in India. Mumbai. Somaiya Publications Pvt. Ltd. 1999. 7. Pai Panandikar and P. N. Chaudhari: Demographic transition in Goa and policy implications. New Delhi: Uppal Publishing House. 1983.
WOMEN AND SOCIETY IN INDIA II

SOCIOLOGY PAPER XIII SEMESTER (VI): OBJECTIVES:
To sensitise the students to the various issues and problems of women in India. 2. To answer some of the vital questions that arise in the wake of deliberate attempts to improve the living conditions of women both by the governmental and non-governmental agencies. 1 Social institutions and gender (25 marks) 20 lectures 1.1 Economy and women: Marginalisation of women and multiple role management of working women 1.2 Marriage and single women 1.3 Law and women: Personal laws, Civil Code in Goa 2. Violence against women (30 marks) 2.1 Dowry system and bride burning 2.2 Rape and its consequences 2.3 Sex determination and sex pre-selection tests 2.4 Women in prostitution 2.5 Domestic violence 3. Issues affecting women's image and quality of life (15 marks) 3.1 Portrayal of women in mass media 3.2 Education 3.3 Health 3.4 Tourism and women in Goa 4. Action for Change (30 marks) 4.1 Government policy 4.2 Women's movement in India 4.3 Emergence of new women's groups 4.4 Challenges before women's movement 20 lectures
15 lectures
20 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Agnes, Flavia: State, gender and the rhetoric of law reform. Bombay: SNDT Womens University, 1995. Desai, Neera and Maitreyi Krishna Raj: Women and society in India. Bombay: Ajanta Publications, 1987.
SOCIOLOGY
328
2009-2010
3. Desai, Neera and Thakkar, Usha: Women in Indian Society. New Delhi: National Book Trust, India, 2001. 3. Devendra, Kiran: Changing status of women in India. New Delhi: Vikas, 1994. 4. Ghadially, Rehana: Women in Indian society. New Delhi: Sage, 1998. 5. Kosambi, Meera: Womens oppression in the public gaze. Bombay: SNDT Womens University, 1994. 6.Upadhyay, H.C.: Status of women in India. Delhi: Anmol Publications, 1991Sociology Paper XIV
SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION II
SEMESTER (VI): OBJECTIVE:
To introduce the students to the field of sociology of education in general and issues relating to education in Indian society. 1. Education and social stratification (with reference to India) (30 marks) 1.1 Inequalities of educational opportunity: Class, Caste, and Rural-Urban 1.2 Education and social mobility 2. Social issues of education in India (35 marks) 2.1 Higher education: unemployment of the educated and student unrest 2.2 Special problems of the education of SCs STs and women 2.3 Problem of medium of instruction 3. Education and social change (20 marks) 3.1 Education as an agency of social change 3.2 Bearings of social change on education 4. Education in India: Current Issues (15 marks) 4.1 Education: Positive discrimination and reservation 4.2 Information technology and education 4.3 Globalization and education 20 lectures
25 lectures
15 lectures
15 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Chaube, S.P. and Akhilesh Chaube: Philosophical and sociological foundations of education. Agra: Vinod Pustak Mandir, 1981. Chitnis, Suma and Philip G.Altbach (eds.): Higher education reform in India: Experience and perspectives. New Delhi: Sage, 1993. Gore, M.S. and Suma Chitnis: Education and modernization in India. Jaipur: Rawat, 1982. Jayaram, N.: Sociology of education in India. Jaipur: Rawat, 1990. Mathur, S.S.: A sociological approach to Indian education. Agra: Vinod Pustak Mandir, 1981.
SOCIOLOGY
329
2009-2010
6. Shukla, Sureshchandra and Krishna Kumar (eds.): Sociological perspective in education. Delhi: Chanakya Publications, 1990. 7. Chaube, S.P., and Akhilesh Chaube: Education in ancient and medieval India. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House. 1999 8. Shah, B.V. and K.B. Shah: Sociology of education. New Delhi: Rawat Publications. 1998.
URBAN SOCIOLOGY
PAPER XV SEMESTER (VI): OBJECTIVES:
To provide the knowledge on the distinctiveness of sociological scholarship as a separate cognitive discipline of urban dimensions in India. 2. To develop an understanding of the fundamental social reality, social processes and changes in the development perspectives of urban communities. 1. Urban Sociology (25 marks) 1.1 Nature, scope and significance 1.2 Urbanization 1.3 Urbanism as a way of life 1.4 Rural-urban continuum 2. City: A historical perspective (25 marks) 2.1 pre-historical, early historical and medieval cities 2.2 Urbanization in British & post-independence period in India 3. Theories of urban growth (25 marks) 3.1 Concentric zone theory 3.2 Sector theory 3.3 Multiple nuclei Theory. 20 Lectures
15 lectures
20 marks
4. Urban problems and Urban Planning in India (25 marks) 20 marks 4.1 Crime 4.2 Urban environmental problems: Pollution, waste disposal, Housing, and slums Urban planning in India
BASIC READINGS:
Bose, Ashish. India's urbanization. New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1978. Ramchandran, R. Urbanization and urban systems in India. New Delhi: OUP, 1989. Rao, M.S.A. Urban sociology in India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, 1974.
SOCIOLOGY
330
2009-2010
POPULATION AND SOCIETY II

PAPER XVI SEMESTER (VI): OBJECTIVES:
To acquaint students of the demographic patterns and trends in Indian society. 2. To understand the influence of population on social phenomena. 1. India's population problems (35 marks) 1.1 Population growth and food supply 1.2 Population growth and employment 1.3 Population growth and health 1.4 Population growth and housing 1.5 Population growth and per-capita income 2. Population Planning and Control (25 marks) 1.6 The role of government 1.7 The role of NGOs and the media 3. Reproductive Health Management (20 marks) 1.8 The Cairo Conference on population and development 1.9 Paradigm shift from family planning to reproductive health in India 4. Population Policy of the government of India a critical appraisal. (20 marks) 10 Lectures 30 lectures
25 Lectures
10 lectures
BASIC READINGS:
Jayapalan, N. Social Demography. Jaipur: Book Enclave, 2004. Dubey, Surendra Nath. Population of India Delhi: Autorspress, 2001. Narasaiah, M. Lakshmi. Population Growth. New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House, 2001. Bose, Asish. Demographic Diversity of India. Delhi: R.B Publishing Corporation, 1991. Sinha, .V.C and Zacharia. E. Elements of Demography. New Delhi: Allied Publishers Private Limited, 1984. Rajendra, Sharma. Demography and Population Problems. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers, 1977.
SOCIOLOGY
331

Arts Curriculum PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Arts Curriculum PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

SMT. PARVATIBAI CHOWGULE COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCE

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROPSECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

ELEMENTS OF ECONOMIC LEGISLATION

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

ELEMENTS OF ECONOMIC LEGISLATION

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT - PAPER I

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT - PAPER II

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

DEMOGRAPHY AND POPULATION STUDIES

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

DEMOGRAPHY AND POPULATION STUDIES

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

COMPULSORY & MAJOR ENGLISH PAPERS

SEMESTER I - English Compulsory - SPOKEN ENGLISH

SMT. PARVATIBAI CHOWGULE COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCE

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

GRADE DESCRIPTIONS FOR GROUP ACTIVITY- 2 TASKS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

GRADE DESCRIPTIONS FOR PAIR-BASED ACTIVITY

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY 50 MARKS

VOCABULARY (OUT OF 30)

FLUENCY (OUT OF 30)

Completely limited/no attempt at a response.

Completely limited/no attempt at a response.

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

SEMESTER END EXAMINATION [SEE ]

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

15 marks 15 marks 15 marks 10 marks 10 marks

MODEL QUESTION PAPER - SEMESTER II

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

SEMESTER END EXAMINATION [SEE]

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

INTRODUCTION TO POETRY AND DRAMA

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

Elegy : Gray Others : Frost Yeats Auden Lawrence Ted Hughes

Langston Hughes Sylvia Plath

LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS

CHOWGULE COLLEGE PROSPECTUS

20 Marks 15 Marks 15 Marks 15 Marks

INTRODUCTION TO POETRY AND DRAMA